Docstoc

RFI_Responses

Document Sample
RFI_Responses Powered By Docstoc
					           University of Texas – Arlington
              Content Management System




                       Request for Information
                                 December 22, 2006




The University of Texas - Arlington                  Page 1 of 310
                                                      Table of Contents

Introduction / Instructions ................................................................................................... 3
Network Infrastructure ........................................................................................................ 4
   Do you have a recommended security infrastructure? ................................................................ 4
   Authentication / Authorization.................................................................................................. 12
   File System Access ................................................................................................................... 16
Server/OS Infrastructure ................................................................................................... 18
   General ...................................................................................................................................... 18
   Hardware ................................................................................................................................... 31
   Software .................................................................................................................................... 40
Application Metrics .......................................................................................................... 57
Application Security ......................................................................................................... 64
UI (Presentation) ............................................................................................................... 81
   Template creation ...................................................................................................................... 81
   Browsers / WYSISWYG .......................................................................................................... 95
   Page Layout / Design .............................................................................................................. 110
Content ............................................................................................................................ 114
Workflow ........................................................................................................................ 146
Content Versioning ......................................................................................................... 180
Administration ................................................................................................................ 191
Deployment ..................................................................................................................... 206
Integration with 3rd Party Content ................................................................................. 215
Support of File Types...................................................................................................... 226
Support of Industry and Open Source Standards ............................................................ 237
Accessibility Support ...................................................................................................... 243
Technical Details ............................................................................................................ 247
Company Focus .............................................................................................................. 265
Cost ................................................................................................................................. 304




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                                                                    Page 2 of 310
Introduction / Instructions
The University of Texas at Arlington (The University) requests information from companies regarding a
Content Management System. This RFI is issued for the purpose of gathering information which may be used to
develop specifications for a Request for Proposal (RFP) which may be issued by University to procure a
Content Management System. University offers no assurance or guarantee that such an RFP will in fact be
issued.

The University of Texas at Arlington is a comprehensive public university located in the dynamic and growing
Dallas-Fort Worth metroplex. The University has a population of approximately 31,000 students, faculty, and
staff (~ 4,000 full-time and part-time employees). University offers 91 baccalaureates, 76 master and 35
doctoral degrees to approximately 25,000 students who come from 150 nations.

The University has recently implemented the Oracle/PeopleSoft Campus Solutions system for its Student
Information System. Faculty, staff, and students access this system (called ―MyMav‖) using the
Oracle/PeopleSoft Enterprise Portal. Currently there is no standard web development or content management
tool used at the University.

The University will not provide compensation to any respondent to this RFI for any expenses incurred by
respondent for response preparation. Respondent submits its response at its own risk and expense. All responses
to this RFI and any supporting documentation will become the property of University.

The University considers all information, documentation and other materials requested to be submitted in
response to this RFI, to be of a non-confidential and/or non-proprietary nature and, therefore, may be subject to
public disclosure under the Texas Public Information Act (Texas Government Code, Chapter 552.001, et seq.).
Respondent is hereby notified that University strictly adheres to all statutes, court decisions and opinions of the
Texas Attorney General with respect to disclosure of public information.

In response to this RFI, please provide information regarding the following matters:

1.   Responses to each item in the attached document pertaining to how their solution meets the business
     requirement. Any information that could be provided about how the requirement is met in your solution
     would be appreciated. Please allow your comments to remain highlighted.

2.   Any other pertinent information with regard to the use of your solution in the area of higher education.

The response should be entered into the attached document. Each question should be answered. An electronic
response on CD-ROM is requested, as well as two (2) paper copies of the response. The response should be
typed on 8½ x 11 inch paper with all pages sequentially numbered, and either stapled or bound together. Mail
responses to the following address:

                           The University of Texas at Arlington
                           UTA Computing Center
                           Box 19601
                           200 East Loop 820
                           Fort Worth, TX 76112
                           Attention: Darlene Hopkins

If you have further questions regarding this RFI, please contact Darlene Hopkins at 817-272-1437 or
dhopkins@uta.edu.

All responses to this RFI should be received by University no later than January 12, 2007.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                                 Page 3 of 310
Network Infrastructure
     Do you have a recommended security infrastructure?
          1. Regarding Firewalls?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                        CMS400.net is compatible with all major firewall applications.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                        FatWire Content Server does not require a Firewall but it is always
                           advisable to have a Firewall system to protect internal machines
                           and data. FatWire will operate within a Firewall system.
                o FileNet Corp.
                o Globalscape
                        If users outside the firewall wish to connect to Cascade Server the
                           appropriate port will need to be opened. Since Cascade runs inside
                           a standard J2EE application server (Jboss), only one port needs to
                           be opened (e.g. 80 or 8080, or 443 for SSL access).
                        Additionally, Cascade Server will need access to any web servers
                           behind firewalls such that it can publish content out via FTP or
                           SSH.
                o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                        A firewall normally allows only limited access from the outside
                           world to any resources within the internal network, and vice versa.
                           All functionality is available via standard HTTP(S) ports 80 and
                           443. To enable internal clients to access any Hyperwave
                           applications that are located outside the firewall faster (or to enable
                           external clients to access Hyperwave inside the firewall) certain
                           ports have to be kept open. As such, Hyperwave typically
                           recommends configuring the firewall to open the port number 418
                           for exchanging commands with the IS/6 and port 4712 for
                           uploading documents to the IS/6. Hyperwave also has its own
                           transfer protocol (HWTP) that may be used when connecting via a
                           firewall (HWTP over HTTP or HTTPS).
                o Interwoven
                o Mediasurface, Inc.
                        Chose not to respond
                o Open Text Coporation
                o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                o PaperThin, Inc.
                        CommonSpot supports the ability to establish an ‗authoring‘ server
                           behind a firewall and to be able to push content to a production




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                   Page 4 of 310
                                   environment in front of a firewall using protocols such as FTP and
                                   HTTP.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot CMS is installed on an editorial/staging server running
                                   Win 2000 or 2003 running IIS. RedDot CMS then publishes
                                   pages/content to any number of web servers, running any platform,
                                   via FTP or secure FTP. As such, the RedDot CMS server is
                                   typically installed inside a network, behind the firewall, and
                                   publishes to any production server.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Collage is a design-side CMS and not a runtime CMS. This means
                                   that Collage manages the content and publishes web pages to the
                                   production web server where they are served to visitors by a web
                                   server such as IIS or Apache. These security infrastructure issues
                                   are concerns in a runtime environment and are therefore not
                                   applicable for our design-side structure.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive has been designed as a standards compliant web
                                   application which lends itself nicely to best in class security
                                   components. SiteExecutive can be deployed in a variety of
                                   configurations with content authoring and rendering positioned
                                   inside or outside your Firewall.
                                In most instances, we recommend deploying your authoring server
                                   inside the firewall and your content rendering server(s) outside the
                                   firewall in your DMZ. There are a variety of other factors which
                                   may impact this approach, including disaster recovery
                                   requirements. We have customers that have deployed both
                                   authoring and rendering servers inside and outside their respective
                                   firewalls.
                                SiteExecutive has been deployed with a variety of different
                                   firewall products by our clients. The firewall should be configured
                                   to allow HTTP and HTTPS traffic (port 80 and 443 respectively)
                                   from the public Internet to the SiteExecutive rendering server.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Vignette‘s Next Generation Web Solution is designed to work
                                   within enterprise security architectures and Vignette Content
                                   Management (VCM) is able to publish content across firewalls.

          2. Regarding Proxy Servers?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                        Page 5 of 310
                     o Day Software, Inc.
                     o Ektron, Inc.
                            Ektron has no recommendation on a Proxy server, CMS400.net is
                               not dependant on Proxy servers.
                     o EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o Fatwire Software
                            Utilizing a Proxy will not have an effect on FatWire Content
                               Server. All Content Server functions and features will operate via
                               Proxy service.
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            Cascade Server is able to function normally with users connecting
                               via a Proxy Server.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            Hyperwave requires that all proxy servers be NTLM-capable or
                               that the Hyperwave client application be excepted from using the
                               proxy server. As above, Hyperwave uses HWTP to support
                               communication between proxy servers and Hyperwave server
                               applications.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            CommonSpot supports the transport of data from Authoring to
                               Read-Only Productions servers via a proxy.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            RedDot does not require a proxy server, although proxy servers
                               can be used in the production web environment as necessary.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            Collage is a design-side CMS and not a runtime CMS. This means
                               that Collage manages the content and publishes web pages to the
                               production web server where they are served to visitors by a web
                               server such as IIS or Apache. These security infrastructure issues
                               are concerns in a runtime environment and are therefore not
                               applicable for our design-side structure.
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            SiteExecutive has been deployed by our customers behind reverse
                               proxy servers. Implementation of a reverse proxy server in your
                               production infrastructure provides flexibility in a heterogeneous
                               environment with applicationmultiple servers while allowing use
                               of a common hostname.
                     o Tridion


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                   Page 6 of 310
                     o Vasont Systems
                           Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                           VCM is able to exist in very high scale environments that use
                              proxy servers.

          3. Regarding SSL Accelerators?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                        Ektron has no recommendation on SSL Accelerators; CMS400.net
                          is compatible with or without SSL Accelerators.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                        Content Server will work with any SSL or SSL Accelerated
                          environment.
                o FileNet Corp.
                o Globalscape
                        We have no recommendations regarding SSL Accelerators.
                o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                        SSL Accelerators are supported and we have no preference of
                          accelerators. We have used reverse proxies like iChain to leverage
                          accelerators
                o Interwoven
                o Mediasurface, Inc.
                        Chose not to respond
                o Open Text Coporation
                o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                o PaperThin, Inc.
                        All URL‘s created within CommonSpot are relative which means
                          that the transport mechanism for the content of the page is
                          independent of the protocol.
                o Percussion Software, Inc.
                o RedDot Solutions
                        RedDot supports SSL and SSL Accelerators if necessary. SSL
                          would be installed and managed on the web server level of the
                          RedDot server, and is not affected or limited by the RedDot CMS
                          application.
                o Serena Software, Inc.
                        Collage is a design-side CMS and not a runtime CMS. This means
                          that Collage manages the content and publishes web pages to the
                          production web server where they are served to visitors by a web
                          server such as IIS or Apache. These security infrastructure issues
                          are concerns in a runtime environment and are therefore not
                          applicable for our design-side structure.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                Page 7 of 310
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            SiteExecutive has been deployed by our customers with SSL
                               Accelerators. We know of no constraints regarding integration
                               with any specific SSL Accelerator products.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            VCM fully supports this functionality


          4. Regarding DMZ?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                        The DMZ can be configured based on UT Arlington‘s
                         requirements.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                        This is not a requirement for Content Server but it can operate via
                         DMZ server.
                o FileNet Corp.
                o Globalscape
                        Cascade Server should be placed wherever is appropriate for the
                         users that are connecting to it. If Cascade Server is only being used
                         internally it should be placed behind the DMZ in the intranet zone.
                         If users outside the network are expected to be able to access it, it
                         can be placed in the DMZ with the appropriate traffic forwarding
                         provisions or publicly exposed outside the DMZ on a hardened
                         installation with a public internet IP address.
                o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                        Hyperwave server components may be placed in a DMZ. Secure
                         environments such as the US Department of Defense of deployed
                         redundant DMZ servers. The rules regarding Firewalls (see
                         ―Regarding Firewalls‖) apply to DMZ system configurations.
                o Interwoven
                o Mediasurface, Inc.
                        Chose not to respond
                o Open Text Coporation
                o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                o PaperThin, Inc.
                        CommonSpot servers work well within a DMZ.
                o Percussion Software, Inc.
                o RedDot Solutions


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                  Page 8 of 310
                                  The RedDot CMS server can be placed in any location within a
                                   network infrastructure. This may be internal or within a DMZ, or
                                   may publish to an external production server or one within a DMZ.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Collage is a design-side CMS and not a runtime CMS. This means
                                   that Collage manages the content and publishes web pages to the
                                   production web server where they are served to visitors by a web
                                   server such as IIS or Apache. These security infrastructure issues
                                   are concerns in a runtime environment and are therefore not
                                   applicable for our design-side structure.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                See response to number one above. We know of no constraints
                                   regarding integration with any specific DMZ configurations.
                                Our customers have deployed SiteExecutive in a variety of
                                   configurations with positive results. We would be happy to discuss
                                   the specifics of how you handle network traffic and share with you
                                   best practices thain a number of our higher ed clients.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                VCM is extremely flexible in its deployment architecture and fully
                                   supports the use of DMZs.

          5. Regarding NAT?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                        Has no impact on the CMS.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                        Content Server is 100% Java and can access NAT using any
                         method available to J2EE. This allows Content Server to
                         communicate with and within many different environments. The
                         flexibility of platform and service compatibility gives Content
                         Server the ability to work in virtually any environment that meets
                         your needs and infrastructure.
                o FileNet Corp.
                o Globalscape
                        NAT will work transparently with Cascade Server and no changes
                         should be needed.
                o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                        NAT is supported and we have no preference or recommendations,
                         Hyperwave will fit with UTA‘s IT infrastructure.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 9 of 310
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            Since most CommonSpot server information can be managed with
                               a hostname or Netbios, there will be no issue with the use of NAT.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            As RedDot CMS resides on a staging server typically located
                               inside a network, NAT would be supported but not affected by the
                               RedDot application in any way.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            Collage is a design-side CMS and not a runtime CMS. This means
                               that Collage manages the content and publishes web pages to the
                               production web server where they are served to visitors by a web
                               server such as IIS or Apache. These security infrastructure issues
                               are concerns in a runtime environment and are therefore not
                               applicable for our design-side structure.
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            See response to number one above. Our customers have deployed
                               SiteExecutive in a variety of configurations with positive results.
                               We would be happy to discuss the specifics of how you handle
                               network traffic and share with you best practices that we have seen
                               implemented in a number of our higher ed clients.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            There are no issues with deploying or serving Vignette Content in
                               a NAT environment

          6. Does your application work with Citrix‘ Netscaler?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                        Has no impact on the CMS.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                        Possibly. Content Server provides a multi-layered edge caching
                           module specifically developed for it and managing the caching of
                           the published assets it controls. Since Content Server can deliver
                           sites in Static and Dynamic publishing models edge caching


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                   Page 10 of 310
                                   products such as NetScaler would typically assist in optimizing the
                                   presentation of static delivered site applications. Our
                                   recommendation in a Dynamic delivery application is to leverage
                                   Content Server‘s provided optimized edge caching solution found
                                   within the product. Satellite Server has been configured to work
                                   in concert with Content Server managed assets in a dynamic
                                   environment.
                     o     FileNet Corp.
                     o     Globalscape
                                Cascade would not affect the performance of this application.
                     o     Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                                Yes, Hyperwave runs on hardware platforms that are supported by
                                   Citrix Netscaler
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                Most load balancing/caching tools work with CommonSpot; in fact
                                   we have some great success with customers who have multiple
                                   Read-Only servers.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                Yes. RedDot is a 100% browser based application, and works
                                   under the Citrix architecture. Additionally, users can also gain
                                   access to RedDot via a VPN connection, or by exposing dedicated
                                   ports through your firewall to the RedDot server.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Collage is a design-side CMS and not a runtime CMS. This means
                                   that Collage manages the content and publishes web pages to the
                                   production web server where they are served to visitors by a web
                                   server such as IIS or Apache. These security infrastructure issues
                                   are concerns in a runtime environment and are therefore not
                                   applicable for our design-side structure.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                We are not aware of any of our customers using Citrix Netscaler
                                   but would be happy to review your requirements and determine
                                   what benefits, drawbacks or constraints might arise from
                                   integrating with Netscaler.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 11 of 310
                                     Vignette has no issues with the use of Citrix‘ Netscaler.Vignette
                                      has no issues with the use of Citrix‘ Netscaler.




     Authentication / Authorization
          1. Describe the level of application support LDAP authentication?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                         Ektron CMS400.net supports full integration with LDAP
                            authentication
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                         Content Server has a built-in security systems and can also fully
                            integrate with your existing LDAP environment. Users, Groups
                            and Roles can be managed via your current or selected LDAP
                            management environment when integrated. FatWire has had many
                            successful engagements where LDAP is integrated for user
                            management. It is an option which is supported fully.
                o FileNet Corp.
                o Globalscape
                         LDAP authentication applies to users imported from the LDAP
                            migration tool. These users log in the same way as other users,
                            except that instead of comparing a password against the Cascade
                            database, Cascade will access the LDAP store using the supplied
                            credentials. If successful, authentication is achieved and the user
                            logs in. A specific recommendation can be made with more
                            information relative to the number of contributors and a estimate of
                            their frequency and type of use.
                o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                         The Hyperwave Information Server (HW/IS) application supports
                            LDAP. Hyperwave Directory Access Protocol (HWDAP) is a
                            protocol that implements all the functions available when using the
                            HW/IS internal user database for user administration so that they
                            are available when using gateways to external user databases, such
                            as LDAP. HWDAP‘s gateway can be configured to connect to the
                            LDAP service and map user identities in either direction
                            accordingly.
                o Interwoven
                o Mediasurface, Inc.
                         Chose not to respond
                o Open Text Coporation
                o Oracle/PeopleSoft


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                          Page 12 of 310
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            CommonSpot provides custom API‘s that allow you to
                               authenticate directly with an LDAP server. This is the preferred
                               method of authentication among most of our higher education
                               customers.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            RedDot can integrate with any LDAP, NT Domain, Active
                               Directory, NDS (Novell Directory Service) to provide single sign-
                               on capabilities. Through the use of dialog prompts, the
                               administrator can connect to, and synchronize with, most directory
                               services. Once connected, single sign-on for users can be initiated.
                               No scripting is required (although LDAP filters can be used if
                               desired).
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            Collage has a centralized administration database to handle the
                               logon process, or logon authentication can be easily configured to
                               use enterprise directories including LDAP v3 servers and
                               Microsoft Active Directory. If integrated with LDAP or Active
                               Directory, Collage acts as a passive query client to the directory
                               server storing all its user and group properties separately from the
                               LDAP/AD server. This provides a cleaner interaction with the
                               directory and prevents undue system load and administration due
                               to frequent updates.
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            SiteExecutive can integrate with LDAP or Microsoft Active
                               Directory. SiteExecutive supports integration from both site
                               visitors and content authors. Site visitor integration supports
                               authentication and authorization. For Content authors,
                               SiteExecutive can be integrated to an LDAP or Microsoft Active
                               Directory for authentication only.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Vignette offers full support and encourages the use of LDAP for
                               authentication. Vignette supports a wide variety of LDAP
                               platforms and a wide range of authentication mechanisms. In most
                               instances, this integration is accomplished quickly and without
                               code being written.

          2. Describe the level of application support LDAP authorization?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                   Page 13 of 310
                     o Ektron, Inc.
                            Ektron CMS400.net supports full integration with LDAP
                              authorization.
                     o EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o Fatwire Software
                            LDAP authorization is fully supported by Content Server.
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            Using LDAP authentication the CMS authenticates users against a
                              directory on an LDAP-enabled server (usually separate from the
                              server housing the CMS), which could be a pre-existing directory
                              server. Users and groups will be maintained in the CMS, and
                              access to CMS assets can be assigned both at the user and group
                              level. The CMS administrator can easily establish appropriate
                              authorizations by setting up access rights.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            HWDAP respects LDAP permissions (or vice-versa if so desired).
                              If a user lacks authorization for a function in LDAP, that restriction
                              will be upheld in HWDAP.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            LDAP users and groups can be easily coordinated with
                              CommonSpot users and groups such that, a change in a user‘s role
                              within the LDAP server can directly affect that user‘s role within
                              CommonSpot. Similar to custom authentication, the authorization
                              link is performed with an API call during our authentication
                              process.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            RedDot CMS supports the import of users and user groups from
                              existing directory services (such as LDAP, ADS, Windows 2000
                              or Windows 2003). Users can be assigned additional, individual
                              properties such as e-mail address or user role after the import.
                              When a user logs on, the specified user name and password is
                              authenticated against the directory service from which that user
                              was imported. If a user‘s password has been changed centrally,
                              then only the new password can be used to log on to RedDot CMS.
                              Every user can be given access to any number of projects in
                              RedDot CMS, and users can be assigned different roles and
                              authorizations for each project. Nearly every program function for
                              editing content can be configured as a specific authorization for
                              users and groups in RedDot CMS.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                    Page 14 of 310
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            All authorization is maintained within Collage.
                            Collage provides the ability to set very granular access control for
                               individual users. Out-of-the-box Collage provides three tiers of
                               security: role-based, system privileges; project level privileges; and
                               individual, asset-level permissions. These levels of permissions are
                               granted to permission groups and individuals. Granular security
                               schemes are easily applied managing sets of users in one or more
                               permission groups to produce a combined permission set. This is
                               very similar to the scheme used in Unix system security.
                            All administrative management is performed within the Collage
                               client by administrators granted ‗user administration‘ permissions.
                               In all, there are 27 different user permissions that can be granted or
                               denied for building security schemes that scale across very large
                               organizations, with a high degree of granularity to support a wide
                               range of business process flows.
                            Group based permissions give administrators the greatest degree of
                               flexibility and ease of permission management. Adding individuals
                               to one or more permission group results in a combined set of
                               permissions. Security management is then reduced to simply
                               moving users in and out of groups to invoke security policies.
                               Individual overrides are possible for exception cases.
                            Many of the permissions indicate the inherent ability for Collage to
                               manage individual web assets as well as useable functionality. For
                               example, business users are typically limited to content
                               contribution and review, web developers are granted the additional
                               privileges to upload files and directories as well as change site
                               structure, style, and templates, and administrators add/remove
                               users, as well as deploy and backup the site(s).
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            SiteExecutive can integrate with LDAP or Microsoft Active
                               Directory. SiteExecutive supports integration from both site
                               visitors and content authors. Site visitor integration supports
                               authentication and authorization. For Content authors,
                               SiteExecutive can be integrated to an LDAP or Microsoft Active
                               Directory for authentication only.
                            We have customers using various configurations of LDAP,
                               Microsoft Active Directory and even home grown directory
                               services which integrate easily through our directory model in
                               SiteExecutive.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                     Page 15 of 310
                                     Vignette also supports LDAP authorization in a wide variety of
                                      ways. Most typically Group information is kept and maintained in
                                      the LDAP system, while Vignette specific roles and capabilities
                                      are maintained in the Vignette system. Through the browser based
                                      Management Console LDAP Users and/or Groups can be assigned
                                      to Vignette roles and capabilities.




     File System Access
               Describe the support for WebDAV.
                   o Alfresco
                   o Cignex (Plone)
                   o Day Software, Inc.
                   o Ektron, Inc.
                            The Ektron CMS uses WebDAV to upload managed assets such as
                               office documents, PDF‘s to the CMS server‘s file system.
                   o EMC Software (Documentum)
                   o Fatwire Software
                            None
                   o FileNet Corp.
                   o Globalscape
                            Cascade Server currently does not support WebDav. However the
                               CMS is a fully featured web- based document management system.
                               All the management functionality including version control, check
                               in/out, workflow, custom metadata, access rights, and dynamic
                               interaction with other assets are applicable to all documents, files,
                               images, and rich media. Cascade Server's SOAP-based web
                               services API allows for programmatic interaction with all system
                               assets including documents/files for creating, reading, updating,
                               and deleting (CRUD) of these items.
                   o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            The Hyperwave application supports WebDAV. However, the
                               WebDAV protocol has certain limitation that can hinder a CMS,
                               such as meta data not being supported in WebDAV. Hyperwave
                               offers our Hyperwave Explorer (HWE) module, which provides
                               integration of HW/IS with Windows Explorer. HWE provides the
                               drag and drop functionality from desktop to browser, similar to
                               WebDAV, with the additional benefit of version control, metadata
                               entry, and security during content authoring & viewing.
                   o Interwoven
                   o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                   o Open Text Coporation
                   o Oracle/PeopleSoft


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 16 of 310
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            At this time the only support for WebDAV would be with the
                               management of custom scripts and custom applications.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            RedDot CMS can reference files dynamically from WebDav
                               folders, or from any other structured source. Users can create
                               folders that allow file transfers from remote servers using the
                               WebDav protocol. Using WebDav ―syncs‖ the two folders,
                               allowing newer versions of the file to be automatically transferred
                               to the CMS folder when it‘s available on the server.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            Collage supports direct contribution of content from any
                               WebDAV-compliant desktop application such as Microsoft Office,
                               Adobe Photoshop, Quark XPress, or Macromedia DreamWeaver.
                               Using this integration, the Collage repository is exposed to a user
                               as if it were a file folder. Users simply ―save as‖ to the appropriate
                               Collage folder. The content is transparently checked in to the
                               system and can be automatically routed as part of a workflow
                               process.
                            Why it matters:
                                    Content contributors can continue working within familiar
                                        applications while taking advantage of the robust change
                                        management capabilities of Collage.
                                    Administrators aren‘t required to install anything on a
                                        user‘s desktop to enable integration— Collage uses
                                        standard technologies included in most popular desktop
                                        authoring tools.
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            SiteExecutive stores all content in the database and only leverages
                               the file system for caching purposes. Access to web content and
                               the ability to create, modify or move content is available to web
                               based authors, regardless of their location, subject to the security
                               and permissions model deployed in SiteExecutive.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Vignette‘s Business Integration Studio contains a WebDAV
                               adapter that allows for the contribution of files from WebDAV into
                               the Vignette Content Management System. VCM also has the
                               capability to conduct both Active and Passive FileScans to
                               accomplish this kind of functionality.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                     Page 17 of 310
Server/OS Infrastructure
     General
          1. What information do you need to estimate hardware requirements (disk space,
             memory, processor, OS)?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                        Minimal system requirements are located on Ektron‘s corporate
                           website http://www.ektron.com/cms400-web-cms.aspx?id=1701
               o EMC Software (Documentum)
               o Fatwire Software
                        To make an estimate we will need to know the approximate
                           volume and type of content, the number of simultaneous
                           contributors and the number of site consumers on a daily basis.
                           There are many factors but the mentioned information should
                           allow for a very good estimate. Also, FatWire can provide you
                           with a sizing guide which can help you determine your hardware
                           needs.
               o FileNet Corp.
               o Globalscape
                        The minimum hardware requirements for the application server are
                           as follows, at least a Pentium 4 2.8 GHz or faster processor, 1 GB
                           RAM or greater, and 250mb of hard disk space. Typically we
                           recommend a faster processor or multi-CPU machine and more
                           RAM when a large number of users will working inside the CMS.
               o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                        Hyperwave has a detailed sizing and scaling guideline to help our
                           customers determing the appropriate hardware for their needs.
                           This is a confidential document that is not routinely provided as
                           ―sales collateral.‖ The type of information needed to determine
                           hardware specifications includes:
                                The number of users in your company, both current and
                                   projected if a substantial increase is projected in the near
                                   future?
                                Information about your company‘s physical distribution,
                                   such as the number of offices, the network connection
                                   between offices and the locations of each office, as well as
                                   the user distribution across the offices?
                                Information about the IT functions distribution and
                                   standards? Are all servers consolidated in a single



The University of Texas - Arlington                                               Page 18 of 310
                                           location? Are there company standards for vendors or
                                           operating systems?
                                        Information about the existing content, such as the amount
                                           and type of content currently in place as well as some
                                           rudimentary estimates of how often new content is created
                                           and the nature of the content.
                                Please refer to Section Company Focus, #6 (Strategic Architecture)
                                   for additional details on hardware sizing.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                It is difficult to calculate hardware requirements to an exact
                                   number but we can estimate server/hardware performance
                                   expectations based peak and general performance centered around
                                   …
                                        Number of Page Views per day/month
                                        Number of expected ―concurrent‖ authors
                                        Percentage of Custom Applications that deliver dynamic
                                           content
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                The following info is needed to estimate hardware requirements:
                                        Number of users
                                        Number of pages
                                        Repository size
                                        Frequency of updates and # of core daily users
                                        Number of language variants (spoken languages site is
                                           published in)
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Please see Appendix A – Collage System Requirements. [see
                                   vendor document]
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                Capacity planning and sizing can be significantly impacted by a
                                   variety of factors. We typically begin the process with an
                                   evaluation of the following factors:
                                        Current and projected web traffic statistics
                                        Current and projected number/size of pages (content)
                                        Number of current and projected content authors
                                        Number and type of other applications likely to be
                                           integrated with SiteExecutive
                                        Impact of use of weighty content (i.e. video, large files, etc)


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                        Page 19 of 310
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            There are several factors that go into Vignette hardware sizing.
                               Vignette would be happy to provide a free scoping session with
                               one of our solution architects to provide an exact size estimate. In
                               general the major factors on the content management side are the
                               number of concurrent content contributors, number of content
                               items, frequency of publishing, content delivery method, and
                               network design.

          2. How does your application support load balancing / failover?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                       Ektron CMS400.NET does not need to be aware that load
                          balancing is taking place. However, the library items on all servers
                          must be identical. Therefore, when a user uploads a new item to
                          the Ektron CMS400.NET library, it must be replicated on all other
                          servers in your load balancing model. To achieve this, Ektron
                          CMS400.NET uploads the items to default upload directory and
                          any other folder defined in the library. Ektron CMS400.NET
                          provides to any administrator an interface for adding load balance
                          folders to the application. These folders need to be either a virtual
                          or physical folder under the Ektron CMS400.NET Web site. In
                          most cases, this is a virtual folder that points to a mounted hard
                          drive (another server).
               o EMC Software (Documentum)
               o Fatwire Software
                       Content Server will work in clustered, load balancing and failover
                          environments. Support for this functionality is out of the box.
               o FileNet Corp.
               o Globalscape
                       Cascade Server does support fail over transfer between redundant
                          systems. This is a standard function of Cascade Server and comes
                          at no additional price. Included with the license is a backup server
                          instance of the product. In addition, Cascade Server supports load-
                          balancing architectures on both the CMS server implementation
                          and the web server implementation at no additional cost.
               o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                       Yes. Load balancing is supported at the application level via the
                          HW WaveMaster service. This service can be clustered across
                          several ports so that multiple WaveMasters can speak to the same
                          application. If one of the configured services fails, no more


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                    Page 20 of 310
                                   requests are sent to that service and is instead rerouted to another
                                   service. Additionally, Hyperwave runs on industry standard
                                   hardware, and FOLB hardware solutions pose no problem for
                                   Hyperwave applications running on them.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                Multiple production servers can be deployed to support load-
                                   balancing and failover.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot CMS grows along with your projects. As your project
                                   grows and the number of users increases, you can flexibly scale the
                                   RedDot servers and database servers. RedDot CMS is fully
                                   scalable and can work in a fully clustered environment (clustering
                                   of RedDot CMS, database servers and Web servers). There are no
                                   limits to the number of Web servers to publish to or the number of
                                   users allowed. Additional RedDot servers can be installed as the
                                   number of employees increase. Network load balancing services
                                   (such as those featured in Microsoft Windows 2000 Advanced
                                   Server) can be used to distribute user accesses to multiple RedDot
                                   servers automatically. RedDot CMS clusters of this type are easy
                                   to install and administer. No special skills are required. The servers
                                   are monitored automatically: should a RedDot server become
                                   unavailable, the RedDot administrator is informed by e-mail. To
                                   avoid downtimes during editorial work, updates can be performed
                                   consecutively on the individual RedDot servers without
                                   interrupting ongoing operations. There are no limits to the number
                                   of Web servers RedDot can publish to. There are no limits to the
                                   number of development servers. RedDot is fully scalable.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Collage supports an n-tiered architecture, allowing the application
                                   layer to be separated by the data layer. Since Collage runs on top
                                   of a J2EE application server it can take advantage of the
                                   scalability, load-balancing, clustering, etc. inherent in J2EE
                                   application servers, meaning that the application can be scaled
                                   across multiple servers. Additionally, Collage project databases
                                   can reside in different locations, allowing business units and
                                   departments to manage their own project database, if desired.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                Many of our current SiteExecutive customers have deployed load
                                   balancing and/or failover solutions with various hardware and


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                         Page 21 of 310
                                      software products and configurations. SiteExecutive is designed to
                                      support a multi-server configuration which permits the distribution
                                      of authoring and rendering traffic across multiple servers. Many of
                                      our customers evaluate traffic management solutions in the context
                                      of larger business continuity planning efforts. Depending on which
                                      SiteExecutive functionality is leveraged, a session management
                                      (sticky session) approach must be enabled in the load balanced
                                      solution.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Vignette fully supports load balancing and failover through a wide
                               variety of options and at multiple levels of the architecture.

          3. Is your application scalable for increased user demand?
                 o Alfresco
                 o Cignex (Plone)
                 o Day Software, Inc.
                 o Ektron, Inc.
                         Yes, the Ektron CMS is a very scalable, it fully supports load
                            balanced and clustered environments.
                 o EMC Software (Documentum)
                 o Fatwire Software
                         Yes. Content Server can scale to virtually any level to meet user
                            demands
                 o FileNet Corp.
                 o Globalscape
                         Cascade Server is very scalable. With the underpinnings built on
                            XML technologies, content can grow infinitely large and still be
                            easily maintained and managed by Cascade Server. Cascade Server
                            will not only handle large amounts of content, but will also handle
                            a large array of users.
                 o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                         Yes. Hyperwave scale via hardware and, theoretically, scalability
                            is unlimited. More servers and applications may be added as
                            needed to support an expanding environment. Hyperwave systems
                            are in production today supporting hundreds of thousands of users
                            and millions of documents in a single system.
                 o Interwoven
                 o Mediasurface, Inc.
                         Chose not to respond
                 o Open Text Coporation
                 o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                 o PaperThin, Inc.



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                         Page 22 of 310
                                  CommonSpot can scale from a single server where all the
                                   authoring and production of content is effectively managed on one
                                   (1) Web server, to an environment with multiple stand-alone or
                                   clustered servers. For high traffic or high availability sites,
                                   CommonSpot supports two configuration options, ‗Replication‘
                                   and ‗Shared Database Clustering‘, which provide the necessary
                                   facilities to properly manage and scale one or more dynamic sites
                                   across multiple servers.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                Yes. RedDot CMS grows along with your projects. As your
                                   project grows and the number of users increases, you can flexibly
                                   scale the RedDot servers and database servers. RedDot CMS is
                                   fully scalable and can work in a fully clustered environment
                                   (clustering of RedDot CMS, database servers and Web servers).
                                   There are no limits to the number of Web servers to publish to or
                                   the number of users allowed. Additional RedDot servers can be
                                   installed as the number of employees increase. Network load
                                   balancing services (such as those featured in Microsoft Windows
                                   2000 Advanced Server) can be used to distribute user accesses to
                                   multiple RedDot servers automatically. RedDot CMS clusters of
                                   this type are easy to install and administer. No special skills are
                                   required. The servers are monitored automatically: should a
                                   RedDot server become unavailable, the RedDot administrator is
                                   informed by e-mail. To avoid downtimes during editorial work,
                                   updates can be performed consecutively on the individual RedDot
                                   servers without interrupting ongoing operations. There are no
                                   limits to the number of Web servers RedDot can publish to. There
                                   are no limits to the number of development servers. RedDot is
                                   fully scalable.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Collage supports an n-tiered architecture, allowing the application
                                   layer to be separated by the data layer. Since Collage runs on top
                                   of a J2EE application server it can take advantage of the
                                   scalability, load-balancing, clustering, etc. inherent in J2EE
                                   application servers, meaning that the application can be scaled
                                   across multiple servers. Additionally, Collage project databases
                                   can reside in different locations, allowing business units and
                                   departments to manage their own project database, if desired.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive is designed to scale with a number of core caching
                                   techniques as well as the deployment of additional servers. We
                                   have many higher education, county government and commercial
                                   customers who support very high volume sites.
                     o     Tridion


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 23 of 310
                     o Vasont Systems
                           Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                           Vignette powers some of the largest websites in the world and
                              many in very large universities and can be scaled to meet any
                              demand.

          4. What performance metrics does your application supply?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                        At this time the Ektron CMS does not provide performance
                          metrics.
               o EMC Software (Documentum)
               o Fatwire Software
                        Using FatWire Analytics, information regarding the display of
                          content, number of views, number of clicks and number of
                          conversions can be viewed. Additionally, if market segments or
                          specific groups of users are utilized, Analytics will display which
                          segment viewed what content and when. You can also view
                          general traffic information such as; daily number of visitors, where
                          they visitors are coming from, what content is viewed the most and
                          what content is viewed the least to name just a few. Also, all
                          information regarding content use and delivery is stored in the
                          SQL database and any required information can be extracted from
                          the database using any third party reporting system.
               o FileNet Corp.
               o Globalscape
                        Cascade Server tracks statistics such as memory usage as well as
                          database stats.
               o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                        To test the core server, there are scripts that test each function/API
                          call and gathers performance data. In addition a variety of debug
                          levels can be enabled in each of the log files of each server
                          component.
               o Interwoven
               o Mediasurface, Inc.
                        Chose not to respond
               o Open Text Coporation
               o Oracle/PeopleSoft
               o PaperThin, Inc.
                        Currently CommonSpot does not offer direct performance metrics
                          out-of-the-box. However, CommonSpot is built on a J2EE
                          architecture which provides several out-of-the-box and free 3rd
                          Party tools for performance evaluation.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                 Page 24 of 310
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            As RedDot CMS is a staging server, it is only accessed by content-
                               contributors, approvers and administrators making changes to the
                               website. RedDot CMS publishes pages via FTP to a separate live
                               server(s), which then delivers those pages to the site visitors. The
                               performance of the RedDot server is totally independent of the web
                               server(s). Performance characteristics within the RedDot
                               environment are determined by the processor speed, memory and
                               hard drive access speed available to RedDot, all increase the speed
                               of the user‘s connection to the server. In order to still support
                               environments with a high number of content-contributors, RedDot
                               CMS supports clustering of the RedDot CMS system itself, as well
                               as the clustering of database servers.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            Serena does not provide specific performance metrics as these are
                               particularly dependent on the type/design of the content you are
                               managing.
                            Collage supports an n-tiered architecture, allowing the application
                               layer to be separated by the data layer. Since Collage runs on top
                               of a J2EE application server it can take advantage of the
                               scalability, load-balancing, clustering, etc. inherent in J2EE
                               application servers, meaning that the application can be scaled
                               across multiple servers. Additionally, Collage project databases
                               can reside in different locations, allowing business units and
                               departments to manage their own project database, if desired.
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            The core SiteExecutive product provides typical performance
                               metrics. We also leverage metrics from the application server,
                               database and operating system to measure system performance.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Vignette can provide a wide range of performance metrics and can
                               be monitored and tested like any enterprise application.

          5. Does it collect and provide data required for fine-tuning web and app server
             performance?
                 o Alfresco
                 o Cignex (Plone)
                 o Day Software, Inc.
                 o Ektron, Inc.
                          The Ektron CMS does not provide reporting for fine-tuning web
                             and application server performance


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                   Page 25 of 310
                     o EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o Fatwire Software
                            Since Content Server runs within the app server the information
                               required for this is in the web and app servers respective logs. The
                               logs from the web server and app server can be stored and
                               managed within Content Server as content. The logs can then be
                               formatted and viewed using Content Display Templates.
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            Cascade Server will not make any suggestions on to fine tune
                               performance, however the Cascade Server support team is
                               available for consultation as part of our standard license
                               agreement.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            Yes, additional debug output can be enabled in the application
                               layer which provides data measuring the performance. This output
                               can be used for fine tuning.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            With the out-of-the-box J2EE metrics and available 3rd Party tools
                               you would be able to collect all of the data required for fine-tuning
                               performance.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            As RedDot CMS is a staging server, no RedDot software is
                               installed or required for the production environment. Therefore all
                               web and app server performance tuning would be managed by the
                               production server environment. RedDot CMS can publish to any
                               production environment, regardless of hardware platform, OS, or
                               web/app server.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            As a design-side system, Collage does not collect this type of
                               information.
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            SiteExecutive relies on performance metrics enabled on the
                               application server for tuning guidance.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                    Page 26 of 310
                                     Vignette features several levels of logging and performance data
                                      capture which can be used to tune web and app server
                                      performance. Vignette, as a market leader in the web content
                                      management space has the experience of hundreds of
                                      implementations and has an extensive set of best practices to help
                                      the University derive the maximum performance and value from
                                      the system.Vignette features several levels of logging and
                                      performance data capture which can be used to tune web and app
                                      server performance. Vignette, as a market leader in the web
                                      content management space has the experience of hundreds of
                                      implementations and has an extensive set of best practices to help
                                      the University derive the maximum performance and value from
                                      the system.

          6. What type of content (html content, file attachments, etc.) can be stored in a
             database?
                 o Alfresco
                 o Cignex (Plone)
                 o Day Software, Inc.
                 o Ektron, Inc.
                        Ektron‘s CMS will store HTML, XML and XHTML content
                           within the CMS‘ database.
                 o EMC Software (Documentum)
                 o Fatwire Software
                        Using the SQL database as storage Content Server will store,
                           search on, retrieve, revision control and workflow any type of
                           electronic content including HTML, JSP, XML, JPEG and MPEG
                           to name a few.
                 o FileNet Corp.
                 o Globalscape
                        Cascade Server supports uploading of any files. Administrators
                           may choose to edit the list of supported file types by defining them
                           in the system options. Documents and other binary files are treated
                           like any other asset, and are stored as such. They can be uploaded
                           and placed in a default repository, or they can be stored with other
                           relevant content, at the discretion of the administrator. Like other
                           assets, metadata, searching, browsing, versioning, and workflows
                           are all applicable to documents and files uploaded into the system.
                 o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                        Any type of content that is recognized by Windows may be stored
                           and retrieved in Hyperwave as valid content
                 o Interwoven
                 o Mediasurface, Inc.
                        Chose not to respond
                 o Open Text Coporation
                 o Oracle/PeopleSoft


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                          Page 27 of 310
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                           All of the content, except images and other native document files,
                              is stored and managed within CommonSpot‘s content repository, a
                              series of relational databases. This object-oriented framework
                              provides tremendous advantages, including:
                                    Content can be stored independently from its formatting,
                                       enabling better control over its display and look and feel.
                                    Content can be controlled, approved, versioned, scheduled,
                                       personalized and secured at a much finer level of
                                       granularity.
                                    Multiple users can contribute to the creation and
                                       management of content in a shared environment.
                           In general CommonSpot supports three different database
                              schemas: sites, users, and site-specific. The ‗sites‘ database
                              manages information regarding all of the sites running on the
                              server, such as the Web document directory, data-source names,
                              etc. The ‗user‘ database manages users, their profile information,
                              passwords, as well as which group/s a user belongs to. The ‗site-
                              specific‘ database houses all of the content for the site and subsites.
                           Please note that CommonSpot provides an intelligent caching
                              system that automatically and transparently caches static versions
                              of dynamically created pages when appropriate. This enables the
                              rich adaptive assembly of pages without having to compromise
                              performance that is typically associated with purely dynamic
                              approaches. This approach offers the performance equal to that of
                              a static site.
                           As content is approved for publication, appropriate page level
                              cache files are generated for the specific browser type. The next
                              time a request is made to the page, the page is pulled from the page
                              cache for the specific browser type. If the page contains dynamic
                              content, or when the page is in ‗Author‘ mode, caching is done at
                              the element level. This ability allows only the recently changed or
                              dynamic elements to be rendered from the database. The other
                              elements are pulled from the element cache.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                           The RedDot server manages the data objects (content and
                              templates) in the CMS in an MS SQL/ORACLE content repository
                              database or (for binary assets) a file system. You can also set up
                              the system so placeholders are filled automatically with the content
                              of an external ODBC data source or any external text-based data
                              source (i.e., XML).
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                           Edit and Manage HTML, XML, Documents, Images and Other
                              Rich Media
                           What it is:


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                     Page 28 of 310
                                           Collage makes it easy to edit and manage any type of
                                            content. All content assets are versioned and can be
                                            searched and audited. Users can directly open documents,
                                            images, and other asset types in the editor of their choice.
                                        Collage has the ability to include any images or digital
                                            media into the web page content, such as video and audio
                                            file types. Collage will store and allow users to work with
                                            content from all native MS Office files, connect into
                                            existing data sources (via JDBC/ODBC), and Collage
                                            supports complex documents. In addition selectable,
                                            automatic conversion of Office document assets to HTML,
                                            PDF or PostScript lets web developers separate the
                                            destination format from the editing or creation format.
                                Why it matters:
                                        All content types are fully managed (e.g. versioned,
                                            audited, published, included in backups, etc.) ensuring that
                                            the entire site is well managed.
                                        Users can work directly within the editor of their choice.
                                        Does not require add-on modules to manage documents and
                                            digital assets.
                                        Collage supports direct contribution of content from any
                                            WebDAV-compliant desktop application such as Microsoft
                                            Office, Adobe Photoshop, Quark XPress, or Macromedia
                                            Dreamweaver. Using this integration, the Collage
                                            repository is exposed to a user as if it were a file folder.
                                            Users simply ―save as‖ to the appropriate Collage folder.
                                            The content is transparently checked in to the system and
                                            can be automatically routed as part of a workflow process.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive stores all content in the database. This includes
                                   pages, templates, style sheets and binary content such as images,
                                   multi-media and documents (Microsoft office products: Word,
                                   PowerPoint, Excel, Visio, etc)
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                There are no limitations around what type of file can be stored. By
                                   default individual pieces of modeled content are stored in a
                                   database that is controlled and defined by the customer and static
                                   files (of any type) are stored in the file system.

          7. What type of content (html content, file attachments, etc.) can be stored in a file
             system?
                 o Alfresco


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                        Page 29 of 310
                     o Cignex (Plone)
                     o Day Software, Inc.
                     o Ektron, Inc.
                           The file types managed within Ektron‘s integrated DMS
                              (Document Management Solution) is entirely user-configurable
                              within the setup:



                     o EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o Fatwire Software
                            Using the file system Content Server will store , search on,
                              retrieve, revision control and workflow any type of electronic
                              content
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            All of the content and files within Cascade Server are stored in a
                              standard relational database management system (RDMS).
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            The default configuration of HW/IS is that all content is managed
                              as objects within the Hyperwave database (Oracle or MSSQL) for
                              ease of administration, backup and restoration. The system can
                              ―remote objects‖ configuration where only metadata is stored in
                              Hyperwave but the content if referenced by a link.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            Content that is stored and managed in the file system includes
                              uploaded files (MSOffice documents, PDF, MP3, etc), images, and
                              templates.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            In RedDot, asset-based content (images, files, pdfs, videos, etc.)
                              can be stored either in the content repository database or in the file
                              system.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            Edit and Manage HTML, XML, Documents, Images and Other
                              Rich Media
                            What it is:
                                   Collage makes it easy to edit and manage any type of
                                      content. All content assets are versioned and can be
                                      searched and audited. Users can directly open documents,
                                      images, and other asset types in the editor of their choice.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                    Page 30 of 310
                                           Collage has the ability to include any images or digital
                                            media into the web page content, such as video and audio
                                            file types. Collage will store and allow users to work with
                                            content from all native MS Office files, connect into
                                            existing data sources (via JDBC/ODBC), and Collage
                                            supports complex documents. In addition selectable,
                                            automatic conversion of Office document assets to HTML,
                                            PDF or PostScript lets web developers separate the
                                            destination format from the editing or creation format.
                                Why it matters:
                                        All content types are fully managed (e.g. versioned,
                                            audited, published, included in backups, etc.) ensuring that
                                            the entire site is well managed.
                                        Users can work directly within the editor of their choice.
                                        Does not require add-on modules to manage documents and
                                            digital assets.
                                        Collage supports direct contribution of content from any
                                            WebDAV-compliant desktop application such as Microsoft
                                            Office, Adobe Photoshop, Quark XPress, or Macromedia
                                            Dreamweaver. Using this integration, the Collage
                                            repository is exposed to a user as if it were a file folder.
                                            Users simply ―save as‖ to the appropriate Collage folder.
                                            The content is transparently checked in to the system and
                                            can be automatically routed as part of a workflow process.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive leverages the file system for caching techniques. All
                                   binary files are cached on the file server for performance.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                There are no limitations around what type of file can be stored. By
                                   default individual pieces (attributes) of modeled content are stored
                                   in a database that is controlled and defined by the customer and
                                   static files (of any type) are stored in the file system.


     Hardware
          1. What operating system(s) does your application require?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                        Page 31 of 310
                                  The Ektron CMS requires Windows 2000, 2003, or XP
                                   Professional (Note: Windows XP should only be used for testing
                                   and development. Do not use it on your production server).
                     o     EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o     Fatwire Software
                                Content Server will run on Solaris, Linux and Windows server
                                   platforms. Content Contributors can operate from Solaris, Linux,
                                   Windows and Mac platforms.
                     o     FileNet Corp.
                     o     Globalscape
                                Cascade Server is able to run on Windows NT/2000/XP/2003,
                                   Linux, Solaris, Mac OS X operating systems with the appropriate
                                   Java Runtime Environment installed.
                                Client Machine Requirements
                                        Users connecting to Cascade Server can run any operating
                                           system with a supported web browser (Internet Explorer,
                                           Mozilla Firefox, Safari).
                     o     Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                                Hyperwave supports the following Operating System/Hardware
                                   Platform combinations: Solaris 10 on Sun Sparc and Windows
                                   2003 Server, Windows 2000 Server SP3, RedHat Advanced
                                   Server 4 and SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 with Kernel 2.6.x
                                   and glibc 2.3 on Intel PC.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                CommonSpot is supported on Windows as well as Unix, Linux and
                                   MacOS platforms.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot CMS System Requirements
                                        Software requirements for the RedDot CMS server:
                                               o Windows 2000: Server or Advanced Server
                                               o Windows 2003: Standard Edition or Enterprise
                                                  Edition
                                        Software requirements for connected databases:
                                               o MS SQL Server 2000 / 2005
                                               o Oracle Version 8, 9i, and 10g from Standard Edition
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Please see Appendix A – Collage System Requirements. [see
                                   vendor response]
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                    Page 32 of 310
                                     SiteExecutive supports Windows 2003, Solaris 10, and RedHat
                                      Linux ES. Content authors must use Windows XP or Vista
                                      running IE 6.x or higher. Site visitors are supported on all
                                      operating systems and browsers.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Please see attached Supported Platform Matrix. [See vendor
                               document]

          2. Do you have vendor preference regarding hardware / operating system?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                        Microsoft 2000 or 2003 on the server. No preference for the
                          hardware.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                        FatWire has a good relationship with Sun Microsystems and we
                          find that Content Server runs very will on Sun‘s hardware and OS,
                          however, FatWire does not have a real preference in hardware or
                          OS vendors. Any choice of supported server platforms is
                          acceptable.
                o FileNet Corp.
                o Globalscape
                        No, Cascade Sever equally supports all of the supported operating
                          environments listed above.
                o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                        No, the Hyperwave application runs and scales well on all
                          supported hardware and operating systems. Hyperwave is OS
                          agnostic as it supports an identical feature set for any of its
                          supported operating systems.
                o Interwoven
                o Mediasurface, Inc.
                        Chose not to respond
                o Open Text Coporation
                o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                o PaperThin, Inc.
                        No.
                o Percussion Software, Inc.
                o RedDot Solutions
                        RedDot CMS System Requirement
                               Hardware (Recommended Configuration)



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 33 of 310
                                      o The following hardware is recommended for large
                                        and medium-sized RedDot CMS projects:
                                             Intel P4 processor (HT technology) > 1.7
                                               GHz (or comparable)
                                             2 GB RAM
                                             NTFS-formatted UDMA hard disk (for
                                               example, UDMA 33 / ATA 66) or SCSI
                                               system
                                             CD-ROM drive
                                      o A cluster installation or dual-processor system may
                                        be necessary, depending on the project size.
                                      o Hard Disk Space
                                             RedDot Content Server: The RedDot CMS
                                               requires 100 MB of free memory, without
                                               any projects.
                                             Database Server: Based on project size, the
                                               database server requires a corresponding
                                               amount of free disk space. You should have
                                               at least 10 GB of free disk space available
                                               for larger projects.
                                             Network and Internet Connection: The
                                               speed of your network or Internet
                                               connection to RedDot CMS determines how
                                               fast the Web-based interface will appear.
                                      o System Requirements
                                             Network: Network transmission rates
                                               should be at least 100 Mbits/s.
                                             Internet: An Internet connection is possible
                                               at any speed. For an optimum connection,
                                               we recommend using a DSL connection to
                                               access RedDot CMS. We do not advise
                                               accessing RedDot CMS via a proxy.
                                               Generally, it is possible to avoid having to
                                               use a proxy with RedDot CMS, and
                                               depending on the proxy, RedDot CMS
                                               functionality may suffer.
                                      o System Requirements for Oracle Database
                                             RedDot CMS supports the following Oracle
                                               versions:
                                                     Version 8 (from Standard Edition)
                                                     Version 9i (from Standard Edition)
                                                     Version 10g (from Standard Edition)
                                             Note: It is not possible to use Oracle Client
                                               Patch 8.1.4.x due to an error in this version.
                                      o Hardware



The University of Texas - Arlington                                              Page 34 of 310
                                                         Be sure to install the Oracle database server
                                                          on a separate server and link it with the
                                                          RedDot content server(s) directly through a
                                                          100 Mbit switch.
                                               o Main Memory
                                                        To ensure good performance, you have to
                                                          allocate sufficient main memory to the
                                                          active Oracle instances. The system does not
                                                          allocate the memory automatically. An
                                                          Oracle instance that stores several mid-sized
                                                          CMS projects should be allocated at least
                                                          500 MB of main memory. Oracle reserves
                                                          this memory when the database is launched;
                                                          you cannot increase it while it is running.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Please see Appendix A – Collage System Requirements. [see
                                   vendor response]
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                We have SiteExecutive customers in production on all of the
                                   operating systems indicated above. A significant number have
                                   chosen Microsoft Windows 2003 as their operating system.
                                   Systems Alliance has a strong relationship with Sun Microsystems
                                   and as a result has invested significantly in supporting Solaris as
                                   well. We have a small number of customers running on Linux.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Please see attached Supported Platform Matrix. [See vendor
                                   document]

          3. Are there issues or limitations with any supported platform?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                          No.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                          CS-Doclink and CS-Desktop which are a drag and drop component
                            and our MS-Word integration component will only work on a
                            Windows desktop. This is a limit for contributors of one of
                            themany methods for contribution available to them – others
                            remain. There are no issues and limitations with any of the server
                            platforms.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 35 of 310
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            There are no known issues or limitations.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            All features and functions have been tested and approved for all
                               supported platforms. However, ―look and feel‖ may vary slightly
                               as each OS functions differently. Additionally, certain non-browser
                               client applications are Windows-specific, such as Windows
                               Explorer integration.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            No.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            RedDot CMS supports Microsoft Windows Server 2000, 2003 and
                               will support Vista with its next release. RedDot CMS also supports
                               Microsoft SQL 2000 and 2005, along with all versions of Oracle 9i
                               and later. RedDot CMS also work seamlessly with LDAP and
                               Active Directory Services (ADS) to authenticate users and
                               supports single sign-on through Integrated Windows
                               Authentication (IWA). RedDot CMS supports publishing to all
                               web and application servers.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            Please see Appendix A – Collage System Requirements. [see
                               vendor response]
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            There are no known issues or limitations with any of the supported
                               platforms.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            No, there are no issues or limitations to Vignette‘s supported
                               platforms.

          4. What is the standard recommendation for an Application Server?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                         Microsoft® Windows® Server 2003


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                  Page 36 of 310
                                  Intel® Pentium® 4 supporting Hyper-Threading or Intel® Xeon®
                                   processor (with 800MHz bus)
                                1 GB RAM or higher
                                RAID Array for Hard Drives
                     o     EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o     Fatwire Software
                                Any of the following will work. BEA WebLogic, IBM
                                   WebSphere, Sun JES, Oracle, Tomcat or JBoss.
                     o     FileNet Corp.
                     o     Globalscape
                                For servers running Cascade Server we recommend at least a
                                   Pentium 4 2.8 GHz or faster processor, 1 GB RAM or greater, and
                                   250mb of hard disk space.
                     o     Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                                To maximize functionality and integration with third party
                                   companion applications, Hyperwave often recommends a
                                   Windows-based application server platform. However, if UTA has
                                   a standard of application servers and a supporting skill set, that
                                   should be used.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                The recommended hardware specifications can be found at:
                                   http://www1.paperthin.com/products/Technical-Specifications.cfm
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot only requires IIS for the staging environment in which the
                                   CMS runs. The production environment can any include any
                                   application server as necessary.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Please see Appendix A – Collage System Requirements. [see
                                   vendor response]
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive requires ColdFusion MX 7.1.x as the application
                                   server. This can run on Solaris 10, Windows 2003 or RedHat
                                   Linux ES. We have customers running application and web servers
                                   on a wide variety of hardware ranging from single CPUs to multi-
                                   core servers.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                     Page 37 of 310
                                     Please see attached Supported Platform Matrix. [See vendor
                                      document]

          5.     What is the standard recommendation for a Web Server?
                   o Alfresco
                   o Cignex (Plone)
                   o Day Software, Inc.
                   o Ektron, Inc.
                            Microsoft® Windows® Server 2003
                            Intel® Pentium® 4 supporting Hyper-Threading or Intel® Xeon®
                                processor (with 800MHz bus)
                            1 GB RAM or higher
                            RAID Array for Hard Drives
                            MS SQL Server (on separate server)
                   o EMC Software (Documentum)
                   o Fatwire Software
                            Any of the following are supported. Apache, IIS and Sun Java
                                Web Server.
                   o FileNet Corp.
                   o Globalscape
                            A standard enterprise-class machine will be more than adequate.
                   o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            Hyperwave has its own Web Server that is included with the
                                purchase of Hyperwave software. This Web Server is able to
                                communicate with other servers as necessary.
                   o Interwoven
                   o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                   o Open Text Coporation
                   o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                   o PaperThin, Inc.
                            The recommended hardware specifications can be found at:
                                http://www1.paperthin.com/products/Technical-Specifications.cfm
                   o Percussion Software, Inc.
                   o RedDot Solutions
                            RedDot requires IIS for the staging environment in which the CMS
                                runs. The production environment can any include any web server
                                platform as necessary.
                   o Serena Software, Inc.
                            Please see Appendix A – Collage System Requirements. [see
                                vendor response]
                   o Stellent
                   o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            SiteExecutive supports IIS 6 on Windows 2003 and Apache 2.x on
                                UNIX. We have customers running application and web servers on



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                        Page 38 of 310
                                      a wide variety of hardware ranging from single CPUs to multi-core
                                      servers.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Please see attached Supported Platform Matrix. [See vendor
                               document]

          6. What is the standard recommendation for a Database Server?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                         Microsoft® Windows® Server 2003
                         Intel® Pentium® 4 supporting Hyper-Threading or Intel® Xeon®
                            processor (with 800MHz bus)
                         1 GB RAM or higher
                         RAID Array for Hard Drives
               o EMC Software (Documentum)
               o Fatwire Software
                         Virtually any enterprise SQL server platform will do. We find that
                            MS-SQL server and Oracle are the choice of most organizations.
               o FileNet Corp.
               o Globalscape
                         Any server-class machine will do, such as a Dell Poweredge
                            server.
               o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                         The Hyperwave application requires RDBMS (either Oracle or
                            Microsoft SQL Server). Hyperwave recommends Oracle 10.2.0.x
                            on UNIX platforms, and Oracle 10.2.0.x or Microsoft SQL Server
                            2000 SP 3, Standard Edition) for Windows platforms. We
                            recommend whatever UTA uses for hardware prefers for
                            supporting commercial database software.
                         Please refer to Section Company Focus, #6 (Strategic Architecture)
                            for additional details on hardware sizing.
               o Interwoven
               o Mediasurface, Inc.
                         Chose not to respond
               o Open Text Coporation
               o Oracle/PeopleSoft
               o PaperThin, Inc.
                         PaperThin does not offer hardware specifications for the database
                            server but it has been our experience that if the Database server is
                            dedicated to the CommonSpot Application server, that the above



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                        Page 39 of 310
                                   mentioned recommendations will suffice for most application
                                   activity.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot CMS supports Microsoft SQL 2000 and 2005, along with
                                   all versions of Oracle 9i and later for the staging environment.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Please see Appendix A – Collage System Requirements. [see
                                   vendor response]
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive supports Microsoft SQL Server 2000, Microsoft
                                   SQL Server 2005, Oracle 9iR2 and Oracle 10g. We have
                                   customers running database servers on a wide variety of hardware
                                   ranging from single CPUs to multi-core servers. Sites that
                                   experience heavy traffic (either constantly or in bursts) areon dual
                                   CPU servers.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Please see attached Supported Platform Matrix. [See vendor
                                   document]


     Software
          1. Is your application 100% 3-tier (web application)?
                 o Alfresco
                 o Cignex (Plone)
                 o Day Software, Inc.
                 o Ektron, Inc.
                         The Ektron CMS is 100% a 3-tier web application.
                 o EMC Software (Documentum)
                 o Fatwire Software
                         Yes it is.
                 o FileNet Corp.
                 o Globalscape
                         Cascade Server is typically installed on a separate server, while
                            100% of content is stored in a database server. Users access the
                            CMS via a web browser, with no installation required, regardless
                            of operating system. Static html files are published and housed on




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                        Page 40 of 310
                                      one or more web servers (i.e. test and production environments).




                                                            QuickTime™ an d a
                                                        TIFF (LZW) decomp resso r
                                                     are need ed to see this picture .




                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            Yes, Hyperwave is a 3- tier application that is fully web-based.
                              There is no client-server legacy code in our products.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            No.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            Yes. RedDot supports a client-server-database model for the CMS
                              application.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            Collage supports an n-tiered architecture, allowing the application
                              layer to be separated by the data layer. Since Collage runs on top
                              of a J2EE application server it can take advantage of the
                              scalability, load-balancing, clustering, etc. inherent in J2EE
                              application servers, meaning that the application can be scaled
                              across multiple servers. Additionally, Collage project databases
                              can reside in different locations, allowing business units and
                              departments to manage their own project database, if desired.
                            Collage can be configured on a single server or a multiple-server
                              configuration. The section below illustrates an example of a
                              complex multiple server installation, including multiple Collage



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                         Page 41 of 310
                                      servers and multiple database servers. Multiple server installations
                                      are only supported by Collage Enterprise edition.
                                     Admin Database
                                           The Admin database contains the user and Project database
                                              information for Collage. It stores all users and groups for
                                              the entire Collage system, as well as for individual Collage
                                              Projects. There can only be one Admin database for a
                                              Collage installation. All Project databases must use the
                                              same common Admin database.
                                     Project Databases
                                           You can have many Project databases. Each Project
                                              database corresponds to a Project in Collage. A Collage
                                              Project can contain any number of web sites and content
                                              can be shared across those sites. Multiple Project databases
                                              can be used if you do not want any content sharing to be
                                              available between web site content.
                                           Each Project database must use a single common Admin
                                              database. You can install database servers on multiple
                                              computers, and divide your Project databases between
                                              those servers. The database servers may be a combination
                                              of the supported platforms, including Sybase, Oracle, or
                                              MS SQL servers.
                                     Example Configuration




                                                           QuickTime™ and a
                                                       TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                    are neede d to see this picture.




                                         
                                            In this example:
                                                 o There are two database servers, one of which hosts
                                                      the Admin database. Only one Admin database is
                                                      permitted in a Collage implementation. However,
                                                      you can host any number of Project databases on as
                                                      many database servers as you need. Each database
                                                      server can be any Collage-supported platform, such



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                          Page 42 of 310
                                            as Oracle or MS SQL. There are two Collage
                                            servers, each of which retrieves files from the
                                            Project databases on both database servers.
                                            Authenticated users can log into the Projects from
                                            either Collage server; this can lessen the server load
                                            in situations were there are many concurrent
                                            Collage users.
                                          o Collage is a design-side content management
                                            solution which means that the user profiles
                                            managed by Collage are those of the system users
                                            (e.g. editors, designers, contributors, approvers,
                                            etc.) and not the site visitors. In an environment
                                            that will be presenting personalized content based
                                            on visitor profiles, Collage can map to that profile
                                            information with its metadata model. Visitor
                                            profiles and segments would be treated as metadata
                                            to be associated with content managed by Collage.
                                            This metadata is then deployed with the content to
                                            the production environment for use by any
                                            personalization engine or logic.
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            The core SiteExecutive product is 3-tier (browser, web/application
                               server, and database).
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Yes, Vignette is a full Web application.

          2. Which modules / functionalities are not web based?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                       None.
               o EMC Software (Documentum)
               o Fatwire Software
                       CS-Doclink and CS-Desktop which are a drag and drop component
                         and our MS-Word integration component are Windows desktop
                         applications.
               o FileNet Corp.
               o Globalscape
                       Everything included with Cascade Server out-of-the box is web
                         based.
               o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                  Page 43 of 310
                                  Our optional module Hyperwave Explorer (HWE) is a Windows
                                   desktop plug-in that, by its nature, is not web-based. HWE
                                   provides integration with the Windows OS to allow for easier
                                   content publishing with Windows-based applications such as MS
                                   Office. HWE also provides offline functionality, and
                                   synchronization features when a user reconnects to a network.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                All of CommonSpot‘s modules and functionality are Web-based.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot is 100% web-based
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Collage is completely web based.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive is 100% web-based.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                The only portion of Vignette‘s Web Content Management solution
                                   that is not Web-based is the Workflow Modeler, which is a
                                   Microsoft Visio plug-in.

          3. What is the standard recommendation for an Application Server?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                         Required:
                                Microsoft ASP .NET Framework 2.0
                         Optional:
                                Microsoft Active Server Pages
                                Macromedia ColdFusion MX or higher
                                PHP
               o EMC Software (Documentum)
               o Fatwire Software
               o FileNet Corp.
               o Globalscape
                         Cascade Server comes pre-bundled with Jboss Application Server.
               o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                  Page 44 of 310
                                  To maximize functionality and integration with third party
                                   companion applications, Hyperwave often recommends a
                                   Windows-based application server platform. Unix application
                                   servers are also supported.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                The recommended specifications can be found at:
                                   http://www1.paperthin.com/products/Technical-Specifications.cfm
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot only requires IIS for the staging environment in which the
                                   CMS runs. The production environment can any include any
                                   application server as necessary.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Please see Appendix A – Collage System Requirements. [see
                                   vendor response]
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive requires ColdFusion MX 7.1.x as the application
                                   server
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Please see attached Supported Platform Matrix. [See vendor
                                   document]

          4. What is the standard recommendation for a Web Server?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                         Microsoft Windows Server 2003
                         Microsoft IIS 4.0 or higher
               o EMC Software (Documentum)
               o Fatwire Software
               o FileNet Corp.
               o Globalscape
                         Depending on the Operating System installed on the Web Server
                            we would recommend Apache or Microsoft IIS.
               o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                   Page 45 of 310
                                  Hyperwave has its own Web Server that is included with the
                                   purchase of Hyperwave software. This Web Server is able to
                                   communicate with other servers as necessary. Hyperwave has its
                                   own Web Server that is included with the purchase of Hyperwave
                                   software. This Web Server is able to communicate with other
                                   servers as necessary.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                The recommended specifications can be found at:
                                   http://www1.paperthin.com/products/Technical-Specifications.cfm
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot requires IIS for the staging environment in which the CMS
                                   runs. The production environment can any include any web server
                                   software as necessary.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Please see Appendix A – Collage System Requirements. [see
                                   vendor response]
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive can support IIS 6 or Apache 2.x. Our Web Server
                                   recommendation will depend on your operating system choice.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Please see attached Supported Platform Matrix. [See vendor
                                   document]

          5. What is the standard recommendation for a Database Server?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                         Microsoft SQL Server 2005 (including Express version),
                         Microsoft SQL Server 2000,
                         Microsoft SQL Server Desktop Engine (MSDE) 2000,
                         Oracle 10G,
                         Oracle 9i
               o EMC Software (Documentum)
               o Fatwire Software
               o FileNet Corp.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                   Page 46 of 310
                     o Globalscape
                            We only require that a supported database be set up on this
                               machine i.e. MySQL, MS SQL Server, or Oracle.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            The Hyperwave application requires RDBMS (either Oracle or
                               Microsoft SQL Server). Hyperwave recommends Oracle 10.2.0.x
                               on UNIX platforms, and Oracle 10.2.0.x or Microsoft SQL Server
                               2000 SP 3, Standard Edition) for Windows platforms.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            The recommended specifications can be found at::
                               http://www1.paperthin.com/products/Technical-
                               Specifications.cfm.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            Software requirements for connected databases:
                                    MS SQL Server 2000 / 2005
                                    Oracle Version 8, 9i, and 10g from Standard Edition
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            Please see Appendix A – Collage System Requirements. [see
                               vendor response]
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            SiteExecutive can support SQL Server 2000, SQL Server 2005,
                               Oracle 9iR2 and Oracle 10g. We recommend that you leverage the
                               University‘s standard database configuration so as to minimize
                               training and maintenance costs.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Please see attached Supported Platform Matrix. [See vendor
                               document]

          6. Which databases are supported for use with your application (include name and
             version)?
                 o Alfresco
                 o Cignex (Plone)
                 o Day Software, Inc.
                 o Ektron, Inc.
                        Microsoft SQL Server 2005 (including Express version),
                        Microsoft SQL Server 2000,


The University of Texas - Arlington                                               Page 47 of 310
                                Microsoft SQL Server Desktop Engine (MSDE) 2000,
                                Oracle 10G,
                                Oracle 9i
                     o     EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o     Fatwire Software
                                Oracle, Microsoft SQL Server, DB2 and Sybase iAnywhere.
                     o     FileNet Corp.
                     o     Globalscape
                                MySQL 4.1/5.0, MS SQL 2000/2005, or Oracle 9i/10g are
                                   recommended for the database server.
                     o     Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                                Please #5, above.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                SQL Server 2000, SQL Server 2005, Oracle 9i, Oracle 10g, and
                                   MYSQL 5.0
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                CMS repository database should be MS SQL Server 2000 / 2005
                                   or Oracle Version 8, 9i, and 10g from Standard Edition. RedDot
                                   CMS can also read/write to any ODBC-compliant database.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Please see Appendix A – Collage System Requirements. [see
                                   vendor response]
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive supports SQL Server 2000, SQL Server 2005,
                                   Oracle 9iR2 and Oracle 10g.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Please see attached Supported Platform Matrix. [See vendor
                                   document]

          7. What database vendor do you prefer?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                        Ektron supports both Microsoft SQL and Oracle.
               o EMC Software (Documentum)


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                    Page 48 of 310
                     o Fatwire Software
                            Any supported SQL server will do quite well. In high volume
                               servers, the SQL server must have the speed required to accept
                               contributions and to publish the content and templates.
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            We really have no preference, however My SQL tends to be
                               slightly faster than the other supported databases.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            The Hyperwave application runs and scales well on all supported
                               databases. Hyperwave is database-agnostic in its preference. If
                               UTA has a standard and supporting skills for one database of the
                               other (Oracle and Microsoft) that is what we recommend.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            We not have a preference, but most of our customers run SQL
                               Server.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            CMS repository database should be MS SQL Server 2000 / 2005
                               or Oracle Version 8, 9i, and 10g from Standard Edition.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            Please see Appendix A – Collage System Requirements. [see
                               vendor response]
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            SystemsAlliance does not have a preference with respect to the
                               database. Approximately 70% of our current customer base has
                               chosen to deploy SQL Server 2000 or 2005 with the remaining
                               30% choosing Oracle.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Oracle or Microsoft

          8. How much customization is necessary for the system to be usable?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                      None


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                  Page 49 of 310
                     o EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o Fatwire Software
                            The Taxonomy must be determined and content types must be
                              defined, however this is actually more configuration as opposed to
                              being customization. Display templates for the desired output
                              formats must also be created to deploy the content. Customization
                              may be required for your application but it is not required to make
                              the system usable.
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            Historically, .EDU websites can be up and running inside Cascade
                              Server and available to end users (.aka content contributors) in 4 to
                              6 weeks. However the Cascade Server administrator can
                              immediately begin developing and integrating within Cascade
                              moments after installation has been complete.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            Hyperwave is designed to be functional out-of-the-box. Any
                              customization is based entirely on customer preferences and
                              specific requests. We have had customer implementations that
                              range from 100% standard (out of the box) product, to highly
                              customized systems. Preferences set aside, the system is
                              completely functional and usable without customization.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            None. CommonSpot offers a robust set of out-of-the-box features
                              and functionality that allow you to get a Website up and running
                              quickly and without the need for coding.
                            However should you wish to customize and extend CommonSpot
                              functionality, CommonSpot provides technical developers with a
                              robust set of well-documented APIs, event hooks, callback and
                              overrides. In addition, CommonSpot exposes variable information
                              for developers to leverage including session, application, request,
                              template and others.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            Very little, if any, customization is necessary to make CMS usable.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            Collage is a COTS web content management solution. No custom
                              code is required to meet standard WCM requirements.
                            Collage provides design-side components to allow you to add more
                              sophisticated functionality. Collage components are a set of pre-
                              built extensions that you can easily plug into your web-pages.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                   Page 50 of 310
                                   With the push of a button in Macromedia Dreamweaver, or by
                                   adding simple HTML tags to a page, you can automate the
                                   generation of navigation bars, the personalization of web pages
                                   based on user preferences, and the retrieval of content from the
                                   Collage database or other databases, either at deploy-time or run-
                                   time.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive is an ―out-of-the-box‖ solution. You can install the
                                   product and begin managing content. We recommend a specific
                                   planning and deployment approach which we have seen work well
                                   over hundreds of SiteExecutive implementations.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Vignette Content Management has a significant amount of out-of-
                                   the box functionality, including content contribution, workflow
                                   and publishing.

          9. Describe standard interfaces your application supplies.
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                         The Ektron CMS supplies a standard user/admin web based
                           context sensitive work area interface where users/admins can
                           access content elements. The Ektron CMS also provides a context
                           sensitive interface through the site itself where users can navigate
                           the website to edit content directly from the site.
                         Website Interface:




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 51 of 310
                                     Work area interface:




                     o EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o Fatwire Software
                            Content Server has a consistent Business User Interface which
                              allows authors, editors and administrators access to Content
                              Server‘s many functions. In addition, CS-Desktop can be used to
                              allow authors and others to contribute, search and update directly
                              from within MS-Word and CS-Doclink allows for Drag and Drop
                              contribution to the server. One more useful interface is via the
                              actually web site itself. Using InSite Editing and InSite
                              Templating, business users can add, update, delete and workflow
                              content in context directly from the site.
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            In addition, to the built in WYSIWYG editing interface, which
                              allows simple style modifications, as well as a HTML editing
                              interface for more advanced users. A site developed using
                              Cascade Server utilizes customizable forms known as Data
                              Definitions, which make it easy for non-expert users to modify the
                              data contained in page assets.
                            So long as the desired system modifications affect only the
                              content, then editing a page using its custom Data Definition
                              should be sufficient. Modification of more advanced attributes
                              such as the layout or underlying style of a page will require the
                              user to have a basic understanding of XSL stylesheets or CSS
                              (Cascading Style Sheets). CSS is commonly used in web


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                 Page 52 of 310
                             development, and any users with a background in this area should
                             have a working knowledge thereof. XSL is an XML-compliant
                             language for structuring data and we provide tutorials on our
                             knowledge base for learning how to use it. If a user has further
                             questions about how to perform specific tasks, they can access our
                             support forum to search for their answer, or ask a question of their
                             own which will be answered by our support staff.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                           Hyperwave includes both a web-based interface and a Windows-
                             based desktop interface (Hyperwave Explorer, HWE).




                                                      QuickTime™ an d a
                                                  TIFF (LZW) decomp resso r
                                               are need ed to see this picture .




                                     Web UI




                                                      QuickTime™ a nd a
                                                  TIFF (LZW) de compressor
                                               are need ed to see this picture.




                            HWE UI
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            CommonSpot provides a number of integration points, including
                              over 75 API calls, where developers can interface with its
                              architecture using custom code to control aspects such as
                              authentication, content rendering, 3rd party application integration,
                              content migration, among others.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                   Page 53 of 310
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                           RedDot CMS features the RedDot SmartEdit interface, allowing
                              users to update and add content on Web sites, intranet sites or other
                              online properties without requiring any specific training. The
                              intuitive interface displays in the context of the actual webpage,
                              the specific areas in which a user has rights to edit content,
                              allowing the user to see exactly how changes will be reflected once
                              published. RedDot also includes the Site Manager interface for
                              intuitive site management.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                           Desktop Application Integration (e.g. Office, Photoshop, Etc.)
                                   What it is:
                                           o Collage supports direct contribution of content from
                                               any WebDAV-compliant desktop application such
                                               as Microsoft Office, Adobe Photoshop, Quark
                                               XPress, or Macromedia DreamWeaver. Using this
                                               integration, the Collage repository is exposed to a
                                               user as if it were a file folder. Users simply ―save
                                               as‖ to the appropriate Collage folder. The content is
                                               transparently checked in to the system and can be
                                               automatically routed as part of a workflow process.
                                   Why it matters:
                                           o Content contributors can continue working within
                                               familiar applications while taking advantage of the
                                               robust change management capabilities of Collage.
                                           o Administrators aren‘t required to install anything on
                                               a user‘s desktop to enable integration— Collage
                                               uses standard technologies included in most popular
                                               desktop authoring tools.
                           Drag ‗n Drop Document Upload
                                   What it is:
                                           o Collage supports drag ‗n drop upload of content
                                               directly from a users desktop. Using this feature,
                                               users can upload one or many documents, images,
                                               etc. directly to Collage by simply dragging and
                                               dropping the assets.
                                   Why it matters:
                                           o Content contributors can rapidly upload content
                                               through familiar means.
                                           o Administrators aren‘t required to install anything on
                                               a user‘s desktop to enable integration—Collage uses
                                               standard technologies included in most common
                                               operating systems.
                           Macromedia Contribute Support
                                   What it is:


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                    Page 54 of 310
                                                 o Macromedia Contribute is a popular content
                                                    authoring application. When combined with
                                                    Collage, Macromedia Contribute users can take
                                                    advantage of enterprise-class web content
                                                    management features including:
                                                         Database generated sites (including support
                                                            for structured content, such as a press
                                                            release that is broken down into a headline,
                                                            body, etc.)
                                                         Robust change management capabilities
                                                            (versioning, auditing, workflow, searching,
                                                            etc.)
                                                         Flexible page and site generation
                                                         Sophisticated site publishing
                                                 o Why it matters:
                                                         Contribute users can continue working
                                                            within the familiar Contribute interface
                                                            while taking advantage of enterprise-class
                                                            content management functionality.
                                                         Collage users which desire thick-client
                                                            editing for content contributors can user
                                                            Contribute, while retaining all of the
                                                            benefits of Collage.
                                     Macromedia DreamWeaver Support
                                          What it is:
                                                 o Collage includes tight integration with Macromedia
                                                    DreamWeaver, allowing designers to check in and
                                                    check out assets directly from DreamWeaver
                                                    without ever leaving the DreamWeaver interface.
                                                    Additionally, pre-built drop-in components make it
                                                    possible to quickly create Collage templates that
                                                    will be used to assemble pages and sites. The drop-
                                                    in components will help you create templated pages,
                                                    sorted lists of content, site-wide navigation, and
                                                    pages that change based on the type of content
                                                    which is to be placed on them.
                                          Why it matters:
                                                 o Page designers can maintain productivity by
                                                    working directly within their preferred environment.
                                                 o Advanced users can create and edit content directly
                                                    within DreamWeaver.
                                     Collage allows a designer to use his/her design tool of choice when
                                      updating forms and templates.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                         Page 55 of 310
                                                             QuickTime™ an d a
                                                         TIFF (LZW) decomp resso r
                                                      are need ed to see this picture .




                                      Additionally, through Collage‘s direct integration with
                                      Macromedia DreamWeaverTM users can add components to their
                                      web pages with the push of a button.




                                                                QuickTime™ and a
                                                            TIFF (LZW) deco mpressor
                                                         are neede d to se e this picture.




                                      Through simple configuration within the standard interface,
                                      Collage supports any standard SMTP-based email system to send
                                      and route email notifications. This includes most corporate email
                                      systems such as Microsoft Exchange, Mirapoint, Lotus Notes,
                                      Novell GroupWise, or any other systems that expose SMTP
                                      extensions or provide native support. Email is utilized in a variety
                                      of ways including task and deployment notifications, and server
                                      task completion and/or error reporting. For customers utilizing


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                           Page 56 of 310
                                   LDAP or Active Directory to manage users and groups, Collage
                                   uses the email address values stored in the LDAP/AD server for
                                   addressing email.
                                Collage provides a Java-based and Web services-based API for the
                                   creation of custom connectors that allow for update of objects in
                                   the repository such as assets, properties or metadata, workflow,
                                   contributions, or project settings, etc.
                                Documented API
                                        What it is:
                                               o Collage includes an extensive API that can be used
                                                   for extending Collage functionality and to integrate
                                                   with other Enterprise applications.
                                        Why it matters:
                                               o You can extend Collage functionality using a
                                                   supported, documented API.
                                               o You can integrate with other enterprise applications.
                                Web Services Support (WSDL, SOAP Support)
                                        What it is:
                                               o The Collage API is exposed via Web Services. It
                                                   includes a full WSDL and support for standards
                                                   such as SOAP and DIME.
                                        Why it matters:
                                               o You can extend Collage functionality and integrate
                                                   Collage with other applications by using Web
                                                   Services standards.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                We are not clear what information you are seeking with the
                                   question above. SiteExecutive comes with a standard set of APIs.
                                   Our customers use a variety of different approaches to integrate
                                   SiteExecutive with a variety of other custom and package
                                   applications. We would be happy to provide further information if
                                   you could describe your objectives in greater detail.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                [No answer supplied]


Application Metrics
          1. How many content contributors can the system support?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 57 of 310
                     o Ektron, Inc.
                            The number of content contributors is only limited by the license
                               purchased. The Ektron CMS supports unlimited content
                               contributors.
                     o EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o Fatwire Software
                            There is no actually limit. FatWire Content Server can scale to any
                               level to meet the increasing demands of contributors.
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            The Cascade Server licensing model allows for an unlimited
                               number of contributors. Performance is only limited by the
                               hardware of the machine.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            There is no practical limit to the number of content contributors the
                               system can support.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            CommonSpot can support an unlimited number of content
                               contributors, users involved in the creation, updating, management
                               and administration of Web content.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            There is no limit to the number of content contributors.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            The number of Collage content contributors is limited only by the
                               number of available licenses.
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            SiteExecutive is designed to support a large authoring community.
                               We have customers today (large universities and local
                               governments) supporting thousands of authors.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            VCM does not have any restrictions on the number of content
                               contributors and some Vignette customers have hundreds of
                               individual contributors. Vignette can scale to meet any
                               requirement the university may have.

          2. How many template designers can the system support?


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                  Page 58 of 310
                     o     Alfresco
                     o     Cignex (Plone)
                     o     Day Software, Inc.
                     o     Ektron, Inc.
                                The Ektron CMS does not restrict the number of template
                                   designers.
                     o     EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o     Fatwire Software
                                There is no actually limit. FatWire Content Server can be scaled to
                                   meet the increasing needs of template designers.
                     o     FileNet Corp.
                     o     Globalscape
                                Cascade Server can support an unlimited number of template
                                   designers, as well as unlimited number of templates.
                     o     Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                                There is no practical limit to the number of template designers the
                                   system can support.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                CommonSpot can support any number of template designers. The
                                   ability to create and manage templates is a permission that can be
                                   assigned to an individual(s) or group.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                There is no limit to the number of template designers.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                The number of template designers is limited only by the number of
                                   available licenses.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive does not limit the number of template designers or
                                   the number of templates that they can design and manage. There
                                   are specific (governance) process steps that we believe are
                                   essential to managing design and content processes across the
                                   enterprise but these are not technology dependent.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Vignette does not any restrictions on the number of template
                                   designers. Vignette can scale to meet any requirement the



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 59 of 310
                                      university may have.

          3. How many user groups can the system support?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                      The Ektron CMS does not restrict the number of user groups.
               o EMC Software (Documentum)
               o Fatwire Software
                      Content Server allows for as many as are required within the built-
                         in security. If LDAP is used the only limit is that of the LDAP
                         system itself.
               o FileNet Corp.
               o Globalscape
                      Cascade allows for an unlimited number of user groups.
               o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                      There is no practical limit to the number of groups the system can
                         support.
               o Interwoven
               o Mediasurface, Inc.
                      Chose not to respond
               o Open Text Coporation
               o Oracle/PeopleSoft
               o PaperThin, Inc.
                      There is no limit to the number of user groups that CommonSpot
                         can support.
               o Percussion Software, Inc.
               o RedDot Solutions
                      RedDot CMS can support an unlimited number of user groups.
               o Serena Software, Inc.
                      No limit.
               o Stellent
               o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                      SiteExecutive does not limit the number of user groups in the
                         system.
               o Tridion
               o Vasont Systems
                      Chose not to respond
               o Vignette
                      There are no restrictions on the number of user groups. Vignette
                         can scale to meet any requirement the university may have.

          4. How many groups can one person belong to?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)


The University of Texas - Arlington                                           Page 60 of 310
                     o Day Software, Inc.
                     o Ektron, Inc.
                            There is no limit to the number of groups an individual can be long
                               too.
                     o EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o Fatwire Software
                            Any number from one to all. Also, users can belong to different
                               groups in different sites. This way a user can be a full or sub-admin
                               in one site and author only in another site and any other role in
                               other sites.
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            Any one user can belong to an unlimited number of groups.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            A user can belong to an unlimited number of groups.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            A person may belong to any number of groups necessary. There is
                               no limit.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            RedDot CMS users can belong to an unlimited number of groups.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            No limit.
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            One person can belong to many groups. We also believe here that
                               there are specific best practices (i.e. assigning permissions to
                               groups and assigning users to groups) that will minimize user
                               issues and maximize system adoption.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            There is no limit to the number of group one belongs to.

          5. Describe the modularity of your application. Can substitutions be made for any
             parts of it?
                 o Alfresco
                 o Cignex (Plone)
                 o Day Software, Inc.
                 o Ektron, Inc.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                    Page 61 of 310
                                 The Ektron CMS is sold as a single whole application; we do not
                                  sell individual modules.
                     o     EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o     Fatwire Software
                                Content Server is the core of the FatWire suite. Additional
                                  modules are Language Packs, Engage which allows for
                                  demographic segmentation of web visitors, Analytics for reporting
                                  content usage, Spark pCM for use with portal systems, CS-Doclink
                                  for Drag and Drop functionality and Satellite Server for caching
                                  the web site on the outer edge of deployment. Content Server is
                                  required but all other modules are elective.
                     o     FileNet Corp.
                     o     Globalscape
                                Cascade Server provides for numerous customization options via
                                  our XML indexing model whereby dynamic indices can be
                                  generated for any assets in the system, allowing for easy
                                  customization and dissemination of content.
                                We have an API for developing Cascade Server plug-in modules
                                  for publish triggers, authentication modules, and workflow
                                  triggers. The system supports server-side Javascript and XSLT, as
                                  well as standard scripting languages.
                     o     Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                                Hyperwave uses a number of open standards, such as HTML, ASP,
                                  SQL, and Portlets. These may be substituted or complemented by
                                  other applications. The specifics will vary and require a more in-
                                  depth discussion.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                CommonSpot‘s Single Site and Standard Editions offer core
                                  content management features and functionality. Several add-on
                                  modules may be purchased in addition to the ‗core‘ license that
                                  include: Custom Metadata, Taxonomy, Simple Forms and Data
                                  Sheet Element, Content Personalization and Static Site Generation.
                                  The CommonSpot Enterprise Edition license however includes all
                                  the available ‗bells and whistles‘.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot CMS provides a set of modules that can be included in a
                                  solution based on need. The optional modules include:
                                Asset Manager
                                       Asset Manager intelligently organizes images and other
                                          digital assets, allowing for easy access and modification,


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                    Page 62 of 310
                                           while ensuring their proper use across every online
                                           property. Asset Manager provides tools to version, index
                                           and search against these assets, making the administration
                                           of all project assets easier.
                                Import Manager
                                        Stream content automatically from internal and external
                                           sources with Import Manager. Predefined interfaces, allow
                                           a constant flow of information from almost any wire
                                           agency or structured text-based source.
                                Translation Editor
                                        Translation Editor makes your localization process more
                                           efficient by directing your updated content to the
                                           appropriate translators and providing a split screen
                                           interface for quick translation.
                                Web Compliance Manager
                                        Ensure that your web site, intranet and extranet is Section
                                           508 and W3C compliant with Web Compliance Manager
                                           during your content review process. Enforce your brand by
                                           ensuring that your corporate colors and corporate graphics
                                           are used appropriately. Web Compliance Manager even
                                           checks for broken page links to protect the integrity of your
                                           site.
                                Cluster Server
                                        Use RedDot CMS in a clustered environment to manage
                                           even your largest web projects.
                                Open API (RQL)
                                        Extend RedDot CMS quickly and easily with the RedDot
                                           Query Language (RQL). This script-based interface allows
                                           easy access to the RedDot CMS API. Use any preferred
                                           development environment to develop automated workflows
                                           or integrations that go beyond RedDot CMS.
                                Spell Checker
                                        Verify spelling as part of your content review process.
                                           Spell Checker quickly and easily identifies misspellings,
                                           and provides suggested corrections.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Serena Collage is an all-inclusive COTS content management
                                   solution which includes all capabilities within a single product.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                Extensibility is a core product objective in the SiteExecutive
                                   product family. SiteExecutive ships with a set of APIs that can be
                                   leveraged to build custom modules to extend the core functionality.
                                   We will gladly supply more detailed information and examples if
                                   you can provide further information.
                     o     Tridion


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                        Page 63 of 310
                     o Vasont Systems
                           Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                           Vignette Content Management is a modular J2EE application that
                              follows a Service Oriented Architecture. Different components
                              can be utilized or not or swapped out. For instance the embedded
                              search capability is provided by Autonomy but this is easily
                              swapped out for a search engine of choice.



Application Security
          1. How do you handle the assignment of privileges and roles, particularly in
             complex scenarios? For example, one person has one set of privileges for one
             department and an entirely different set of privileges in another.
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                        The Ektron CMS allows you to set permissions on any level of the
                           folder structure or as granular as the content items themselves.
                           This allows you to create specific permissions needed on your
                           content.




                     o EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o Fatwire Software
                            In the above example, departments could be split into sites within
                              Content Server. This allows users to access the sites (departments)
                              separately and with different privileges in each site. Users which
                              have no rights to a particular site will not see the site they have no
                              rights on. Users are presented with a list of sites which shows the
                              privileges the user has on each site.
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            Permissions are granular in nature and can be customized as
                              needed. Typically access is granted at the site, folder, content
                              type, page, or block level, and can be given to an entire group, or
                              an individual user, as desired. Access controls can even be
                              implemented on individual fields within a page data structure.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            Access to content in Hyperwave is determined within the
                              application. Access to content may be determined on a group or
                              user (department) basis. If a user has access to a document for one


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                    Page 64 of 310
                                  group and a different type of access to the same document for
                                  another group, the higher access level prevails. On the other hand,
                                  if a user is specifically denied access to a document then he cannot
                                  access the document regardless of what permission level the
                                  group(s) to which the user belongs. Individual rights override
                                  group rights.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                CommonSpot provides a robust security framework that can be
                                  tailored to meet the precise needs of your organization. This
                                  framework permits either a distributed security model, whereby
                                  administrators that know best the content, users and the role they
                                  play can assign permissions, or one that is centrally controlled.
                                CommonSpot supports the assignment of permissions for
                                  participating in the creation, management and administration of
                                  Web content for individual users or groups at six (6) levels: ‗root
                                  site‘ (www.university.edu), subsite
                                  (www.university.edu/admission), page
                                  (www.university.edu/admission/visit_main.cfm), content object
                                  (text block, image, list of links on a page), form field (secure a
                                  field on registration, contact us or survey form), as well as
                                  template (permission to create and edit templates as well as
                                  security that inherits from pages that derive from the template).
                                A single user or group can play many different roles from one site,
                                  subsite or page to the next. User defined or role-based permissions,
                                  include designer, editor, approver and administrator. In addition,
                                  the ability to create pages, upload documents and images, register
                                  an external URL, create templates, access menus, and view the
                                  CommonSpot user interface are permissions that can be assigned
                                  to either a single user or group.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot authorizations allow you to assign privileges to users or
                                  groups based on project, globally, by section, or as granular as an
                                  element within a page. Authorizations can be assigned to user(s)
                                  and/or groups. Nearly every program function for editing content
                                  can be configured as a specific authorization for users and groups
                                  in RedDot CMS. You can choose between "securing" an entire
                                  project at once or only defining authorization restrictions for a
                                  small sub-area. Authorizations are grouped together with users and
                                  groups to form packages, which can then be linked with any other
                                  structure elements. As a result, changes to a package immediately


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 65 of 310
                                   become active in all other sub-areas. You can define authorization
                                   packages in templates, which means that every page that is created
                                   based on that template is immediately linked with the
                                   corresponding authorization package. Authorization packages
                                   enable you to model the authorization and responsibility profiles in
                                   an enterprise structure quickly, easily and completely for a Web
                                   project.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Collage provides the ability to set very granular access control for
                                   individual users. Out-of-the-box, Collage provides three tiers of
                                   security: role-based, system privileges; project level privileges; and
                                   individual, asset-level permissions. These levels of permissions
                                   are granted to permission groups and individuals. Granular
                                   security schemes are easily applied managing sets of users in one
                                   or more permission groups to produce a combined permission set.
                                   This is very similar to the scheme used in Unix system security.
                                All administrative management is performed within the Collage
                                   client by administrators granted ‗user administration‘ permissions.
                                   In all there are 27 different user permissions that can be granted or
                                   denied for building security schemes that scale across very large
                                   organizations with a high degree of granularity to support a wide
                                   range of business process flows.
                                Group based permissions give administrators the greatest degree of
                                   flexibility and ease of permission management. Adding
                                   individuals to one or more permission group results in a combined
                                   set of permissions. Security management is then reduced to simply
                                   moving users in asecurity policies. Individual overrides are
                                   possible for exception cases.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive provides an intuitive user interface which permits
                                   the assignment of flexible permissions where one person may have
                                   admin rights to one section of the site, but only read-only right to
                                   another part of the site.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Vignette provides for the assignment of users and groups to
                                   Vignette roles in the Vignette Management Console, which is a
                                   browser based GUI and requires no code. Specific capabilities can
                                   be assigned to one or many roles.

          2. How do you nest security roles and permission lists (a permission list contains
             several roles, a one to many relationship)?
                o Alfresco


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                         Page 66 of 310
                     o Cignex (Plone)
                     o Day Software, Inc.
                     o Ektron, Inc.
                            Ektron‘s security model incorporates the concept of both groups
                              and individuals. Permissions can be applied at both the group and
                              individual level. The total scope of any individual‘s permission is
                              defined by the permissions assigned to all groups to which they
                              below added to any unique permissions assigned uniquely to the
                              individual.
                     o EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o Fatwire Software
                            This is accomplished by using multiple roles and configuring the
                              system with the use of ACLs to nest roles. When integrated to an
                              existing LDAP system, the nesting is controlled using the methods
                              already in place.
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            Groups are created and populated by Administrators or via a third-
                              party authorization system (e.g. LDAP/Active Directory
                              authentication). Each user in the system must be given membership
                              in one Group, and can be given membership to multiple Groups.
                              Group role membership is passed on to the user, meaning that the
                              user automatically belongs to any roles that are assigned to the
                              group(s) that the user belongs to. This is a convenient and often
                              preferred way to easily change role memberships across groups of
                              users.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            Security roles may be assigned to content objects (content and their
                              folders), to groups and to individuals. The three may be combined
                              in a variety of ways, including nesting content within folders, both
                              of which are owned by individuals, who in turn belong to one or
                              more groups, which may in turn belong to one or more parent
                              groups.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            Permissions at the most granular level override those at a higher
                              level. Thus, page level security overrides subsite security and
                              element (content object) level security overrides that of the page.
                              For example, a user may have the ability to edit content on all
                              pages contained within the Alumni site with the exception of the
                              main landing page for the Alumni site. Permissions for the page
                              override those for the subsite.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                  Page 67 of 310
                                  It is also possible for a user to belong to multiple groups and for
                                   those groups to have different permissions entirely. The user‘s
                                   permissions are the sum total of all the groups they are a member,
                                   plus any individual user permissions that may have been assigned.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                In RedDot CMS, authorizations are grouped together with users
                                   and groups to form packages, which can then be linked with any
                                   other structure elements. As a result, changes to a package
                                   immediately become active in all other sub-areas.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Roles and permissions are handled at user/group level and
                                   folder/content levels.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive has the ability to assign permissions at a very
                                   granular level even down to a specific site object. We will gladly
                                   supply more detailed information and examples if you can provide
                                   further information.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Vignette allows for capabilities to be assigned to one or many
                                   roles.

          3. How many levels of security nesting do you have, how fine-grained is the security
             model?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                      Ektron‘s security model works in the same manner as Window‘s
                         2003 Server, where child folders will, by default inherit the
                         permission model applied to the parent. Within the folder setup: At
                         any point the inheritance can be broken, and a new permission
                         model can be established on a content folder. In addition, any
                         individual content item will by default inherit the permission
                         model of the folder to which it belongs, and that too can be
                         modified with a unique permission model. The CMS permission
                         model can be very granular, to the individual content item, if
                         needed.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 68 of 310
                     o EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o Fatwire Software
                            Security can be controlled by each user or group of users. ACLs
                              can nest to any level required. Additionally, each individual piece
                              of content may be controlled separately which allows for granular
                              control from user to content or from content to user.
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            In addition to granting permissions based on users, access rights
                              may be assigned for specific roles. Roles outline the access rights
                              for individual users. Roles also determine the order in which the
                              workflow process occurs, according to the customization of the
                              workflow process. The default roles include Contributor,
                              Approver, Publisher, Manager, and Administrator. An
                              Administrator assigns roles. Roles are not inherited according to
                              the workflow process; rather, a user must be given specific roles to
                              contribute to the workflow process (i.e. if an Approver needs the
                              ability to edit content then (s)he must be given a Contributor role
                              in addition to the Approver role.
                            To avoid user-based permissions, however, the most useful method
                              is to grant permissions based on groups. Because the system
                              supports the creation of unlimited groups, they can be made as
                              specific as needed. When staff leave, join, or are transferred, they
                              can be given the appropriate permissions simply by associating
                              their user name with the appropriate groups.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            There is no limit to the levels of security nesting available, either
                              using security nesting of objects or nesting of groups. The security
                              model is as follows:
                                    Read (R): allows you to view the document or collection,
                                       but not modify its content in any way. If you do not have
                                       read access to an object, you will neither be able to access
                                       the document's contents nor its attributes.
                                    Write (W): allows you to modify the document or
                                       collection. Note that write access implies read access.
                                    Unlink (U): applies only to collections; allows you to
                                       remove objects from the collection. Note that if you have


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                   Page 69 of 310
                                          write access for an object and the object has no unlink
                                          rights specified, you will automatically have unlink
                                          permission.
                                         Administrate (A): allows you to change the Rights attribute
                                          of the object, but not modify it in any other way. You can
                                          only be assigned this permission if you have write access to
                                          the object.
                                         Take ownership (T): allows you to change the value of the
                                          document's Owner attribute to your own user name, thus
                                          assuming ownership of the document. Setting the Owner
                                          attribute to any other user name can only be carried out by
                                          a system user. You can only be assigned this permission if
                                          you already have write access to the object.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            As mentioned above, permissions can be assigned for a user or
                               group at the site, subsite (folder), template, page, content object,
                               and field level.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            RedDot CMS supports an unlimited number of levels for security.
                               RedDot authorizations allow you to assign privileges to users or
                               groups based on project, globally, by section, or as granular as an
                               element within a page.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            N/A
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            SiteExecutive supports very granular levels of permissions and
                               controls with the ability to assign specific permissions down to the
                               level of an individual object.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Vignette features very granular and robust security and
                               permissioning model that has been deployed in numerous higher
                               education, national security, and other highly regulated
                               environments.

          4. Can a subset of security be delegated to a site manager (a site manager can
             designate content authors, reviewers, publishers)?


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 70 of 310
                     o     Alfresco
                     o     Cignex (Plone)
                     o     Day Software, Inc.
                     o     Ektron, Inc.
                                Yes, the Ektron CMS allows the CMS administrator to define and
                                  assign roles throughout the CMS folder structure.
                     o     EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o     Fatwire Software
                                Yes, the functions a site manager has are configured according to
                                  individual needs. In the above case, the site manager would have
                                  roles which allow access to users and the assignment of their roles.
                     o     FileNet Corp.
                     o     Globalscape
                                Yes, the Manager role is the second highest role. It has many of the
                                  powers of the highest role, administrator, but those powers are
                                  more limited in scope. Generally, the manager role is used to
                                  assign administrator-level privileges to a site or sub-site. Since
                                  roles are cumulative, managers have all of the powers of the roles
                                  beneath them (publisher, approver, contributor) as well as the
                                  power to bypass workflow.
                                Another key difference between the manager role and the roles
                                  beneath them is that they have access to the Administration area to
                                  control items like configuration sets, metadata sets, publish sets,
                                  data definitions, and workflow definitions. Putting a user in the
                                  manager role and setting up the appropriate access rights provides
                                  for a user that is fully autonomous in the CMS across assets, sites
                                  (targets), and administration components.
                                For Cascade Server versions 4.0 and higher, Managers may also
                                  create users with the role of Manager or lower, and assign access
                                  rights within the manager's own area. In addition, Managers can
                                  cancel any publish job where the manager user has read access
                                  permissions to the asset associated with the publish job be it a
                                  Folder, Page, File, Target, or Destination.
                                Key aspects of the manager role:
                                       Limited by system access rights
                                       Access to the Administration area
                                       Ability to bypass workflow
                     o     Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                                Yes, sub-administration is possible by nesting groups within each
                                  other.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 71 of 310
                                  Yes, CommonSpot provides the ability to delegate administration
                                   rights/permissions to a site manager. The site manager can then
                                   assign permissions (i.e. edit, design and approval rights) to other
                                   users or groups within the system.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot CMS offers a Site Manager role, which may have
                                   restricted access to content in any specific project, but allows the
                                   site manger to manage user profiles and maintain project
                                   databases.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Yes
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                Because SiteExecutive supports a granular level of permissions,
                                   this allows an administrator to identify sub-level administrator.
                                   Someone with administrative rights can control the permissions
                                   available for that particular object.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Vignette features extremely granular delegated administration that
                                   is actually patented. This allows for very specific capabilities to be
                                   given to users and administrators.

          5. What can a site manager not do?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                        With the Ektron CMS the site manager has permissions to perform
                            all tasks within the Ektron CMS.
               o EMC Software (Documentum)
               o Fatwire Software
                        In the above model, the site manager would not be able to add
                            content, however, additional roles can be assigned to the site
                            manager which allows access to the content and workflow of the
                            content if desired.
               o FileNet Corp.
               o Globalscape
                        The manager user cannot access folders to which they do not have
                            access.
               o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                         Page 72 of 310
                                  A site manager is a group that may be made as powerful as desired,
                                   up to and including full system administration. The permissions of
                                   the site manager is configured to match specific client needs.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                CommonSpot does not have inherently a ‗site manager‘ role that
                                   includes certain permissions, but you can create this user and
                                   assign permissions as necessary.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                In RedDot CMS, a site manager has rights only to a particular
                                   website, whereas an administrator will have access to all sites
                                   managed within the CMS. A Site Manager can also be restricted to
                                   certain administration, creation or editing actions, through the use
                                   of authorization packages.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                A site manager is restricted from any activity which you have
                                   chosen to restrict.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                There are a variety of different approaches to limiting site manager
                                   permissions. A site manager can have a wide range of rights
                                   depending upon your requirements. A site manager at one end of
                                   the spectrum could have all administrative rights (even to create
                                   new sites) or you could limit the site manager to specific
                                   administrative rights.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                A Site manager can be granted whatever capability the
                                   Administrator decides to grant.

          6. Is your security model LDAP compatible?
                 o Alfresco
                 o Cignex (Plone)
                 o Day Software, Inc.
                 o Ektron, Inc.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 73 of 310
                                     Yes, the Ektron CMS can authenticate users in real time against
                                      LDAP.




                     o EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o Fatwire Software
                            Content Server can integrate with your existing LDAP system.
                              LDAP integration is an out of box functionality.
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            Yes, using LDAP authentication the CMS authenticates users
                              against a directory on an LDAP- enabled server (usually separate
                              from the server housing the CMS), which could be a pre- existing
                              directory server. This allows you to maintain users for the CMS
                              and other purposes centrally, without having to create multiple
                              accounts for each user.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            Yes. Our Hyperwave Directory Access Protocol (HWDAP)
                              synchronizes with LDAP systems.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            Yes.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            Yes. RedDot CMS is LDAP compatible.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            Yes, Collage has a centralized administration database to handle
                              the logon process, or logon authentication can be easily configured
                              to use enterprise directories including LDAP v3 servers and
                              Microsoft Active Directory. If integrated with LDAP or Active
                              Directory, Collage acts as a passive query client to the directory
                              server storing all its user and group properties separately from the
                              LDAP/AD server. This provides a cleaner interaction with the
                              directory and prevents undue system load and administration due
                              to frequent updates.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                         Page 74 of 310
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            All SiteExecutive permissions are stored in the application, but
                               SiteExecutive can integrate with LDAP for authentication.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Yes, as previously stated Vignette integrates with LDAP in most of
                               its deployments

          7. What features enhance the security of your application?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                        The Ektron CMS is a very flexible system and most of the security
                           takes place on the server itself and not through the application. The
                           CMS can be used on a server with very secure settings. In addition
                           to the server security the CMS provides one way encryption on all
                           user passwords.
               o EMC Software (Documentum)
               o Fatwire Software
                        Web site security such as SSH, SSL, etc. will enhance the security
                           of the site.
               o FileNet Corp.
               o Globalscape
                        All interactions with Cascade Server are completely secure through
                           128 bit SSL encryption. Encryption technology, combined with
                           industry best practices for hardening web applications, ensure that
                           the software will not be comprised and data will be kept secure.
                           Additionally Cascade Server can run behind a corporate firewall
                           and push content out to live production servers in an alternate
                           location further enhancing the security of the application. Cascade
                           Server has a strong security focus.
               o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                        Hyperwave has a robust security model that allows all objects and
                           content to be secured on a per user or per group or per sub-group
                           basis. This allows any conceivable configuration or combination
                           of security to be represented in the Hyperwave system, far above
                           and beyond the native capabilities of the standard operating
                           systems and file servers.
               o Interwoven
               o Mediasurface, Inc.
                        Chose not to respond
               o Open Text Coporation


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                Page 75 of 310
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                           CommonSpot has a unique application framework which forces
                              calls to most content management dialogs and administrative
                              screens through a single interface. Within that interface,
                              CommonSpot can secure against attacks such as SQL Injection.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                           RedDot CMS incorporates a user/group model to all content and
                              features. This allows for strict or open security policies. This
                              flexible security model can meet the requirements of the client.
                              The method of security is managed through permissions on each
                              interface menu item, the red dots, and workflow. This granular
                              approach can limit access at the element level to any user or group.
                              Further, each formatting option can be uniquely assigned/restricted
                              to each individual content element.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                           Collage provides the ability to set very granular access control for
                              individual users. Out-of-the-box Collage provides three tiers of
                              security: role-based, system privileges; project level privileges; and
                              individual, asset-level permissions. These levels of permissions
                              are granted to permission groups and individuals. Granular security
                              schemes are easily applied managing sets of users in one or more
                              permission groups to produce a combined permission set. This is
                              very similar to the scheme used in Unix system security.
                           All administrative management is performed within the Collage
                              client by administrators granted ‗user administration‘ permissions.
                              In all, there are 27 different user permissions that can be granted or
                              denied for building security schemes that scale across very large
                              organizations, with a high degree of granularity to support a wide
                              range of business process flows. See below for a graphical view.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                    Page 76 of 310
                                     User System Permissions




                                                         QuickTime™ and a
                                                     TIFF (LZW) deco mpressor
                                                  are neede d to se e this picture.




                                     User Project Permissions




                                                               QuickTime™ and a
                                                           TIFF (LZW) deco mpressor
                                                        are neede d to se e this picture.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                         Page 77 of 310
                                     Group Project Permissions




                                                                 QuickTime™ and a
                                                             TIFF (LZW) decomp resso r
                                                          are neede d to see this picture.




                                
                               Group based permissions give administrators the greatest degree of
                               flexibility and ease of permission management. Adding individuals
                               to one or more permission group results in a combined set of
                               permissions. Security management is then reduced to simply
                               moving users in and out of groups to invoke security policies.
                               Individual overrides are possible for exception cases.
                            Many of the permissions shown above indicate the inherent ability
                               for Collage to manage individual web assets as well as useable
                               functionality. For example, business users are typically limited to
                               content contribution and review, web developers are granted the
                               additional privileges to upload files and directories as well as
                               change site structure, style, and templates, and administrators
                               add/remove users, as well as deploy and backup the site(s).
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            There are a number of deployment options available to ensure
                               security of your web properties. For example, SiteExecutive‘s
                               architectural framework and permissions based security model
                               limits user access to those components essential to their jobs as
                               content contributors, site designers, system administrators, site
                               managers and administrators.
                            Deploying SiteExecutive in a multi-server configuration with
                               authoring and rendering functionality separated on two physical
                               servers provides another layer of protection. Access to the


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                    Page 78 of 310
                                      authoring server can be with access limited to your network.
                                      Enabling SSL for the authoring server further reduces risk and
                                      limits security vulnerabilities.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Vignette features extremely granular delegated administration that
                               is actually patented. This allows for very specific capabilities to be
                               given to users and administrators.

          8. If your application is capable of deploying a separate package of content to a web
             server, does it support secure protocols to accomplish this (list supported
             protocols: SSH, WebDAV, SFTP, etc.)?
                 o Alfresco
                 o Cignex (Plone)
                 o Day Software, Inc.
                 o Ektron, Inc.
                         Ektron provides a site replication utility that can be used to deploy
                             content from a staging environment to a production environment.
                             This replication utility uses webdav and/or web services.
                 o EMC Software (Documentum)
                 o Fatwire Software
                         Because Content Server has the ability to aggregate and syndicate
                             content from virtually any source and format any secure protocol
                             can be used to deploy content.
                 o FileNet Corp.
                 o Globalscape
                         Cascade Server supports secure publishing through the use of
                             industry standard secure transport methods such as SFTP, and
                             VPN. The organization may also implement the secure transfer
                             utility of their choice.
                 o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                         Content is centrally managed and need not be deployed to a web
                             server. Rather, the web server accesses the content on the database
                             and presents it as an interface for the user. A user requesting
                             content via the web server is retrieving the content from the same
                             location from the user would retrieve the content via the desktop.
                 o Interwoven
                 o Mediasurface, Inc.
                         Chose not to respond
                 o Open Text Coporation
                 o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                 o PaperThin, Inc.
                         Yes, using hooks into CommonSpot, additional protocols, such as
                             those listed above, can be programmatically supported.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                         Page 79 of 310
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            RedDot CMS uses Microsoft Windows file transfer, FTP, FTPS,
                               SMTP and Web services based protocol support for
                               deploying/publishing content.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            As a design-side system, Collage is utilized to create and manage
                               the content and then publish the prepared content to the delivery
                               server where some other software, Web server, application server
                               or portal server delivers the content to site visitors.
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            SiteExecutive renders content from a production application server
                               and does not deploy non-SiteExecutive applications. If there is a
                               desire to support this type of functionality, the authoring server can
                               be extended to support deployments of other application packages
                               to the production server.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Yes, Vignette has best of breed scalable content delivery and a
                               very robust publishing architecture from a management stage
                               where content is authored and workflowed to a production stage
                               where the site is served from. Small deployment agents are placed
                               at the delivery endpoints and communicated with the VCM server
                               using JMS. It is also possible to deliver content using other
                               methods such as FTP, WebDAV, and others depending on the
                               specific business requirements.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                     Page 80 of 310
UI (Presentation)
     Template creation
          1. How are templates created?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                        The Ektron CMS supports creating templates within Microsoft
                          Visual Studio, or Macromedia Dreamweaver
               o EMC Software (Documentum)
               o Fatwire Software
                        Templates are created using the standard tools your designers
                          already use.
               o FileNet Corp.
               o Globalscape
                        Templates can be created in the html editing tool of the clients
                          choice or by hand in a text editor, common tools include
                          Dreamweaver, FrontPage, Notepad, etc. Templates created for use
                          in Cascade Server are essentially XHTML documents containing
                          the standard HTML tags and CSS commonly referred to the ―look
                          and feel‖ of a web page.
               o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                        Templates are created using the Hyperwave HTML editor
                          (included with the application). Templates may also be created
                          using any content editor (Dreamweaver, Macromedia, Front Page,
                          etc.) and stored in the Hyperwave system to be retrieved and
                          applied upon request by those who have the appropriate
                          permissions.
               o Interwoven
               o Mediasurface, Inc.
                        Chose not to respond
               o Open Text Coporation
               o Oracle/PeopleSoft
               o PaperThin, Inc.
                        CommonSpot provides a flexible template architecture to meet the
                          needs of our look and feel, navigation and page layout
                          requirements that includes a ‗base‘ template, navigation and
                          content templates.
                        Base templates are the foundation of any CommonSpot site. It is
                          in the base template that the general site structure, design and
                          function are established. They are the ―blueprint‖ of your site.
                          Unlike all other templates in CommonSpot, which are edited in
                          your browser through the CommonSpot interface, base templates
                          are developed entirely in code. A typical CommonSpot site


The University of Texas - Arlington                                           Page 81 of 310
                              requires only one base template with every other page and template
                              ultimately deriving from this base template. However,
                              CommonSpot can support an unlimited number of base templates,
                              if desired. The base template may contain a standard navigational
                              bar, a hierarchical menu, company logo, stock ticker and/or any
                              other recurring object.
                           Navigation templates represent the first layer of templates between
                              the base and the content of your site. These can be thought of as
                              defining the ―outside the white space‖ of your site. While the base
                              template defines the structure of your design, the navigational
                              templates provide a consistent mechanism for presenting
                              navigational constructs, common menu tool bars and other
                              common look and feel components. Typically the navigational
                              templates might include defined menu tool bars, side bars,
                              copyright notices and the base layout of the page, leaving one or
                              more empty rectangular regions that are filled in by content
                              templates.
                           Content/layout templates are the templates that form the upper
                              layers of a page‘s template hierarchy. These templates typically do
                              not include navigational interfaces but instead provide a definition
                              for how the pages‘ real content looks. Content templates can be
                              very rigidly or loosely defined, thus enabling very tight control
                              over what the end user can and cannot edit.
                           CommonSpot provides a number of ready-made templates that can
                              incorporate the ―look and feel‖ of the Web site and offer typical
                              formatting and layout options. These basic templates or forms can
                              be filled-in directly with content and published as Web pages, or
                              they can be modified as needed. Any user who has template-
                              creation rights (which are granted by the site administrator) can
                              easily modify templates (with exception of the base template) to
                              satisfy their precise needs. The result is a corporate-wide
                              development process in which the people who best understand the
                              content develop the templates.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                           A new RedDot project normally re-uses formatting and page
                              content from an already existing Web design. This data is copied
                              into RedDot‘s template editor and the content is replaced with
                              content placeholders but leaves the formatting. RedDot CMS
                              provides 20 structural and content placeholders that take into
                              account practically every element for a web site. To change the
                              code for pages that have been created, you simply change the code
                              in the template. All pages that are created based on the modified
                              template also incorporate the modified code. Templates can be
                              nested to create reusable components that assist in the development
                              process. In addition, template variants can be utilized to display the



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                    Page 82 of 310
                                   same content in different formats, such as XML, WML, text only,
                                   etc.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                When building templates for structured content there are two areas
                                   to consider:
                                         The definition of the content: Defining content in Collage
                                           is a simple matter. Although Collage stores all structured
                                           content as XML, Collage‘s point-and-click administrative
                                           interface allows designers to define content of any type
                                           without having to understand the XML structure behind the
                                           definition.
                                         The edit/preview layout of the content: Although Collage
                                           stores all structured content as XML, so it can be deployed
                                           using any number of templates, the templates for edit,
                                           preview and deployment can be coded using the templating
                                           language of choice while working within the design tool of
                                           choice. This means that there is no need to understand
                                           XSL in order to build templates within Collage.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive supports a very robust set of options for template
                                   creation. Templates can be created with our built-in WYSIWYG
                                   editor or with external tools such as Dreamweaver, which are then
                                   uploaded into the SiteExecutive system.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                There are several options for content delivery and display
                                   templates depend on what kind of content is being delivered. One
                                   of the differentiators of the Vignette Content Management System
                                   is the ability to simultaneously serve content to static HTML and
                                   dynamic content driven websites. Dynamic content delivery
                                   usually uses either the Vignette Dynamic Site or Dynamic Portal
                                   Modules. Using Vignette Dynamic Portal which provides a deep
                                   level of integration between Vignette Content Management and
                                   Vignette Portal, templates are defined via the Vignette Portal GUI
                                   and then associated to content through the Vignette Content
                                   Management console.

          2. What skill set is needed to create templates in the system?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 83 of 310
                                  The skills requires to create a template are basic skills in the
                                   preferred display language (ASP.NET, ASP, PHP, CFM, or JSP).
                     o     EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o     Fatwire Software
                                Knowledge of HTML and Java/JSP are required to create
                                   presentation templates.
                     o     FileNet Corp.
                     o     Globalscape
                                Template creators should have knowledge of html/xhtml, CSS,
                                   and/or be comfortable working with tools such as Dreamweaver.
                     o     Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                                The basic HMTL skill is needed to create templates with the HW
                                   HTML editor. If you chose to use a 3rd party editor the user must
                                   be knowledgeable and skilled with the third party application.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                Creating a ‗base‘ template typically requires HMTL skills and is
                                   usually developed by a designer or developer. Navigation and
                                   content templates can simply be created by creating a page, adding
                                   the content objects (rich text editor, image, list of links, etc) and
                                   any recurring content to the page, and then saving it as a template.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                The only technical skill required for template development within
                                   RedDot CMS is knowledge of HTML. There is no proprietary
                                   programming language within the RedDot template environment.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Templates are created easily within Collage. They can be created
                                   from any web page by simply checking a box, indicating that the
                                   web page is a template. Re-purposing and dynamic reuse of
                                   content is inherent within the Collage architecture.
                                Training is offered for designers and developers; the course for
                                   each is one day. Designers gain the knowledge to design the site
                                   structure and overall consistent look and feel of the web pages on
                                   the site. They also create a controlled environment for content
                                   contributors to contribute content. Developers learn to use the
                                   Collage design-time components and how to incorporate databases,
                                   media, and graphics to manage the process of presenting assets and
                                   content to users.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                        Page 84 of 310
                                     Knowledge of SiteExecutive‘s WYSIWYG editor or external
                                      HTML editing tools is required to create and manage templates.
                                      New users typically learn to create templates using SiteExecutive‘s
                                      WYSIWYG editor in a half day or less of training. CSS knowledge
                                      is also helpful.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Dynamic Portal Templates can be generated by a power business
                               user. Dynamic Sites Templates are JSP driven so JSP coding skills
                               are needed.

          3. What features make template creation/editing easy? ?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                        The Ektron CMS provides .NET server controls for Visual Studio
                           and Dreamweaver Extensions to aid in the creation of templates for
                           use with the Ektron CMS.
               o EMC Software (Documentum)
               o Fatwire Software
                        The modular nature of template use allows for templates to be
                           created is small sub-parts and then assembled at publishing to form
                           the look and feel of a site.
               o FileNet Corp.
               o Globalscape
                        Once a template has been created in the system, a user may choose
                           to the edit the template again where they will be presented with an
                           interface to perform block/stylesheet assignments to the various
                           regions that might be available in the particular template. Each
                           region is designated by a special HTML comment tag or XML tag
                           <system-region name="MY-REGION-NAME"/> where MY-
                           REGION-NAME is replaced with the name of the region. An
                           important note to consider is that all templates must contain a
                           region called DEFAULT where a page's "default" content will
                           appear from the data that the end user enters into the editing
                           environment for a page that inherits the template. If a DEFAULT
                           region has not been created, the system will automatically create
                           the region immediately after the opening <body> tag of the
                           template document.
               o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                        There is essentially no difference between creating web content
                           using Hyperwave and creating web content using the other
                           standard applications; the only difference is "where the content it


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                         Page 85 of 310
                                   saved." The Hyperwave CMS automatically displays the web
                                   content accordingly. The only training (per se) a user would need
                                   is to be taught the directory where web content should be saved
                                   upon creation.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                ‗Base‘ templates can be created using any HTML editing tools like
                                   Dreamweaver, Front Page, Homesite, etc.
                                End users can create content templates using CommonSpot‘s
                                   intuitive, wizard-driven interface, the same interface that is
                                   accessed to create new pages.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                Templates can be created, modified and updated using any HTML-
                                   based design tool (including Dreamweaver and FrontPage). In
                                   addition, RedDot‘s built-in template editor enables the complete
                                   rendering of all dynamic and static components (links, lists, scripts,
                                   rollovers, database info, etc.) for a true and complete display of the
                                   designed page. Once content has been created and saved within
                                   Dreamweaver, the template editor can create a template by
                                   uploading the content pre-designed within Dreamweaver.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Collage allows for templates of any type to be created and
                                   managed. W3C, WAI, XHTML and any other standards can be
                                   incorporated into templates—this is the responsibility of the
                                   designer/developer. Collage allows these designers/developers to
                                   code in their editor of choice, so that these users can take
                                   advantage of additional functionality such as code validation and
                                   color coding.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive was one of the first CMS products to enter the
                                   market with an intuitive UI that simplifies template creation (and
                                   many other tasks). Our WYSIWYG editor has been continuously
                                   improved since its original release, with most improvements being
                                   driven by user requests from our customers.
                                SiteExecutive ships with a number of core and add-on modules
                                   that provide enhanced dynamic functionality. These modules are
                                   easily dropped and configured on a template. For example, our
                                   object inclusion module allows dynamic substitution depending on
                                   where the template is used on the site and significantly reduces the
                                   number of templates that are required for a site.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                        Page 86 of 310
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            There is no code involved in the definition of Dynamic Portal
                               template creation or editing as it is done through a GUI interface.
                               Dynamic Site templates are basic JSP that have references to a pre-
                               built Vignette library tags

          4. How are templates integrated into the workflow of the system?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                        The Ektron CMS does not manage the website templates. We
                          recommend using a source control system such as Visual Source
                          Safe.
               o EMC Software (Documentum)
               o Fatwire Software
                        Content Server treats templates as content. Workflow can be
                          applied to any template and can be controlled like any other piece
                          of content.
               o FileNet Corp.
               o Globalscape
                        Workflows can be applied to assets at the Template level, thus
                          allowing any changes made to the ―look and feel‖ spawn the
                          appropriate approval.
               o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                        Templates are treated like documents and may be attached to a
                          workflow the same manner as a documents (routed for review,
                          approval, loopback for rework, etc.).
               o Interwoven
               o Mediasurface, Inc.
                        Chose not to respond
               o Open Text Coporation
               o Oracle/PeopleSoft
               o PaperThin, Inc.
                        All pages created within CommonSpot are created from a template.
                          CommonSpot allows for the creation of multiple templates to meet
                          the needs of a site or departments particular look and feel,
                          navigation and page layout requirements.
                        When creating a new page users are presented with a library of
                          templates based upon their permissions. For example, a user in the
                          Public Relations department may only have access to the Press
                          Release template, while a Web administrator in Admissions may
                          have access to a variety of templates featuring different styles and


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                  Page 87 of 310
                                   page layouts. Once a template is selected, the user simply clicks
                                   where directed and a series of wizards guide them through the
                                   submission of content. In real-time, the content is integrated into
                                   the predefined structure of the template.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot templates can be submitted to a workflow, such as an
                                   approval process, before being deployed to site pages.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                All content including templates can be associated with workflow,
                                   just as any other asset in the system.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive supports unlimited workflow approval steps prior to
                                   the publishing of a template. Each step of the workflow can be
                                   assigned to a specific person or a group.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Templates can be workflowed like any other element of the
                                   Vignette Content Management system.

          5. What template technologies are supported?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                       The Ektron CMS supports creating templates in any of the
                           following: ASP.NET, ASP, PHP, CFM, or JSP.
               o EMC Software (Documentum)
               o Fatwire Software
                       Templates are normally created using HTML, XML and JSP.
               o FileNet Corp.
               o Globalscape
                       Cascade Server supports anything that produces standards
                           compliant output.
               o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                       Hyperwave supports any Windows-based template software that
                           allows content to be saved to the file system.
               o Interwoven
               o Mediasurface, Inc.
                       Chose not to respond
               o Open Text Coporation
               o Oracle/PeopleSoft
               o PaperThin, Inc.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 88 of 310
                                  Most all HTML editing tools can be used to create ‗base‘ templates
                                   as well as standard Web technology such as CFM, DTML,
                                   JavaScript, PHP, etc.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot supports using any technology, markup language and any
                                   scripting language to define templates. Template developers can
                                   using any IDE or development tool they wish, and bring the
                                   finished markup into the RedDot template editor where the
                                   placeholders for content can be inserted, red dots can be placed,
                                   and editorial embellishments can be added to add to the usability
                                   of the authoring interface.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Response W3C, WAI, XHTML and any other standards can be
                                   incorporated into templates.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                We are unclear about the information you are seeking with the
                                   question above. If you will provide more detail, we can provide a
                                   response that is specific to your requirements.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                While Vignette can deliver content to templates of any variety the
                                   most full featured capabilities are found through the use of either
                                   the Dynamic Portal or Dynamic Site modules, with Dynamic
                                   Portal supporting Vignette Portal pages, and Dynamic Site
                                   supporting JSP pages.

          6. How complex can templates be with respect to nesting and reuse?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                      The Ektron CMS supports the reuse and nesting of templates as the
                         chosen platform allows. Within the CMS templates can be reused
                         any number of times for CMS content. Templates used throughout
                         the website get assigned on the CMS-folder level: Because the
                         templates are assigned at the folder level, templates can be re-used
                         throughout the site.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 89 of 310
                     o EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o Fatwire Software
                            Templates can be extremely complex and can reuse sub-template
                              parts to create the display template.
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            Cascade supports the concept of parent templates in which a sub-
                              template can be nested based on, for example, department level
                              customizations.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            A template may be reused at any time by simply copying and
                              repurposing it. Templates may be filed as Read-Only content,
                              forcing users to save the modifications as new files and thus
                              preserving the original template. Nesting is limited only to the
                              capabilities of the template application the user chooses to employ.
                              Hyperwave imposes no technology –based restriction on nesting or
                              reuse, only the customers business rules will determine nesting and
                              reuse criteria for the CMS.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            CommonSpot supports a ‗template hierarchy‘ whereby templates
                              derive from other templates forming a hierarchy of derivation.
                              Think of CommonSpot templates as transparencies, which are
                              layered on top of each other to form the page. It is not uncommon
                              for pages within CommonSpot to be built upon two or three layers
                              of templates.
                            Templates remain dynamically linked to all pages created from
                              them. This functionality is very powerful in that it allows a site
                              designer to build a series of templates with common components to
                              be shared across multiple pages, and manage them all in one place.
                              In a typical HTML Web-authoring environment, a change to a
                              copyright notice appearing across multiple pages requires that
                              every page affected be re-authored. In CommonSpot, such
                              elements can be specified in a template and thus all pages derived
                              from that template are automatically updated when the template is
                              modified. By simply modifying a few templates, a large-scale
                              design change can be implemented easily and effectively without
                              changing the underlying content. Changes in the base template
                              automatically propagate to any inherited template or page. And
                              CommonSpot templates can be used endlessly to create pages.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                  Page 90 of 310
                                
                              RedDot templates can be easily used and reused as building blocks
                              for even the most complex and extensive web sites. This ability to
                              easily add containers to new and existing pages enables site
                              developers to create content or site elements once, and reuse them
                              as necessary.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                           Templates
                                   Collage has the ability to produce both global and site-
                                      specific templates. Additionally, templates can be nested
                                      within other templates.
                                   The Collage content model promotes the separation of form
                                      from content, allowing virtually unlimited reuse of content
                                      with support for multiple layout templates and file formats,
                                      so content is easily repurposed for many different target
                                      formats, layouts, or languages. Reuse applies to files, user
                                      contributions, documents, or outside data sources.
                                   Templates are created easily within Collage. They can be
                                      created from any web page by simply checking a box,
                                      indicating that the web page is a template. Re-purposing
                                      and dynamic reuse of content is inherent within the Collage
                                      architecture.
                                   Any existing HTML template or page can be turned into a
                                      system template by declaring it a master-page from the
                                      ―properties‖ menu. Before turning an existing template or
                                      page into a Collage system template, you may want to first
                                      insert a simple Collage masterbody tag to allow any
                                      Collage asset, or set of assets, to efficiently use that




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                  Page 91 of 310
                                          template.




                                                                   QuickTime™ and a
                                                               TIFF (LZW) deco mpressor
                                                            are neede d to se e this picture.




                                         The screenshot below shows the properties window for a
                                          file called index.html. Notice the dropdown for ―Is Master-
                                          Page‖ can easily be changed to ―yes‖. The name ―Master-
                                          Page‖ is the product‘s term for Template. Above the ―Is
                                          Master-Page‖ property is the ―Applied Master Page‖
                                          property. Any asset within the system can have a Master-
                                          Page assigned to it. You can also nest Master-Pages easily
                                          by assigning a Master-Page to a Master-Page. There is no
                                          limit to the number of Master-Pages you can create within




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 92 of 310
                                      the system.




                                                               QuickTime™ an d a
                                                           TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                        are need ed to see this p icture.




                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            Leveraging the SiteExecutive core and add-on modules, the
                               template can be very complex. The template can be designed with
                               a very wide range of functional capabilities from simple
                               (commo(DHTML menus, RSS).
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Vignette is architected towards reuse of content elements, content
                               items, and presentation templates. Vignette‘s unique Dynamic Site
                               and Portal Modules allow for regions of pages to be scoped at a
                               template or individual page level which dramatically reduces the
                               overall number of templates needed.

          7. Are third-party Templates & Library items supported? List supported products
             and versions (Macromedia Dreamweaver, etc.).
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                 Page 93 of 310
                                 The Ektron CMS supports Visual Studio and Dreamweaver. In
                                  addition to these other editors can be used however we do not
                                  provide out of the box controls for other editors.
                     o     EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o     Fatwire Software
                                Third party templates and library items can provide a valuable
                                  starting foundation for development of Content Server templates.
                                  As most are not developed with a dynamic site in mind, references
                                  to specific calls and content centric functions need to be included
                                  to the templates.
                     o     FileNet Corp.
                     o     Globalscape
                                Cascade Server supports the Macromedia Dreamweaver
                                  technology, allowing HTML templates and library items from
                                  Dreamweaver to be used and uploaded within the system.
                                  Additionally, you can design templates and HTML in FrontPage,
                                  Adobe GoLive, or any HTML editing program and upload it
                                  directly into the system. The system is very flexible in providing
                                  management, access restriction, and updating of templates across a
                                  range of users. There are no limits to the number of templates that
                                  can be handled.
                     o     Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                                Please see #1 and #5 of this section, above. Macromedia and
                                  Dreamweaver are supported, as are any commercial products that
                                  allow content to be saved in a native file system (Windows or
                                  UNIX).
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                Please see the responses provided for the several requirements
                                  above.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                Template developers can use any IDE or development tool they
                                  wish, and bring the finished markup into the RedDot template
                                  editor where the placeholders for content can be inserted. In the 7.5
                                  release of CMS due in Q1 2007, a full integration with
                                  Dreamweaver is being introduced. This will allow template
                                  developers to use Dreamweaver as an alternate template editor,
                                  where RedDots, Placeholders and embellishments can be added
                                  and managed, in addition to the markup language. RedDot has
                                  plans to also add support for several other tools, including
                                  Microsoft Visual Studio.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 94 of 310
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            Yes. Please see Appendix A – Collage System Requirements. [see
                               vendor response]
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            SiteExecutive includes out of the box functionality which permits
                               template imports from a variety of tools ranging in functionality
                               from Adobe Dreamweaver to Notepad. The import process
                               includes all style sheets and binary files and can properly convert
                               all links.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Would need further clarification of this question but Dynamic Site
                               templates can be created in any development environment
                               including Dreamweaver.


     Browsers / WYSISWYG
          1. Which browsers and –versions do you support?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                       For Viewing: All major browsers
                       For Editing: Internet Explorer 5.0 and higher, Netscape 7, Mozilla
                          FireFox 1.1 or higher, and Safari.
               o EMC Software (Documentum)
               o Fatwire Software
                       IE 6.x and above and Firefox 2 and above.
               o FileNet Corp.
               o Globalscape
                       Netscape 7.1/Mozilla 1.3+/Firefox 1.0+ on Mac OS X, Windows,
                          and Linux, and Safari on Max OS X.
               o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                       Windows: Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 and higher, Mozilla 6.0
                          and higher, Firefox 1.0 and higher.
                       UNIX: Mozilla 6.0 and higher, Firefox 1.0 and higher.
                       Mac: Mozilla 6.0 and higher, Firefox 1.0 and higher.
               o Interwoven
               o Mediasurface, Inc.
                       Chose not to respond
               o Open Text Coporation
               o Oracle/PeopleSoft
               o PaperThin, Inc.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                   Page 95 of 310
                                  Users can edit, approve, and administer content via the
                                   CommonSpot interface using Internet Explorer, Mozilla, Firefox,
                                   or Netscape 7.2.
                                Pages created using CommonSpot are viewable from all standard
                                   browser types including, but not limited to, Netscape Navigator,
                                   Internet Explorer, Mozilla, Safari, Opera, and FireFox.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                MS Internet Explorer version 5.5 SP2 and later (Windows
                                   operating system)
                                Mozilla 1.6 (platform-independent)
                                Netscape 7.x (platform-independent)
                                Opera 7.x (platform-independent)
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Please see Appendix A – Collage System Requirements. [see
                                   vendor response]
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive‘s WYSIWYG editor supports IE 6.x and higher for
                                   content authoring.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                                                                                         Ephox Ed
                                Firefox 1.0.x and 1.5.0.x
                                                                                                         requires



                                Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 SP1 or later



                                Mozilla 1.6.x and 1.7.6 or later



                                Netscape 7.2 or later




          2. Do you support WYSIWYG content creation?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                        The Ektron CMS provides support for WYSIWYG content editing
                          through our industry leading WYSIWYG editor, eWebEditPro.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                     Page 96 of 310
                     o Fatwire Software
                            Yes, content can be created utilizing a supplied WYSIWYG editor.
                              The editor can give users control over many HTML and CSS
                              options as well as spell checking.
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            Yes, Cascade Server supports WYSIWYG content creation as well
                              as editing.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            Yes.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            Yes, CommonSpot provides a WYSIWYG editor for content
                              creation.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            With the RedDot SmartEdit Technology, your associates do not
                              need any HTML skills to author and edit content - all they need is
                              a Web browser. After logging on to RedDot CMS, the project is
                              displayed in its familiar look - in a what-you-see-is-what-you-get
                              (WYSIWYG) view of the site. Your employees navigate to the
                              pages they need to edit, where red dots clearly indicate the areas
                              that can be changed based on administrator assigned privileges.
                              Clicking on a red dot opens the edit mode, where everything else
                              can be accomplished with just a few inputs and clicks of the
                              mouse. Depending on the object, either a simple input form, an
                              easy-to-use text editor, or a screen layout dialog appears. Your
                              employees can make incremental changes and verify them
                              immediately in the browser. When the editing is finished, the page
                              is either published directly to the live server or submitted to the
                              responsible associate for approval depending on the applicable
                              workflow(s). This approach enables even the most complex Web
                              sites and intranets to be maintained quickly and easily without any
                              need for programming or special skills.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            Collage Contributor is a personalized contribution assistant that
                              automates the end-to-end process of contributing content to web
                              sites. Unlike other content management products, which only
                              address the authoring and editing of content, Collage Contributor
                              integrates initiation, content authoring, properties, approvals and
                              publishing operations into a unified web-based user interface.
                              With Collage Contributor, the end user need not perform technical


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                  Page 97 of 310
                                      tasks such as check-in/check-out, versioning, metadata, workflow
                                      or publishing. Collage Contributor automatically manages these
                                      tasks while guiding the user through the entire contribution
                                      process.
                                     Collage Contributor includes a full-featured, browser-based
                                      WYSIWYG (What You See Is What You Get) editor that can be
                                      used on both Windows and Mac platforms. Content contributors
                                      use the WYSIWYG editor to create and modify text, images,
                                      graphics, tables, forms and links that appear within web pages.
                                     Using this intuitive editor, content contributors can directly add or
                                      modify content within a web page template. The editor supports a
                                      wide range of text-editing and content formatting commands from
                                      a word processor-like toolbar, including changing fonts, styles,
                                      alignment, links, images, tables and forms as well as spell
                                      checking of content.
                                     Administrators can determine on a field-by-field basis which of
                                      these formatting commands are available to the contributor. For
                                      instance, perhaps no formatting would be allowed in the headline
                                      of a press release, while inserting links and bold characters would
                                      be allowed in the body.
                                     Collage also controls what kinds of content can be added to
                                      particular templates. For instance, content contributors can be
                                      directed to select only specific sets of images for the home page of
                                      a site. This kind of editorial control is useful for ensuring
                                      consistency when multiple contributors are authoring the content
                                      for various pages on a web site.
                                     Why it matters:
                                            Collage Contributor requires little or no training to be
                                              proficient at contributing content to the web site.
                                            Content contributors can create and modify content in an
                                              intuitive, WYSIWYG fashion—making it easy for new
                                              users to become familiar with editing site content.
                                            Content contributors can immediately see how their
                                              changes will be presented on the web site.
                                            Site administrators maintain control over page structure,
                                              branding, navigation and look-and- feel—ensuring
                                              consistent, accurate presentation of site content.
                                            Because the Collage editor is browser based, you save
                                              money over licensing and deploying a desktop-based
                                              editor.
                                     What it looks like:
                                            Collage Contributor automates the five tasks that are
                                              required to complete most content contribution operations:
                                              Initiation, Authoring, Properties, Approvals and Publishing.
                                            The screen shot sequence below represents a typical
                                              contribution process for adding a new press release page to


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                           Page 98 of 310
                                          a web site. Collage Contributor is aware of the user‘s
                                          permission level and will only present the user with the
                                          types of content and actions they are allowed to see and
                                          perform. In addition, Collage Contributor is aware of the
                                          end-to-end process requirements for any content type and
                                          automatically presents the user with the required and
                                          optional steps that must be completed to meet those
                                          requirements.
                                         Initiation: Upon successful login, the contributor is directed
                                          to the Collage Contributor dashboard shown below.




                                                                      QuickTime™ and a
                                                                  TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                               are neede d to see this picture.




                                         In the following example, the user will add a new press
                                          release page to the site. Under ―Things I Can Do‖ they
                                          select the ―Create New Press Release‖ contribution
                                          assistant.
                                         Authoring: The user is then presented with a blank press
                                          release form in the Collage graphical editor. They can
                                          enter content into the page regions denoted by a dotted line.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                        Page 99 of 310
                                                                      QuickTime™ and a
                                                                  TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                               are neede d to see this picture.




                                           When the desired press release content has been entered
                                          the user selects ―Next‖.
                                         Properties: If additional properties are required for this type
                                          of content, the contribution assistant will present the user
                                          with the required and optional property fields.




                                                                       QuickTime™ and a
                                                                   TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                                are neede d to see this picture.




                                          When the properties have been entered the user selects
                                          ―Next‖.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                        Page 100 of 310
                                         Approvals: The contribution assistant then presents the user
                                          with the available options for ―What‘s Next‖ for a press
                                          release page. These options are based on the user‘s
                                          permissions and the type of content being entered.




                                                                QuickTime™ and a
                                                            TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                         are neede d to see this picture.




                                           In this example, the user decides to deploy (―publish‖) the
                                          content to the production site.
                                         Publishing: Based on the user‘s permissions and the type of
                                          content being entered, the user is presented with the
                                          available content deployment options.




                                                                QuickTime™ and a
                                                            TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                         are neede d to see this picture.




                                          In this example, the user decides to deploy the content


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 101 of 310
                                          ―Now‖. After making the choice the user selects ―Next‖
                                          and the press release contribution process is complete. The
                                          user is then returned to the Collage Contributor dashboard
                                          for the next operation.




                                                                     QuickTime™ and a
                                                                 TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                              are neede d to see this picture.




                                         Desktop Application Integration (e.g. Office, Photoshop,
                                          Etc.)
                                              o What it is:
                                                    Collage supports direct contribution of
                                                       content from any WebDAV-compliant
                                                       desktop application such as Microsoft
                                                       Office, Adobe Photoshop, Quark XPress, or
                                                       Macromedia DreamWeaver. Using this
                                                       integration, the Collage repository is
                                                       exposed to a user as if it were a file folder.
                                                       Users simply ―save as‖ to the appropriate
                                                       Collage folder. The content is transparently
                                                       checked in to the system and can be
                                                       automatically routed as part of a workflow
                                                       process.
                                              o Why it matters:
                                                    Content contributors can continue working
                                                       within familiar applications while taking


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                     Page 102 of 310
                                                        advantage of the robust change management
                                                        capabilities of Collage.
                                                     Administrators aren‘t required to install
                                                        anything on a user‘s desktop to enable
                                                        integration— Collage uses standard
                                                        technologies included in most popular
                                                        desktop authoring tools.
                                         Drag ‗n Drop Document Upload
                                             o What it is:
                                                     Collage supports drag ‗n drop upload of
                                                        content directly from a users desktop. Using
                                                        this feature, users can upload one or many
                                                        documents, images, etc. directly to Collage
                                                        by simply dragging and dropping the assets.
                                             o Why it matters:
                                                     Content contributors can rapidly upload
                                                        content through familiar means.
                                                     Administrators aren‘t required to install
                                                        anything on a user‘s desktop to enable
                                                        integration— Collage uses standard
                                                        technologies included in most common
                                                        operating systems.
                                         Macromedia Contribute Support
                                             o What it is:
                                                     Macromedia Contribute is a popular content
                                                        authoring application. When combined with
                                                        Collage, Macromedia Contribute users can
                                                        take advantage of enterprise-class web
                                                        content management features including:
                                                             Database generated sites (including
                                                                support for structured content, such
                                                                as a press release that is broken
                                                                down into a headline, body, etc.)
                                                             Robust change management
                                                                capabilities (versioning, auditing,
                                                                workflow, searching, etc.)
                                                             Flexible page and site generation
                                                             Sophisticated site publishing
                                             o Why it matters:
                                                     Contribute users can continue working
                                                        within the familiar Contribute interface
                                                        while taking advantage of enterprise-class
                                                        content management functionality.
                                                     Collage users which desire thick-client
                                                        editing for content contributors can user



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                   Page 103 of 310
                                                        Contribute, while retaining all of the
                                                        benefits of Collage.
                                         Macromedia DreamWeaver Support
                                             o What it is:
                                                      Collage includes tight integration with
                                                        Macromedia DreamWeaver, allowing
                                                        designers to check in and check out assets
                                                        directly from DreamWeaver without ever
                                                        leaving the DreamWeaver interface.
                                                        Additionally, pre-built drop-in components
                                                        make it possible to quickly create Collage
                                                        templates that will be used to assemble
                                                        pages and sites. The drop-in components
                                                        will help you create templated pages, sorted
                                                        lists of content, site-wide navigation, and
                                                        pages that change based on the type of
                                                        content which is to be placed on them.
                                             o Why it matters:
                                                      Page designers can maintain productivity by
                                                        working directly within their preferred
                                                        environment.
                                                      Advanced users can create and edit content
                                                        directly within DreamWeaver.
                                         Collage allows a designer to use his/her design tool of
                                          choice when updating forms and templates.




                                                                  QuickTime™ and a
                                                              TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                           are neede d to see this picture.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                    Page 104 of 310
                                      Additionally, through Collage‘s direct integration with
                                      Macromedia DreamWeaverTM users can add components
                                      to their web pages with the push of a button.




                                                                 QuickTime™ and a
                                                             TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                          are neede d to see this picture.




                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            SiteExecutive‘s WYSIWYG editor supports content creation.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Vignette fully supports WYSIWYG content creation through a
                               choice of embedded WYSIWYG editors. Vignette offers a choice
                               of eWebEditPro and ePhox‘s EditLive for Java rich text editors.

          3. List required browser for WYSIWYG content creation.
                 o Alfresco
                 o Cignex (Plone)
                 o Day Software, Inc.
                 o Ektron, Inc.
                          Internet Explorer 5.0 and higher, Netscape 7, Mozilla FireFox 1.1
                            or higher, and Safari.
                 o EMC Software (Documentum)
                 o Fatwire Software
                          IE 6.x and above will work with this function.
                 o FileNet Corp.
                 o Globalscape
                          Netscape 7.1/Mozilla 1.3+/Firefox 1.0+ on Mac OS X, Windows,
                            and Linux, and Safari on Max OS X.
                 o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                          Please see #1 of this section, above.
                 o Interwoven


The University of Texas - Arlington                                               Page 105 of 310
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            Users can edit, approve, and administer content via the
                               CommonSpot interface using Internet Explorer, Mozilla, Firefox or
                               Netscape 7.2.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            MS Internet Explorer version 5.5 SP2 and later (Windows
                               operating system)
                            Mozilla 1.6 (platform-independent)
                            Netscape 7.x (platform-independent)
                            Opera 7.x (platform-independent)
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            Response Please see Appendix A – Collage System Requirements.
                               [see vendor response]
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            SiteExecutive pages and templates are created with our
                               WYSIWYG editor on Microsoft IE 6.x or higher. SiteExecutive
                               can be extended to support other WYSIWYG editors for managing
                               of structured content.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            eWebEditPro requires Internet Explorer on windows. EditLive
                               works on all browsers as noted in the answer above.

          4. List required fat client for WYSIWYG content creation.
                 o Alfresco
                 o Cignex (Plone)
                 o Day Software, Inc.
                 o Ektron, Inc.
                          None
                 o EMC Software (Documentum)
                 o Fatwire Software
                          None is required; the web interface is the only requirement.
                 o FileNet Corp.
                 o Globalscape
                          No fat client is required for WYSIWYG content creation.
                 o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                          No fat client is required. Please see #1 of this section, above.
                 o Interwoven


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                Page 106 of 310
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            CommonSpot is a complete browser-based application and
                               requires no software to be installed on the client.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            RedDot CMS is completely browser based and requires no fat
                               client.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            Please see Appendix A – Collage System Requirements. [see
                               vendor response]
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            No fat client is required.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            There are no fat clients for WYSIWYG creation. eWebEditPro is
                               an ActiveX based applet and Ephox is a java based servlet.

          5. List required 3rd party application for WYSIWYG content creation.
                 o Alfresco
                 o Cignex (Plone)
                 o Day Software, Inc.
                 o Ektron, Inc.
                          None
                 o EMC Software (Documentum)
                 o Fatwire Software
                          Ektron is included with Content Server for WYSIWYG editing.
                 o FileNet Corp.
                 o Globalscape
                          No third party WYSIWYG is required.
                 o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                          None. Hyperwave includes a WYSIWYG content editor, so no 3rd
                             party application is required. However, 3rd party editors are
                             supported, as discussed in the Template Creation section of this
                             document. The 3rd party content editors will vary based on the
                             browsers and operating systems supported by each editor. Please
                             consult your current WYSIWYG vendor for details.
                 o Interwoven
                 o Mediasurface, Inc.
                          Chose not to respond


The University of Texas - Arlington                                            Page 107 of 310
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            No 3rd party application is required, as it is provided with the
                               CommonSpot content management software.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            RedDot CMS is completely browser based and requires no 3rd
                               party applications for content creation.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            Please see Appendix A – Collage System Requirements. [see
                               vendor response]
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            No 3rd party application is required other than Microsoft IE 6.x or
                               higher.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Both WYSIWYG options are embedded 3rd party applications but
                               are not licensed separately from the Vignette transaction.

          6. List optional 3rd party application for WYSIWYG content creation.
                 o Alfresco
                 o Cignex (Plone)
                 o Day Software, Inc.
                 o Ektron, Inc.
                         None
                 o EMC Software (Documentum)
                 o Fatwire Software
                         Content Server comes with a built in rich text editor (Ektron) for
                             WYSIWIG editing. Future releases of FatWire will utilize FCK
                             editor which is a Java based editor.
                 o FileNet Corp.
                 o Globalscape
                         Content can be copied and pasted from any word processing
                             software, such as Microsoft Word. The Cascade Server will
                             automatically remove any extraneous tags and retain the formatting
                             resulting in a standards-compliant site.
                 o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                         As discussed under Template Creation, any 3rd party WYSIWYG
                             application that saves content to a file system in native form will
                             work with Hyperwave.
                 o Interwoven
                 o Mediasurface, Inc.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                Page 108 of 310
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                No 3rd party application is required, as it is provided with the
                                   CommonSpot content management software.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot CMS is completely browser based and requires no 3rd
                                   party applications for content creation. However, if desired,
                                   external or 3rd party text editors (such as Microsoft Word) can be
                                   integrated into the CMS interface.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Please see Appendix A – Collage System Requirements. [see
                                   vendor response]
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                None, unless you desire to extend SiteExecutive with custom
                                   module(s).
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                There are no addition applications.

          7. If you don‘t support WYSIWYG content creation, how closely does content
             creation resemble the final web page?
                 o Alfresco
                 o Cignex (Plone)
                 o Day Software, Inc.
                 o Ektron, Inc.
                          WYSIWYG editing is supported in the product.
                 o EMC Software (Documentum)
                 o Fatwire Software
                          N/A
                 o FileNet Corp.
                 o Globalscape
                          N/A
                 o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                          Not application – WYSIWYG is supported.
                 o Interwoven
                 o Mediasurface, Inc.
                          Chose not to respond
                 o Open Text Coporation
                 o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                 o PaperThin, Inc.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 109 of 310
                                CommonSpot supports WYSIWYG content creation.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot CMS fully supports WYSIWYG content creation.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Collage fully supports WYSIWYG content creation.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive supports WYSIWYG content creation.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Vignette supports WYSIWYG creation as well as text entry
                                   independent of presentation which can then be previewed in any
                                   assigned presentation template.


     Page Layout / Design

          1. Does your application support multiple tab layout (example: www.costco.com)?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                        The Ektron CMS supports tab layout. There is no design
                           constraints associated with Ektron‘s CMS400.NET solution.
                           Ektron‘s CMS will allow organizations to use the solution within
                           their own designs and using their own best practices.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                        Yes, www.fatwire.com uses a similar layout. If your template
                           creators use this type of functionality, it can be incorporated into
                           the site templates for use and reuse throughout the site.
                o FileNet Corp.
                o Globalscape
                        Yes, Cascade Server will support a tabs based navigation. In
                           Cascade Server, dynamic navigation menus are created through the
                           use of Index Blocks, or blocks that index the content of a specified
                           folder or portion of the site. An index block is then placed into a
                           page region (at the template, page configuration, or page level),
                           and styled with an XSLT stylesheet. Because index blocks
                           dynamically update content, the navigation menu stays updated.
                o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                        Yes.
                o Interwoven


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                   Page 110 of 310
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            Yes. CommonSpot supports multiple tab layout. As a matter of
                               fact, CommonSpot imposes no restrictions on the design of the site
                               and its navigation elements.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            There are no design limitations. RedDot supports using any
                               markup language and any scripting language to define templates.
                               Template developers can using any IDE or development tool they
                               wish, and bring the finished markup into the RedDot template
                               editor where the placeholders for content can be inserted, RedDot's
                               can be placed, and editorial embellishments can be added to add to
                               the usability of the authoring interface. In the 7.5 release of CMS
                               due in Q1 2007, a full integration with Dreamweaver is being
                               introduced. This will allow template developers to use
                               Dreamweaver as an alternate template editor, where RedDots,
                               Placeholders and embellishments can be added and managed, in
                               addition to the markup language. RedDot has places to also add
                               support for several other tools, including Microsoft Visual Studio.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            Collage is a design and deploy application and not a run-time
                               application. Collage places no restrictions on the design
                               implemented by the web teams—there is a host of ways that such
                               functionality can be accomplished, and Collage can manage the
                               content that feeds that layout. Your website can have any type of
                               formatting using html, javascript, run-time code or any other web
                               site technology at the web server.
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            SiteExecutive supports very complex page/template design
                               layouts.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Vignette supports almost any layout including Multi tab and
                               creation and maintenance of this navigation can be done through
                               the content management system without coding, which would
                               allow a properly permissioned business users to do this.

          2. Can existing code (html, Javascript) be included in the page layout?
                o Alfresco


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                  Page 111 of 310
                     o Cignex (Plone)
                     o Day Software, Inc.
                     o Ektron, Inc.
                            Yes, the Ektron CMS allows you to integrate the CMS with your
                               existing site code giving you full control over the areas you want
                               the CMS to manage and the areas of your site you want to remain
                               unmanaged.
                     o EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o Fatwire Software
                            Yes it can. In fact this is one of the quickest ways to incorporate
                               your Look and Feel into the templates.
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            Yes, the system supports including html and JavaScript in the
                               template.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            Yes.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            Yes.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            RedDot supports using any markup language and any scripting
                               language to define templates. Template developers can using any
                               IDE or development tool they wish, and bring the finished markup
                               into the RedDot template editor where the placeholders for content
                               can be inserted, RedDot's can be placed, and editorial
                               embellishments can be added to add to the usability of the
                               authoring interface. In the 7.5 release of CMS due in Q1 2007, a
                               full integration with Dreamweaver is being introduced. This will
                               allow template developers to use Dreamweaver as an alternate
                               template editor, where RedDots, Placeholders and embellishments
                               can be added and managed, in addition to the markup language.
                               RedDot has places to also add support for several other tools,
                               including Microsoft Visual Studio.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            Yes.
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            Designers and content authors can embed HTML and Javascript in
                               SiteExecutive pages/templates.
                     o Tridion


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                 Page 112 of 310
                     o Vasont Systems
                           Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                           Yes, existing code can be used in the page layout of both Dynamic
                              Site and Dynamic Portal pages.

          3. Can it process pages designed by 3rd party product (Dreamweaver, etc.)? List the
             products and versions.
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                         Yes, the Ektron CMS supports the use of Dreamweaver and Visual
                            Studio for page design. The Ektron CMS supports Microsoft
                            Visual Studio .NET 2005, Macromedia Dreamweaver MX and
                            higher, and Microsoft Visual Web Developer Express (Free)
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                         Content Server can process pages created in any 3rd party html
                            editor.
                o FileNet Corp.
                o Globalscape
                         Cascade Server is 100% based on W3C Internet standards
                            including items like HTML/XHTML and CSS. Templates in the
                            Cascade Server are based on the same standards as that of
                            Dreamweaver providing a seamless integration between the two.
                            Dreamweaver templates incorporating editable regions and library
                            items have simple HTML comment tags designating these areas.
                            The Cascade Server follows these same standards for system
                            templates allowing you to upload right into the system from
                            Dreamweaver without any rework.
                o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                         Web page processing is limited only to the technologies the 3rd
                            party products use in its web content creation, and the browsers
                            and operating systems in use by those who view the resulting
                            content. The Hyperwave application is product agnostic –
                            Dreamweaver is supported, as well as are any commercial products
                            that allow content to be saved in a native file system.
                o Interwoven
                o Mediasurface, Inc.
                         Chose not to respond
                o Open Text Coporation
                o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                o PaperThin, Inc.
                         No. CommonSpot can only process pages created using its own
                            interface and tools.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                              Page 113 of 310
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            RedDot supports using any markup language and any scripting
                               language to define templates. Template developers can using any
                               IDE or development tool they wish, and bring the finished markup
                               into the RedDot template editor where the placeholders for content
                               can be inserted, RedDot's can be placed, and editorial
                               embellishments can be added to add to the usability of the
                               authoring interface. In the 7.5 release of CMS due in Q1 2007, a
                               full integration with Dreamweaver is being introduced. This will
                               allow template developers to use Dreamweaver as an alternate
                               template editor, where RedDots, Placeholders and embellishments
                               can be added and managed, in addition to the markup language.
                               RedDot has places to also add support for several other tools,
                               including Microsoft Visual Studio.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            Response Yes. Please see Appendix A – Collage System
                               Requirements. [see vendor response]
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            Designers frequently develop templates in Dreamweaver and then
                               import into SiteExecutive. All content authors can use our
                               WYSIWYG editor. Allowing content authors to use other external
                               tools will limit your ability to control and enforce branding
                               consistency.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            As referenced earlier pages for Dynamic Sites can be created in
                               any development environment as Vignette is simply a set of tag
                               libraries that are placed on the page.



Content
          1. Do you separate content from presentation?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                        Yes, the Ektron CMS has full separation of content from
                           presentation.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                 Page 114 of 310
                                
                              Yes, this is how Content Server can maximize the reuseability of
                              content within and across sites.
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            Cascade Server provides a true separation of content and design
                              via template regions and the use of XML and XSL. In templates,
                              different regions are defined representing common publishing
                              elements such as header, footer, and navigation. The main body of
                              content is available for editing independent of these design
                              elements. With XML and XSL, pure data is stored and made
                              accessible in XML form. This XML, with its data about data, is
                              transformed by the appropriate XSL into a presentation formats
                              such as HTML, PDF, or WML.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            Yes.
                            Screenshot of a template in German CMS being selected for an
                              English site




                                                             QuickTime™ an d a
                                                         TIFF (LZW) decomp resso r
                                                      are need ed to see this picture .




                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                Page 115 of 310
                                  CommonSpot leverages the efficiency and flexibility of a modular
                                   system by separating form (formatting, layout, and style
                                   properties) from content. Instead of storing Web pages as static
                                   chunks of HTML code, CommonSpot stores the content and its
                                   properties in either separate tables within the content repository or
                                   as XML representations within the repository. This unique
                                   approach enables any number of authors participating in the
                                   creation and management process to re-use elements endlessly, in a
                                   myriad of combinations, to create Web pages tailored to the
                                   precise needs of every department.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                Yes. Adherence to a design is only possible when content and
                                   layout are managed separately. Content, navigation, and layout
                                   instructions are not clearly separated in HTML pages, however,
                                   text sections alternate with formatting instructions, links and
                                   scripts. This makes it difficult to maintain the pages. The clear
                                   separation of content and layout in RedDot CMS solves these
                                   problems, and even lets you enter content before the layout has
                                   been finalized. Since RedDot separates content from layout, clients
                                   can easily generate HTML and other text-based files such as XML,
                                   ASP, DHTML, SGML, WML, etc. You can use the same content
                                   for a Web site, a cell phone information service and to create paper
                                   documents. The same content can be output simultaneously for the
                                   Web site, a WAP service or any other applications. You can use
                                   RedDot to publish the same content in different ways. You can
                                   publish a project in multiple formats, such as different layouts or
                                   for different target groups (registered members, visitors,
                                   employees etc.). Administrators can create template variants, all
                                   with the same elements (such as header, text, image) but with
                                   different source codes to vary the layout and in different formats
                                   (i.e., HTML, XML and WML, etc.) if desired. Additional HTML
                                   variants are also possible, for example to redesign your entire site
                                   without disrupting the live site
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Yes.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                All SiteExecutive content is stored in XML with templates that
                                   control the presentation.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Vignette‘s core content management philosophy is the separation
                                   of content from presentation.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 116 of 310
          2. How do you enforce that separation?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                       The Ektron CMS provides the separation through the use of XML
                          content and alternatively through the use of Cascading style sheets.
               o EMC Software (Documentum)
               o Fatwire Software
                       We see our clients moving to CSS for look and feel control. The
                          content is stored as raw content and the look is applied at view or
                          publication time. Authors enter content into asset fields and those
                          fields are retrieved and display using the look and feel designed by
                          the designer.
               o FileNet Corp.
               o Globalscape
                       In templates, different regions are defined representing common
                          publishing elements such as header, footer, and navigation. The
                          main body of content is available for editing independent of these
                          design elements. With XML and XSL, pure data is stored and
                          made accessible in XML form. This XML, with its data about data,
                          is transformed by the appropriate XSL into a presentation formats
                          such as HTML, PDF, or WML.
               o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                       Content is controlled by the Hyperwave content management
                          system which stores actual content in databases (or optionally, on a
                          file system location that is under control of the Hyperwave
                          application). The presentation layer is web-based and controlled
                          by the Hyperwave web server. User-created web content is
                          controlled by the content management system.
               o Interwoven
               o Mediasurface, Inc.
                       Chose not to respond
               o Open Text Coporation
               o Oracle/PeopleSoft
               o PaperThin, Inc.
                       By managing content separate from its presentation CommonSpot
                          is able to present different and secured wizard interfaces for each
                          aspect. These interfaces can be secured individually thus allowing
                          the presentation settings (i.e. layout and styles) to be restricted
                          from the end user and only controlled by the template owner. The
                          end-user simply submits the content which is automatically
                          generated at the page level, enforcing the presentation of the
                          content on the page.
               o Percussion Software, Inc.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                             Page 117 of 310
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            Adherence to a design is only possible when content and layout are
                               managed separately. Content, navigation, and layout instructions
                               are not clearly separated in HTML pages, however, text sections
                               alternate with formatting instructions, links and scripts. This makes
                               it difficult to maintain the pages. The clear separation of content
                               and layout in RedDot CMS solves these problems, and even lets
                               you enter content before the layout has been finalized. Since
                               RedDot separates content from layout, clients can easily generate
                               HTML and other text-based files such as XML, ASP, DHTML,
                               SGML, WML, etc. You can use the same content for a Web site, a
                               cell phone information service and to create paper documents. The
                               same content can be output simultaneously for the Web site, a
                               WAP service or any other applications. You can use RedDot to
                               publish the same content in different ways. You can publish a
                               project in multiple formats, such as different layouts or for
                               different target groups (registered members, visitors, employees
                               etc.). Administrators can create template variants, all with the same
                               elements (such as header, text, image) but with different source
                               codes to vary the layout and in different formats (i.e., HTML,
                               XML and WML, etc.) if desired. Additional HTML variants are
                               also possible, for example to redesign your entire site without
                               disrupting the live site.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            The Collage content model promotes the separation of form from
                               content, allowing virtually unlimited re-use of content with support
                               for multiple layout templates and file formats, so content is easily
                               repurposed for many different target formats, layouts, or
                               languages. Reuse applies to files, user contributions, documents,
                               or outside data sources.
                            For example: Business user contributions and relevant metadata
                               are collected using the WYSIWYG editor and stored in XML
                               format, which are then collected by Collage at deploy time using a
                               content query to process the selected file, data, or document
                               content. Documents might be converted, and all content is then
                               merged with the declared layout template and file format (HTML,
                               CFM, JSP, WML, XML, etc.). Unlimited queries let you target
                               content in as many different ways as desired.
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            SiteExecutive enforces presentation with templates and style
                               sheets. Also, SiteExecutive can be extended to support structured
                               content where content contributors are only provided with an
                               HTML form with limited WYSIWYG editor functionality.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                   Page 118 of 310
                           Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                           Content can be entered independent of presentation and then
                              previewed in one or more presentation templates.

          3. How is existing content entered into the system?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                        With the Ektron CMS you can migrate existing database content
                           programmatically through our extensive API layer. Static
                           unstructured content can be migrated manually through copy and
                           paste, or drag and drop, or programmatically. On an ongoing basis
                           a CMS user enters content through the Ektron work area.
               o EMC Software (Documentum)
               o Fatwire Software
                        Existing content may be added via web form, Content Server BUI,
                           from MS-Word or from drag-n-drop desktop interface. A bulk
                           import tool is provided to bring large groups of content into the
                           server on an automated basis.
               o FileNet Corp.
               o Globalscape
                        Cascade Server supports numerous ways to upload content into the
                           system including zipping up content into zip files, web services,
                           and XML. Data can be acquired automatically through external
                           data sources via XML connectors. In addition, Cascade Server has
                           a data connector architecture to import legacy database content
                           automatically.
               o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                        Content can be imported using import tools, or dragged and
                           dropped into a folder structure. Hyperwave will automatically
                           reconcile the links in the web or desktop content.
               o Interwoven
               o Mediasurface, Inc.
                        Chose not to respond
               o Open Text Coporation
               o Oracle/PeopleSoft
               o PaperThin, Inc.
                        Existing content may be migrated into CommonSpot through its
                           Content Creation API, an effective method for populating pages,
                           images, and external documents through a programmatic fashion.
                           The Content Creation API allows developers to drive content
                           creation through a series of Web Services calls to custom API
                           methods. The API has calls for creating pages, deleting pages,
                           creating subsites, adding images, uploading documents, creating


The University of Texas - Arlington                                             Page 119 of 310
                              external URLs, populating Rich Text Block Elements and
                              Populating Global and Custom Elements.
                           Existing HTML or richly formatted text may also be entered by
                              copying and pasting directly into the WYSIWYG editor, thereby
                              preserving the formatting if so desired. Upon execution of the
                              paste command, CommonSpot presents to the user 0ptions on how
                              the pasted content will be converted to HTML code. The options
                              available to the user are determined by the actual content that is
                              being pasted, as well as the settings page and site-wide settings
                              defined. The options that are available include:
                                   Paste formatted - This option is available when formatting
                                      is detected in the pasted content. Options are provided to
                                      remove class and/or style attributes from pasted HTML
                                      tags, and to remove HTML <font> tags.
                                   Paste and replace non-standard fonts - This option is
                                      available when non-standard fonts are detected in the
                                      pasted content. An option is provided to remove class
                                      attributes from pasted HTML tags. When using this option,
                                      select the desired replacement font from the drop-down list.
                                   Paste without formatting - This option is available when
                                      formatting is detected in the pasted content. Options are
                                      provided to remove class and/or style attributes from pasted
                                      HTML tags.
                                   Paste plain - This option removes all HTML mark-up from
                                      the pasted content, inserting only plain text.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                           RedDot CMS and RedDot Import Manager will import ANY
                              structured or unstructured content located in any networked
                              location (including existing websites, XML repositories, image
                              repositories, data repositories, and document repositories), through
                              a single or batch process, along with associated metadata. Imported
                              content can be automatically applied to templates and added to an
                              approval process as well. If a client‘s content resides in an external
                              ODBC compliant datasource, RedDot CMS can import the content
                              by mapping a template and it is content placeholders to fields in
                              the database. During publishing, RedDot CMS applies the data to
                              the template and generates pages for each record found within the
                              database query. In order to refine the record set returns, the
                              administrator can easily modify the query. In addition to reading
                              external ODBC compliant data sources, RedDot can facilitate users
                              writing to external data sources. By using the RedDot CMS API,
                              administrators can create custom scripts that import content from
                              very specific sources, thereby enabling RedDot CMS to bring
                              source data from a variety of locations.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                   Page 120 of 310
                                     Collage Contributor is a personalized contribution assistant that
                                      automates the end-to-end process of contributing content to web
                                      sites. Unlike other content management products, which only
                                      address the authoring and editing of content, Collage Contributor
                                      integrates initiation, content authoring, properties, approvals and
                                      publishing operations into a unified web-based user interface.
                                      With Collage Contributor, the end user need not perform technical
                                      tasks such as check-in/check-out, versioning, metadata, workflow
                                      or publishing. Collage Contributor automatically manages these
                                      tasks while guiding the user through the entire contribution
                                      process.
                                     Collage Contributor includes a full-featured, browser-based
                                      WYSIWYG (What You See Is What You Get) editor that can be
                                      used on both Windows and Mac platforms. Content contributors
                                      use the WYSIWYG editor to create and modify text, images,
                                      graphics, tables, forms and links that appear within web pages.
                                     Using this intuitive editor, content contributors can directly add or
                                      modify content within a web page template. The editor supports a
                                      wide range of text-editing and content formatting commands from
                                      a word processor-like toolbar, including changing fonts, styles,
                                      alignment, links, images, tables and forms as well as spell
                                      checking of content.
                                     Administrators can determine on a field-by-field basis which of
                                      these formatting commands are available to the contributor. For
                                      instance, perhaps no formatting would be allowed in the headline
                                      of a press release, while inserting links and bold characters would
                                      be allowed in the body.
                                     Collage also controls what kinds of content can be added to
                                      particular templates. For instance, content contributors can be
                                      directed to select only specific sets of images for the home page of
                                      a site. This kind of editorial control is useful for ensuring
                                      consistency when multiple contributors are authoring the content
                                      for various pages on a web site.
                                     Why it matters:
                                            Collage Contributor requires little or no training to be
                                              proficient at contributing content to the web site.
                                            Content contributors can create and modify content in an
                                              intuitive, WYSIWYG fashion—making it easy for new
                                              users to become familiar with editing site content.
                                            Content contributors can immediately see how their
                                              changes will be presented on the web site.
                                            Site administrators maintain control over page structure,
                                              branding, navigation and look-and- feel—ensuring
                                              consistent, accurate presentation of site content.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                          Page 121 of 310
                                            Because the Collage editor is browser based, you save
                                             money over licensing and deploying a desktop-based
                                             editor.
                                     What it looks like:
                                         Collage Contributor automates the five tasks that are
                                             required to complete most content contribution operations:
                                             Initiation, Authoring, Properties, Approvals and Publishing.
                                         The screen shot sequence below represents a typical
                                             contribution process for adding a new press release page to
                                             a web site. Collage Contributor is aware of the user‘s
                                             permission level and will only present the user with the
                                             types of content and actions they are allowed to see and
                                             perform. In addition, Collage Contributor is aware of the
                                             end-to-end process requirements for any content type and
                                             automatically presents the user with the required and
                                             optional steps that must be completed to meet those
                                             requirements.
                                         Initiation: Upon successful login, the contributor is directed
                                             to the Collage Contributor dashboard shown below.




                                                                         QuickTime™ and a
                                                                     TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                                  are neede d to see this picture.




                                             In the following example, the user will add a new press
                                             release page to the site. Under ―Things I Can Do‖ they



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                        Page 122 of 310
                                          select the ―Create New Press Release‖ contribution
                                          assistant.
                                         Authoring: The user is then presented with a blank press
                                          release form in the Collage graphical editor. They can
                                          enter content into the page regions denoted by a dotted line.




                                                                      QuickTime™ and a
                                                                  TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                               are neede d to see this picture.




                                          When the desired press release content has been entered the
                                          user selects ―Next‖.
                                         Properties: If additional properties are required for this type
                                          of content, the contribution assistant will present the user
                                          with the required and optional property fields.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 123 of 310
                                                                      QuickTime™ and a
                                                                  TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                               are neede d to see this picture.




                                          When the properties have been entered the user selects
                                          ―Next‖.
                                         Approvals: The contribution assistant then presents the user
                                          with the available options for ―What‘s Next‖ for a press
                                          release page. These options are based on the user‘s
                                          permissions and the type of content being entered.




                                                                QuickTime™ and a
                                                            TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                         are neede d to see this picture.




                                          In this example, the user decides to deploy (―publish‖) the
                                          content to the production site.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 124 of 310
                                         Publishing: Based on the user‘s permissions and the type of
                                          content being entered, the user is presented with the
                                          available content deployment options.




                                                               QuickTime™ and a
                                                           TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                        are neede d to see this picture.




                                          In this example, the user decides to deploy the content
                                          ―Now‖. After making the choice the user selects ―Next‖
                                          and the press release contribution process is complete. The
                                          user is then returned to the Collage Contributor dashboard




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                     Page 125 of 310
                                             for the next operation.




                                                                         QuickTime™ and a
                                                                     TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                                  are neede d to see this picture.




                                     Desktop Application Integration (e.g. Office, Photoshop, Etc.)
                                          What it is:
                                                o Collage supports direct contribution of content from
                                                    any WebDAV-compliant desktop application such
                                                    as Microsoft Office, Adobe Photoshop, Quark
                                                    XPress, or Macromedia DreamWeaver. Using this
                                                    integration, the Collage repository is exposed to a
                                                    user as if it were a file folder. Users simply ―save
                                                    as‖ to the appropriate Collage folder. The content is
                                                    transparently checked in to the system and can be
                                                    automatically routed as part of a workflow process.
                                          Why it matters:
                                                o Content contributors can continue working within
                                                    familiar applications while taking advantage of the
                                                    robust change management capabilities of Collage.
                                                o Administrators aren‘t required to install anything on
                                                    a user‘s desktop to enable integration— Collage
                                                    uses standard technologies included in most popular
                                                    desktop authoring tools.
                                     Drag ‗n Drop Document Upload



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                        Page 126 of 310
                                           What it is:
                                               o Collage supports drag ‗n drop upload of content
                                                   directly from a users desktop. Using this feature,
                                                   users can upload one or many documents, images,
                                                   etc. directly to Collage by simply dragging and
                                                   dropping the assets.
                                         Why it matters:
                                               o Content contributors can rapidly upload content
                                                   through familiar means.
                                               o Administrators aren‘t required to install anything on
                                                   a user‘s desktop to enable integration— Collage
                                                   uses standard technologies included in most
                                                   common operating systems.
                                     Macromedia Contribute Support
                                         What it is:
                                               o Macromedia Contribute is a popular content
                                                   authoring application. When combined with
                                                   Collage, Macromedia Contribute users can take
                                                   advantage of enterprise-class web content
                                                   management features including:
                                                         Database generated sites (including support
                                                            for structured content, such as a press
                                                            release that is broken down into a headline,
                                                            body, etc.)
                                                         Robust change management capabilities
                                                            (versioning, auditing, workflow, searching,
                                                            etc.)
                                                         Flexible page and site generation
                                                         Sophisticated site publishing
                                         Why it matters:
                                               o Contribute users can continue working within the
                                                   familiar Contribute interface while taking advantage
                                                   of enterprise-class content management
                                                   functionality.
                                               o Collage users which desire thick-client editing for
                                                   content contributors can user Contribute, while
                                                   retaining all of the benefits of Collage.
                                     Macromedia DreamWeaver Support
                                         What it is:
                                               o Collage includes tight integration with Macromedia
                                                   DreamWeaver, allowing designers to check in and
                                                   check out assets directly from DreamWeaver
                                                   without ever leaving the DreamWeaver interface.
                                                   Additionally, pre-built drop-in components make it
                                                   possible to quickly create Collage templates that
                                                   will be used to assemble pages and sites. The drop-


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 127 of 310
                                                    in components will help you create templated pages,
                                                    sorted lists of content, site-wide navigation, and
                                                    pages that change based on the type of content
                                                    which is to be placed on them.
                                          Why it matters:
                                                 o Page designers can maintain productivity by
                                                    working directly within their preferred environment.
                                                 o Advanced users can create and edit content directly
                                                    within DreamWeaver.
                                     Collage allows a designer to use his/her design tool of choice when
                                      updating forms and templates.




                                                             QuickTime™ an d a
                                                         TIFF (LZW) decomp resso r
                                                      are need ed to see this picture .




                                      Additionally, through Collage‘s direct integration with
                                      Macromedia DreamWeaverTM users can add components to their




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                        Page 128 of 310
                                      web pages with the push of a button.




                                                                 QuickTime™ and a
                                                             TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                          are neede d to see this picture.




                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            Content migration is one of the daunting tasks for implementing a
                               web content management system. Systems Alliance tackled this
                               challenge by building our Content Import Utility (―CIU‖) that
                               significantly reduces the content migration level of effort. The CIU
                               preserves the site structure and migrates HTML into SiteExecutive
                               pages, automatically uploading binary files such as images and
                               documents. We often test existing sites with the CIU during pilot
                               implementations.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Vignette features a number of ways to automate the acquisition and
                               loading of existing content into the Vignette Content Management
                               System, including the use of the Vignette Business Integration
                               Studio which contains an adapter for the VCM. This allows for
                               diverse content that currently resides in multiple formats to be
                               standardized into the system.

          4. What other authoring tools may be used in conjunction with the system (list
             product and version)?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                         Ektron‘s CMS includes integrated Document Management (DMS).
                           Content authored within the DMS can be created using any MS



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                    Page 129 of 310
                                  Office component (i.e. Word, Excel, etc) or Open Office
                                  component.
                     o     EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o     Fatwire Software
                                Along with Content Servers multiple UIs for content Authouring,
                                  tools like MS-Word 2000 can be used for creating content.
                     o     FileNet Corp.
                     o     Globalscape
                                For content authoring, a user may use the modern editing tool of
                                  their choice such, as Microsoft word, Open Office, Dreamweaver.
                     o     Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                                The Hyperwave system uses any content authoring tool that is
                                  supported by the workstation‘s desktop, such as MS Office.
                                  Hyperwave includes a WYSIWYG HTML editor for web content.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                Users may wish to continue to create HTML content using their
                                  favorite HTML editing tools. Users can paste HTML code sample
                                  directly into the WYSIWYG editor. Any included ‗<‘ and ‗>‘
                                  characters are converted to HTML entities ‗&lt;‘ and ‗&gt;‘
                                  respectively so that the content will not be interpreted and thus
                                  rendered as HTML. The WYSIWYG editor supports an HTML
                                  View of the content rendered to allow for in-line editing of the
                                  HTML directly. This view can be turned off or hidden as
                                  necessary.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot CMS allows you to cut and paste content from all
                                  Microsoft Office applications, including Microsoft Word. In
                                  addition, files in formats such as Word and Adobe PDF can be
                                  uploaded and converted if required. Users can create content in any
                                  standard tool and then copy it into the full-featured browser-based
                                  text editor. RedDot does enforce encoding and formatting. RedDot
                                  also integrates with Microsoft word to allow authors to create
                                  content in word and then publish to a RedDot template. In
                                  addition, 3rd party text editors may be integrated as well.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Desktop Application Integration (e.g. Office, Photoshop, Etc.)
                                       What it is:
                                               o Collage supports direct contribution of content from
                                                   any WebDAV-compliant desktop application such
                                                   as Microsoft Office, Adobe Photoshop, Quark


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                    Page 130 of 310
                                                    XPress, or Macromedia DreamWeaver. Using this
                                                    integration, the Collage repository is exposed to a
                                                    user as if it were a file folder. Users simply ―save
                                                    as‖ to the appropriate Collage folder. The content is
                                                    transparently checked in to the system and can be
                                                    automatically routed as part of a workflow process.
                                          Why it matters:
                                                o Content contributors can continue working within
                                                    familiar applications while taking advantage of the
                                                    robust change management capabilities of Collage.
                                                o Administrators aren‘t required to install anything on
                                                    a user‘s desktop to enable integration— Collage
                                                    uses standard technologies included in most popular
                                                    desktop authoring tools.
                                     Drag ‗n Drop Document Upload
                                          What it is:
                                                o Collage supports drag ‗n drop upload of content
                                                    directly from a users desktop. Using this feature,
                                                    users can upload one or many documents, images,
                                                    etc. directly to Collage by simply dragging and
                                                    dropping the assets.
                                          Why it matters:
                                                o Content contributors can rapidly upload content
                                                    through familiar means.
                                                o Administrators aren‘t required to install anything on
                                                    a user‘s desktop to enable integration— Collage
                                                    uses standard technologies included in most
                                                    common operating systems.
                                     Macromedia Contribute Support
                                          What it is:
                                                o Macromedia Contribute is a popular content
                                                    authoring application. When combined with
                                                    Collage, Macromedia Contribute users can take
                                                    advantage of enterprise-class web content
                                                    management features including:
                                                         Database generated sites (including support
                                                             for structured content, such as a press
                                                             release that is broken down into a headline,
                                                             body, etc.)
                                                         Robust change management capabilities
                                                             (versioning, auditing, workflow, searching,
                                                             etc.)
                                                         Flexible page and site generation
                                                         Sophisticated site publishing
                                          Why it matters:



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                        Page 131 of 310
                                                 o Contribute users can continue working within the
                                                    familiar Contribute interface while taking advantage
                                                    of enterprise-class content management
                                                    functionality.
                                                 o Collage users which desire thick-client editing for
                                                    content contributors can user Contribute, while
                                                    retaining all of the benefits of Collage.
                                     Macromedia DreamWeaver Support
                                          What it is:
                                                 o Collage includes tight integration with Macromedia
                                                    DreamWeaver, allowing designers to check in and
                                                    check out assets directly from DreamWeaver
                                                    without ever leaving the DreamWeaver interface.
                                                    Additionally, pre-built drop-in components make it
                                                    possible to quickly create Collage templates that
                                                    will be used to assemble pages and sites. The drop-
                                                    in components will help you create templated pages,
                                                    sorted lists of content, site-wide navigation, and
                                                    pages that change based on the type of content
                                                    which is to be placed on them.
                                          Why it matters:
                                                 o Page designers can maintain productivity by
                                                    working directly within their preferred environment.
                                                 o Advanced users can create and edit content directly
                                                    within DreamWeaver.
                                     Collage allows a designer to use his/her design tool of choice when
                                      updating forms and templates.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                        Page 132 of 310
                                                           QuickTime™ an d a
                                                       TIFF (LZW) decomp ressor
                                                    are need ed to see this p icture .




                                      Additionally, through Collage‘s direct integration with
                                      Macromedia DreamWeaverTM users can add components to their
                                      web pages with the push of a button.




                                                               QuickTime™ and a
                                                           TIFF (LZW) decomp resso r
                                                        are need ed to see this picture.




                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            Content authors are required to use the editing capabilities in
                               SiteExecutive. This ensures consistent navigation and branding.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 133 of 310
                     o Vignette
                           Vignette features its own Content Object Editor which provides a
                              fill in the blank interface with data entry ―widgets‖ for various
                              attributes such as a date picker, selection list, WSIWYG editor and
                              others. Additionally, via the Business Integration Studio, users can
                              contribute content through Microsoft Word, Excel, HTML/XML
                              editors, and many other means of contribution. Typically, authors
                              would utilize the in-context editing capabilities provided by the
                              Dynamic Site or Dynamic Portal Modules.

          5. What sort of support for those authoring tools is provided?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                         Content authoring done within MSOffice can either be done using
                            a thin-client version of the office component within the CMS
                            administrative workspace or done natively within office. Ektron
                            provides an ―Office Toolbar‖ that allows CMS authors to use
                            office components directly on Office documents stored within the
                            CMS document repository.
               o EMC Software (Documentum)
               o Fatwire Software
                         Support is provided through FatWire‘s support organization.
               o FileNet Corp.
               o Globalscape
                         Support staffs are available to instruct users on how to use
                            authoring tools, as long as those tools are supported by the CMS.
               o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                         The included Hyperwave HTML editor is a fully supported
                            application. 3rd party content editors are supported by based on
                            the OS. Integration between the content editors and Hyperwave is
                            managed by the operating system using the Hyperwave Explorer.
               o Interwoven
               o Mediasurface, Inc.
                         Chose not to respond
               o Open Text Coporation
               o Oracle/PeopleSoft
               o PaperThin, Inc.
                         Please see the response provided above.
               o Percussion Software, Inc.
               o RedDot Solutions
                         RedDot provides integration to external authoring tools, such as
                            text editors. Support for each tool would be based on and provided
                            by the tool vendor.
               o Serena Software, Inc.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                 Page 134 of 310
                                Please see response above.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                See response to 4. above.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                There is full support for the Vignette Content Editors and Business
                                   Integration studio.

          6. What features make content creation / editing easy?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                        The Ektron CMS provides easy content creation and editing
                           through our industry leading WYSIWYG editor, eWebEditPro. We
                           have designed eWebEditPro to have a Microsoft word feel to
                           provide your non-technical users with a familiar environment.
               o EMC Software (Documentum)
               o Fatwire Software
                        Content Servers web based interfaces and InSite Editing
                           capabilities makes creating and editing content for authors simple.
                           InSite Editing allows users to browse the website in context and
                           make changes and adds on screen.
               o FileNet Corp.
               o Globalscape
                        Upon logging into the CMS the user is greeted with their own
                           personalized dashboard. On the dashboard the user will notice a
                           list of predefined asset types they are allowed to create, such as a
                           page or press release, usually determined by the folders to which
                           they have access. Once the user has selected the asset type, they
                           are presented with an authoring environment most appropriate to
                           the asset they are creating. They may be presented with a
                           structured form (data definition, WYSIWYG, or combination of
                           both editing environments. In either editing environment they
                           have the option to select appropriate formatting options such as a
                           header as well as an image chooser. Using the image chooser the
                           user has the option to browse their desktop and quickly upload an
                           image or select one from the image repository inside the CMS. In
                           a similar fashion, the user can browse and link to other pages
                           managed by the CMS.
               o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                        The Hyperwave HTML editor is WYSIWYG compliant and
                           content is automatically saved and registered with the Hyperwave


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                    Page 135 of 310
                                  CMS. Additionally, all content created need not be edited or
                                  translated to work with Hyperwave, and no new applications are
                                  required just to make content ―Hyperwave compliant‖. Users need
                                  only be taught to save content they‘ve always created to the chosen
                                  Hyperwave folder. Hyperwave automatically manages the entire
                                  process from there.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                CommonSpot provides simple authoring tools that support the
                                  various skill levels of those contributing to the site. Intuitive user
                                  interface components, role-based menus, and interactive wizards
                                  guide occasional and non-technical users though creating, updating
                                  and personalizing content, establishing security and managing the
                                  approval workflow.
                                CommonSpot was designed with business users in mind.
                                  CommonSpot is intuitive and easy to use, as all authoring, editing,
                                  scheduling, approving and publishing of content happens within
                                  the context of the page. All the functionality for creating and
                                  publishing content (as well as managing user access and security)
                                  happens within the browser. No client software besides the
                                  browser is required, nor is it necessary to navigate to a separate
                                  application or URL.
                                CommonSpot was designed specifically to allow non-technical
                                  users to create and publish content in a secure and controlled
                                  environment. There are several features that make it very easy for
                                  non-technical users to manage content within CommonSpot. They
                                  include the following:
                                       In-context editing - Content contributors manage all
                                          content directly within the context of their site. There‘s no
                                          need to navigate to external applications, they simply can
                                          navigate to the page/content they wish to edit and (given
                                          the proper permissions) can edit the content directly in
                                          context.
                                       Role-based access – CommonSpot presents user interface
                                          components, menus, interactive dialog wizards, and
                                          functionality based on a user‘s specified role – designer,
                                          author, editor, style, approver or administrator. Options that
                                          are not applicable are hidden from the user, greatly
                                          simplifying use.
                                ‗Edit‘ mode indicators are exposed based on a user‘s role and the
                                  security defined at the site, subsite, page, element or template
                                  level, allowing users to update or revise content only for which


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 136 of 310
                                      they have rights to do so.




                                     Context Sensitive Wizards – A ‘click here’ interface and dialog
                                      wizards help guide the user through the process of contributing
                                      content. Each element has a context sensitive wizard for
                                      creating/uploading content and managing the layout or display of
                                      the content.
                                     Out-of-the-box, CommonSpot provides over 50+ easy to use
                                      wizard driven elements (plus administrators/site designers can
                                      create their own content objects for use by system users). Several
                                      of these elements use common wizards or components, making it
                                      easy for a non-technical user. Once a user learns how to interact
                                      with a component in one element, they are familiar with them
                                      through all 50+ elements.
                                     Many of the wizards were purposely designed to look like standard
                                      Microsoft Office interfaces, in order to leverage user’s familiarity
                                      with functionality and help users be effective immediately.
                                      Examples of such common components include common link
                                      handling wizards, common image wizards, and a common, easy to
                                      use WYSIWYG editor (Rich Text Editor).




                     o Percussion Software, Inc.



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                         Page 137 of 310
                     o RedDot Solutions
                           With the RedDot SmartEdit Technology, your associates do not
                              need any HTML skills to author and edit content - all they need is
                              a Web browser. After logging on to RedDot CMS, the project is
                              displayed in its familiar look - in a what-you-see-is-what-you-get
                              (WYSIWYG) view of the site. Your employees navigate to the
                              pages they need to edit, where red dots clearly indicate the areas
                              that can be changed based on administrator assigned privileges.
                              Clicking on a red dot opens the edit mode, where everything else
                              can be accomplished with just a few inputs and clicks of the
                              mouse. Depending on the object, either a simple input form, an
                              easy-to-use text editor, or a screen layout dialog appears. Your
                              employees can make incremental changes and verify them
                              immediately in the browser. When the editing is finished, the page
                              is either published directly to the live server or submitted to the
                              responsible associate for approval depending on the applicable
                              workflow(s). This approach enables even the most complex Web
                              sites and intranets to be maintained quickly and easily without any
                              need for programming or special skills.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                           Collage Contributor is a personalized contribution assistant that
                              automates the end-to-end process of contributing content to web
                              sites. Unlike other content management products, which only
                              address the authoring and editing of content, Collage Contributor
                              integrates initiation, content authoring, properties, approvals and
                              publishing operations into a unified web-based user interface.
                              With Collage Contributor, the end user need not perform technical
                              tasks such as check-in/check-out, versioning, metadata, workflow
                              or publishing. Collage Contributor automatically manages these
                              tasks while guiding the user through the entire contribution
                              process.
                           Collage Contributor includes a full-featured, browser-based
                              WYSIWYG (What You See Is What You Get) editor that can be
                              used on both Windows and Mac platforms. Content contributors
                              use the WYSIWYG editor to create and modify text, images,
                              graphics, tables, forms and links that appear within web pages.
                           Using this intuitive editor, content contributors can directly add or
                              modify content within a web page template. The editor supports a
                              wide range of text-editing and content formatting commands from
                              a word processor-like toolbar, including changing fonts, styles,
                              alignment, links, images, tables and forms as well as spell
                              checking of content.
                           Administrators can determine on a field-by-field basis which of
                              these formatting commands are available to the contributor. For
                              instance, perhaps no formatting would be allowed in the headline




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                 Page 138 of 310
                                   of a press release, while inserting links and bold characters would
                                   be allowed in the body.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive excels at content creation for the non-technical user.
                                   Our user interface is extremely intuitive.
                                CMS implementations can succeed or fail on the basis of ease of
                                   use for non- technical users. We have invested extensively in the
                                   development of our UI and have continuously improved it with
                                   input from our users. The WYSIWYG editor is very similar to
                                   word processing and email products which makes it possible for
                                   non-technical users with no knowledge of HTML to be
                                   immediately successful. For example, the object inclusion module
                                   allows designers/content authors to embed binary content such as
                                   mp3, movies and/or flash objects by just selecting the resource.
                                   No HTML knowledge is required.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Built-in WYSIWYG editors as well as the capability for content
                                   contributors to utilize existing desktop tools such as Microsoft
                                   Word or publishing tools such as Adobe InDesign make Vignette‘s
                                   contribution model ―best of class‖ in regards to ease of use
                                   particularly for non-technical users.

          7. How much training is required for non-technical contributors able to contribute?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                      In general non-technical users with basic computer skills can use
                          the Ektron CMS efficiently after just a few hours of training.
               o EMC Software (Documentum)
               o Fatwire Software
                      Depending on type of user, training dependent on the content they
                          are creating. Most of the training is done by customers themselves
                          and if focused on their content, naming conventions, and
                          workflow.
               o FileNet Corp.
               o Globalscape
                      Contributors comfortable browsing the internet and using web
                          based email should have no trouble using Cascade. Once the client
                          site has been integrated into the CMS, a few hours of hands on
                          training should suffice. Plus users can reference our publicly



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                     Page 139 of 310
                                  available users guide by clicking on the ―help‖ icon within the
                                  CMS.
                     o     Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                                As stated in the previous question, contributors need only be taught
                                  in what folders to save content to have their content rendered in
                                  Hyperwave. Advanced editing will require training in operating
                                  the content management system, which can be accomplished in a
                                  single day.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                Most higher education customers prefer to train their non-technical
                                  contributors using internal resources and are successful in getting
                                  them up to speed on the product within half day to full day of
                                  training at the most. CommonSpot provides a wizard driven
                                  interface that is intuitive and easy to use.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot is so intuitive that non-technical users can usually be
                                  trained in 30 minutes or less.
                                In addition, there are numerous built-in capabilities to ensure
                                  minimal training and support issues:
                                       In-context instructions can be embedded into the interface
                                       Help button providing in-context help on every screen
                                       Inline editing available
                                       End user manual that fits on a coffee mug or mouse pad
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                    Page 140 of 310
                                     One hour or none. We believe the Collage Contributor allows
                                      most contributors to learn contribution on their own.




                                                                QuickTime™ and a
                                                            TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                         are neede d to see this picture.




                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            Our end-user training is a 4 hour course, with non-technical users
                               building content within the first two hours. Middle school students
                               with no technology training have designed web sites in three hours
                               or less.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Depending on how Vignette is deployed there is very little training
                               required for non-technical contributors. Vignette ―Vue‖ training is
                               CD-based training that can customized for a customer‘s specific
                               implementation. Content Contribution can be as simple as going
                               to the page the needs to be edited and clicking on a pencil that
                               brings up a fill in the blank form.

          8. How does it handle existing dynamic content (PHP, CFM, ASP, JSP)?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 141 of 310
                     o Day Software, Inc.
                     o Ektron, Inc.
                            The ektron CMS is a dynamic system itself. Dynamic content not
                              managed within the CMS can reside on the templates side by side
                              with the Ektron CMS controls. Ektron‘s component-based
                              architecture will allow clients the flexibility of using custom code
                              and third-party applications on their CMS-managed website.
                     o EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o Fatwire Software
                            Content Server will serve JSP dynamic content, manage it‘s
                              delivery, and even handle caching of objects that are need for more
                              static type delivery.
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            As server-side scripting technologies such as JSP, ASP, .NET, etc.
                              become more prevalent, there is in increased demand for Cascade
                              Server to support embedding of these types of code into published
                              files or pages.
                            The problem is that much of this code would not pass through an
                              XML validator. For example, the JSP tags <% and %> used to
                              evaluate a JSP scriptlet are not valid XML and so could not be
                              directly embedded in an XML/XHTML Block, Template, or Page
                              within the system. The solution is to embed this code inside
                              specialized XML comments that go through some string
                              processing during the rewrite phase of file and page rendering.
                              These blocks of XML comments will be called " Code Sections."
                              Currently, there are two types of code sections supported in the
                              application: Passthrough Code Sections, and Root Code Sections.
                            These code sections could be included in any type of asset that
                              eventually makes it into a file or page because pages and files are
                              the only publishable assets in the system. This means that they
                              could be embedded in a block, template, stylesheet, the default
                              region of a page, or in the text of file.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            Dynamic content is rendered by the browser. As such, Hyperwave
                              only manages it, but does not affect its display. Custom
                              applications like ASP and JSP are supported via COM and Java
                              APIs.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            The engine that drives CommonSpot features and functionality is
                              Adobe‘s Macromedia ColdFusion, thus ColdFusion modules can


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                 Page 142 of 310
                                   be easily integrated into the CommonSpot framework (page) using
                                   an out-of-the-box ‗Custom Script‘ element (content object). To
                                   include CFM code, a developer simply needs to implement a
                                   ColdFusion module and upload that module into the appropriate
                                   site‘s ‗customcf‘ directory. The ‗Custom script‘ points to the
                                   appropriate module and is rendered. Alternatively, the relative
                                   path to an existing ColdFusion module located somewhere else on
                                   the server can be specified when the Custom Script element is
                                   added to a page.
                                Applications built in languages such as ASP, PHP or JSP can be
                                   integrated seamlessly using CommonSpot‘s Custom Script
                                   Element with Static Content Generation. Under static content
                                   generation, the code is ‗wrappered‘ to process on the page outside
                                   the ColdFusion environment.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot CMS is programming language agnostic and completely
                                   browser based, therefore handling all Browser languages (all
                                   scripting languages, markup, etc.). In addition, through the use of
                                   the ‗Media‘ element, RedDot can extract and publish external files
                                   that contain external code modules.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Collage content assets are defined as ―any‖ form of content
                                   including, but not limited to, HTML, images, desktop documents
                                   (like Word, PDF, etc.), structured forms, and code (like ASP, JSP,
                                   CFM, PHP, etc.). All content assets are versioned and can be
                                   searched and audited. One significant benefit of this approach to
                                   content storage and management is that Collage offers very good
                                   Document Management and Digital Asset Management
                                   capabilities out-of-box.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                In SiteExecutive, a customer may deploy other web applications
                                   within the same webroot or convert them into custom modules
                                   leveraging the SiteExecutive API. If dynamic applications are
                                   converted into custom modules, non-technical users can deploy
                                   these dynamic applications by just dropping the module on a page
                                   or template (assuming that the designer/content author has the
                                   proper permissions).
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Vignette can both acquire content that is currently be served as
                                   well as deliver content to any of these platforms in any form
                                   necessary, including database and file system delivery.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 143 of 310
          9. To what extent are Flash files supported?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                        The Ektron CMS supports the use of Flash. Using the Ektron CMS
                           you are able to drag and drop your flash files to be managed within
                           the Ektron CMS. Once managed within the CMS you are able to
                           update basic properties, such as loop back, dimensions, etc, on the
                           fly using the CMS. Additional editing of the flash itself can be
                           done by checking out the Flash and editing it on your local
                           machine.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                        Flash is fully supported.
                o FileNet Corp.
                o Globalscape
                        Flash files are treated like any other asset, and are stored as such.
                           They can be uploaded and placed in a default repository, or they
                           can be stored with other relevant content, at the discretion of the
                           administrator. Like other assets, metadata, searching, browsing,
                           versioning, and workflows are all applicable to documents and
                           files uploaded into the system.
                o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                        Flash files are fully supported.
                o Interwoven
                o Mediasurface, Inc.
                        Chose not to respond
                o Open Text Coporation
                o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                o PaperThin, Inc.
                        CommonSpot supports native Flash files through a predefined
                           Flash element or content object.
                o Percussion Software, Inc.
                o RedDot Solutions
                        RedDot CMS can manage compiled binaries along with content.
                           Following a paradigm similar to its content management
                           procedures that seamlessly weaves compiled components with
                           Web content, the system can create a placeholder container within
                           a Web page and call a compiled component, such as a flash file.
                o Serena Software, Inc.
                        Collage stores all content assets in its central repository database.
                           Content assets are defined as ―any‖ form of content including, but
                           not limited to, HTML, images, desktop documents (like Word,
                           PDF,etc.), structured forms, and code (like ASP, CFM, PHP, etc.).


The University of Texas - Arlington                                              Page 144 of 310
                                      All content assets are versioned and can be searched and audited.
                                      One significant benefit of this approach to content storage and
                                      management is that Collage offers very good Document
                                      Management and Digital Asset Management capabilities out-of-
                                      box.
                                     Many content management products only store unique identifiers
                                      (UID) in their central repository database and not the actual
                                      content assets. Each UID points to a file that is managed in the file
                                      system.
                                     The file typically represents a web page and contains only
                                      structured content and HTML code. Unstructured content assets
                                      like images, desktop application files (like Word, PDF, etc.) and
                                      code files are stored in separate files and ―linked‖ to the pages.
                                      This means that the unstructured assets are not versioned by the
                                      CMS application. This also means that the CMS cannot provide
                                      even basic Document Management or Digital Asset Management
                                      capabilities without purchasing optional applications that are often
                                      not tightly integrated to the CMS.
                                     Collage has the ability to include any images or digital media into
                                      the web page content, such as video and audio file types. Collage
                                      will store and allow users to work with content from all native MS
                                      Office files, connect into existing data sources (via JDBC/ODBC),
                                      and Collage supports complex documents. In addition selectable,
                                      automatic conversion of document assets to HTML, PDF or
                                      PostScript lets web developers separate the destination format from
                                      the editing or creation format.
                                     Any file or object that is managed by Collage is an asset. Assets
                                      are automatically version managed and assigned an asset type
                                      based on its file extension, which determines what additional
                                      metadata may be captured. Examples of assets include: HTML,
                                      XHTML, XML, Text pages, Image files (GIF, JPG etc), server
                                      pages (CFM‘s, ASP‘s, JSP‘s), site structure, master pages, source
                                      logic, compiled application code, etc.
                                     For those types of files that are not included within Collage‘s
                                      extensive Asset Type list, project administrators can easily create
                                      their own asset types and add them to the system, assigning their




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                          Page 145 of 310
                                      default role and behavior in the project. (see screenshot below)




                                                      QuickTime™ an d a
                                                  TIFF (LZW) decomp ressor
                                               are need ed to see this p icture .




                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            SiteExecutive supports Flash. Flash files are uploaded into
                               SiteExecutive and then added to a page or template using our
                               Object Inclusion module. No HTML knowledge is required to
                               leverage the Flash on a page or template.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Flash files can be uploaded, managed, and delivered just like any
                               other static file. Vignette does not contain the ability to create or
                               edit the actual flash file.



Workflow
          1. Does the user build workflows in a GUI environment?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                         Page 146 of 310
                                     Yes, CMS400.net does allow for the building of workflows within
                                      a GUI environment.




                     o EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o Fatwire Software
                            Yes, the workflow is controlled within the Content Server‘s BUI.
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            Yes, Cascade Server has a visual workflow builder incorporated in
                              to the CMS GUI.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            Yes.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            Yes.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            RedDot CMS includes a GUI drag-and-drop Workflow designer to
                              build and model workflows. This feature contains a palette of
                              available content approval, integration, publishing and forwarding
                              (which forwards content to the on-board archive or other integrated
                              systems) "Reaction" tasks, where the administrator can click and
                              drag Reactions onto the workflow workplace, automatically
                              linking them in succession. This interface also allows
                              administrators to configure the properties of the Reaction tasks.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            Workflow tasks are created through a point-and-click wizard
                              interface; no scripting, programming or other technical expertise is




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 147 of 310
                                      required. Below is a view of the interface used to build workflows.




                                                           QuickTime™ and a
                                                       TIFF (LZW) deco mpressor
                                                    are neede d to se e this picture.




                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            Approval workflows are configured within a GUI environment.
                               Each folder/site can have different workflows that can contain up
                               to n-level approval process steps. Workflow can be assigned to an
                               individual SiteExecutive user or a group
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Vignette Workflow is defined via a plugin template to Microsoft
                               Visio, which is a GUI environment.

          2. Does the application support "task-based" workflows (approval/progress through
             the workflow not only by level or role, but also by task completed)?
                 o Alfresco
                 o Cignex (Plone)
                 o Day Software, Inc.
                 o Ektron, Inc.
                         Yes, the Ektron CMS supports task-based workflow.
                 o EMC Software (Documentum)
                 o Fatwire Software
                         Yes, the workflow also supports committee voting and timed
                            escalation.
                 o FileNet Corp.
                 o Globalscape


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                        Page 148 of 310
                                Yes, the workflow system allows for ―task-based‖ progress.
                     o     Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                                Yes.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                A workflow approval process can be assigned at a multitude of
                                  levels including:
                                       All pages within a site or subsite
                                       Page
                                       Sections of a page or content objects. For example, a home
                                          pagemay contain a ―Welcome‖ text block that is approved
                                          by Public Relations and a ―Featured Headlines‖ list that is
                                          managed by news bureau.
                                       Template- Approval workflow may be assigned to a
                                          ‗content‘ template thus requiring all edits to be approved.
                                          In addition, a workflow can be embedded in a template so
                                          that all pages that derive from the template inherit its
                                          workflow.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot CMS has advanced workflow functionality. Project
                                  administrators can assign a workflow to every content area in a
                                  project. The workflow system is based on an action-reaction
                                  formula and administered via an easy to use drag and drop GUI
                                  interface - no programming is necessary to configure or manage
                                  workflow. An action can trigger multiple reactions with multiple
                                  users/groups involved. For example, when a page is created, the
                                  author submits it to workflow, where the next person in the
                                  workflow either needs to approve the content or simply be notified.
                                  At that point, the content would be reviewed and either approved
                                  or rejected. If approved, content is released to either the next level
                                  of workflow or published. If rejected, the content is sent either to
                                  the author or the previous person in the workflow system. If
                                  content has not been approved in a timely manner, it can be
                                  escalated to a higher approval level. The combination of action and
                                  reaction is completely configurable by RedDot administrators and
                                  there are an unlimited number of workflows, action-reactions, and
                                  workflow branches that may be defined for the approval process.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Yes. With Collage task management is a feature that enables you
                                  to manage all of the development, writing, editing, and approval
                                  stages for your Web site assets. You can define as many different


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 149 of 310
                                   types of workflow process as you want, with as many workflow
                                   states as necessary for the different kinds of tasks in your project.
                                   You can also require team members to complete all work on the
                                   project in context of their tasks, so all work is thoroughly tracked.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive supports approval workflows only at this time.
                                   Additional functionality is currently in the product development
                                   cycle.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Vignette supports ―task-based‖ workflows

          3. Does the application support "nested" workflows?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                         At this time the Ektron CMS does not support nested workflows.
                            Each workflow variation needs to be created individually and
                            applied to appropriate content.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                         Yes, branching is also supported.
                o FileNet Corp.
                o Globalscape
                         Cascade does not currently support nested workflows, however it
                            is feature request being considered for future development.
                            Cascade Server will support parallel workflows.
                o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                         Yes. The Hyperwave workflow engine supports parallel
                            processing with convergence points, with no limit number of
                            parallel paths in a given segment, and no limit to the number of
                            segments of parallel steps in a workflow. Workflows are able to
                            invoke other workflows in the system, or ―callouts‖ to other
                            workflows, with no limit to number of sub-workflows.
                o Interwoven
                o Mediasurface, Inc.
                         Chose not to respond
                o Open Text Coporation
                o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                o PaperThin, Inc.
                         CommonSpot supports a ‗pipelined‘ workflow where in a multi-
                            step process those first in the approval process are notified of


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                        Page 150 of 310
                                   pending approval and then once approved, those in the second step
                                   are notified of the approval.
                                It is possible to establish an approval group and to require one or
                                   all members of the group to approve the content.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot CMS uses the RedDot XCMS BPM workflow to create
                                   nested and sub-workflows. The RedDot CMS workflow is
                                   stateful, allowing these sub-workflows to execute and complete
                                   before continuing.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                At this time Collage does not support ―nested‖ workflows.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                Please provide more information or examples regarding your
                                   definition of nested workflows to ensure that we have accurately
                                   interpreted the information you are seeking.
                                SiteExecutive supports an inherited model for the approval
                                   workflow with the ability to further define at a sub folder level. For
                                   example, you can define a site level workflow that John must
                                   approve. At folder A, Susan is added to the approval workflow. As
                                   a result, all contents in folder A must first be approved by Susan,
                                   then by John.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Yes, VCM supports ―nested‖ workflows.

          4. How many levels of nesting will it support?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                      N/A
               o EMC Software (Documentum)
               o Fatwire Software
                      As many as are required.
               o FileNet Corp.
               o Globalscape
                      N/A see above
               o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                      There is no practical limit on the level of workflow nesting.
               o Interwoven
               o Mediasurface, Inc.
                      Chose not to respond


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 151 of 310
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            CommonSpot imposes no limit on the number of workflows you
                               can create and the steps (levels) in the process.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            RedDot supports an unlimited number of levels for nested
                               workflow
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            N/A
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            Please provide more information or examples regarding your
                               definition of nested workflows to ensure that we have accurately
                               interpreted the information you are seeking.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            There is no limit to the number of processes, steps, and people
                               supported by Vignette workflow.

          5. Are there any limits to the nesting?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                         N/A
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                         No.
                o FileNet Corp.
                o Globalscape
                         N/A see above
                o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                         For practical use there is no limit to workflow nesting.
                            Theoretically there could a database constraint on the nesting (a
                            limit of the technology of Oracle or MS SQL) but we are not aware
                            of any such limit.
                o Interwoven
                o Mediasurface, Inc.
                         Chose not to respond
                o Open Text Coporation
                o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                o PaperThin, Inc.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                 Page 152 of 310
                                  CommonSpot imposes no limit on the number of workflows you
                                   can create and the steps (levels) in the process.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot supports unlimited nesting for workflow
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                N/A
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                Please provide more information or examples regarding your
                                   definition of nested workflows to ensure that we have accurately
                                   interpreted the information you are seeking.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                No.

          6. Does the application support "rules-based" workflow (based on content or type of
             content)?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                         The Ektron CMS does not support rules-based workflow at this
                            time. The Ektron CMS allows workflow to be applied to content
                            folders or content items them selves. When workflow is applied to
                            a content folder and inherited through the child elements, the
                            workflow is applied to each element regardless of content type.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                         Yes, this is the primary way to define what content is workflowed.
                o FileNet Corp.
                o Globalscape
                         Yes, workflows can be instantiated based on the type of content
                            that is being created or edited.
                o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                         Hyperwave includes an API that allows the system to make
                            decisions based upon the type of content, and metadata that
                            categorizes the content.
                o Interwoven
                o Mediasurface, Inc.
                         Chose not to respond
                o Open Text Coporation
                o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                o PaperThin, Inc.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                     Page 153 of 310
                                Please refer to the response provided for item 2 above.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                Yes. Workflows can be designed based on rules for specific
                                   content or types of content.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Yes. Collage supports task based workflows that can have parallel
                                   and serial states. Workflows are not restricted to content type are
                                   granted to be viewed and used at the user/group level.
                                Collage allows content to enter a workflow based upon several
                                   ―rules‖. Collage wants end users to not have to worry about what
                                   workflow is needed when creating content. From Collage‘s
                                   Personalized Contribution Assistant, when end users click Done,
                                   the newly created content can automatically enter a specific
                                   workflow.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive workflow is assigned at the folder/site level and
                                   does not provide content based workflow at present.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Each content type can have its own workflow and there can also be
                                   different workflow for creation and editing of existing content.

          7. How is workflow designed and managed?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                        The Ektron CMS workflow is managed through the CMS work
                          area. Workflow can be assigned on a folder level or a content level.
                          When assigned on a folder level the workflow is inherited down
                          through all child elements until the inheritance is broken (much
                          like windows system permissions).
               o EMC Software (Documentum)
               o Fatwire Software
                        Workflow is designed and managed from the Content Server UI.
               o FileNet Corp.
               o Globalscape
                        The workflow engine is fully customizable to include steps such as
                          submit, approve, and publish. A variety of triggers and actions can
                          be associated with each step in the workflow. The built-in visual
                          workflow builder allows for the creation and management of any



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                     Page 154 of 310
                             type of workflow assigned to any number of users or groups, and
                             unlimited levels of approvals and routing.
                           A workflow can have an unlimited number of reviewers. They
                             cannot, however, all access the item at once. To avoid the
                             confusion of creating multiple drafts of the same item, workflows
                             progress from one person or group to the next in an organized,
                             predefined manner. Once a workflow has been initiated, only an
                             administrator can edit, cancel, or bypass the process. Workflows
                             can be applied at the page or content block level by selecting the
                             appropriate workflow at time of creation, or by editing the
                             workflow selections to a specific page. For pages that are
                             composed of multiple content regions, each region or block can
                             have individual workflow options attached to it.
                           Because workflows are selected at creation from a set of
                             administrator-defined options, users can be granted the option of
                             bypassing workflow, provided this option has been included on the
                             page or folder level.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                           Workflows are both designed and managed through the Workflow
                             interface, which allows users to either create new workflows with a
                             Hyperwave GUI or manage existing workflows.
                           Workflow Modeler (designer)




                                                          QuickTime™ and a
                                                      TIFF (LZW) decomp resso r
                                                   are neede d to see this picture.




                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                Page 155 of 310
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                           Administrators define the workflow approval via a WYSIWYG
                              interface. Each approval level created represents a step in the
                              workflow. Administrators define the level (naming convention)
                              and their responsibility and then define what step in the workflow
                              to represent (first, second, final).




                                
                                     Approval levels can be configured to permit bypassing of
                                      approvals at selected earlier levels in the workflow. In a two-step
                                      approval process with ‗preliminary‘ and ‗final‘ approvers, the
                                      ‗final‘ approval level can be configured to permit final approvers
                                      to bypass the ‗preliminary‘ approval step. In a more advanced
                                      configuration, a ‗supervisor‘ level could be set up to allow
                                      supervisors to bypass ‗editorial review‘ but not ‗legal review‘. The
                                      only limitation is that earlier or lower levels in the approval
                                      process cannot bypass later or higher levels – ‗preliminary
                                      approver‘, for example, cannot be configured to bypass ‗final
                                      approver‘.
                                     In addition to the multi-level workflow capabilities, CommonSpot
                                      also provides collaborative authoring of content and an ‗Email
                                      Review‘ feature. Collaborative authoring via CommonSpot‘s ‗Edit
                                      mode‘ allows a user to pickup the editing/approval of content
                                      started by another user. The ‗Email Review‘ feature allows a user
                                      to send via email, an HTML preview of the content that is ‗work-
                                      in-progress‘ or ‗pending approval‘. This valuable feature allows a
                                      user to obtain feedback in a quick and easy fashion from others
                                      within the organization who may not either be apart of the formal




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                         Page 156 of 310
                                      approval process or who are not users within the system.




                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                           RedDot CMS includes a GUI drag-and-drop Workflow designer to
                              build and model workflows. This feature contains a palette of
                              available content approval, integration, publishing and forwarding
                              (which forwards content to the on-board archive or other integrated
                              systems) "Reaction" tasks, where the administrator can click and
                              drag Reactions onto the workflow workplace, automatically
                              linking them in succession. This interface also allows
                              administrators to configure the properties of the Reaction tasks.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                           Collage creates workflows using its point-and-click interface.
                              Users and activities are selected visually. There is no scripting
                              involved when creating workflows and any number of activities
                              and workflows can be created. Graphical workflow views are
                              available within the Task Details view. States and their workflow
                              transitions are graphically represented.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                        Page 157 of 310
                                                              QuickTime™ an d a
                                                          TIFF (LZW) decomp resso r
                                                       are need ed to see this picture.




                                      The example below shows the task details view for a specific task.
                                      Notice the graphical three step workflow represented.




                                                                 QuickTime™ and a
                                                             TIFF (LZW) decomp resso r
                                                          are need ed to see this picture.




                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            Workflow is designed with a build-in GUI to SiteExecutive. No
                               coding or technical work is required.
                     o Tridion


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                        Page 158 of 310
                     o Vasont Systems
                           Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                           Workflow definitions are created within the Microsoft VISIO
                              design environment leveraging a custom palette of content
                              management shapes provided by Vignette. The skill set required
                              to define these workflow maps would be someone that is
                              comfortable within the Visio design environment and also has
                              knowledge related to your content management processes.

          8. Does workflow have to be set up in some global way, or can different areas have
             different workflow?
                 o Alfresco
                 o Cignex (Plone)
                 o Day Software, Inc.
                 o Ektron, Inc.
                         The Ektron CMS allows you to set work flow on any level of the
                            content folder tree, or on content itself.
                 o EMC Software (Documentum)
                 o Fatwire Software
                         Workflows can be either global or more site/content specific.
                 o FileNet Corp.
                 o Globalscape
                         Different areas or folders can have their own custom workflows.
                 o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                         Both concepts are supported and they are mutually exclusive (both
                            can reside, simultaneously, in the system). Workflows can be
                            defined as global, departmental, or workgroup. Some workflows
                            may be created and accessed by only specific users or groups, and
                            other workflows may be created and accessed by other users and
                            groups. In all cases workflows are stored in a single location and
                            centrally administered by those with access.
                 o Interwoven
                 o Mediasurface, Inc.
                         Chose not to respond
                 o Open Text Coporation
                 o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                 o PaperThin, Inc.
                         Different areas/sections (subsites or folders) may have different
                            workflows.
                 o Percussion Software, Inc.
                 o RedDot Solutions
                         There is no limit to the number of workflow paths an author,
                            group, or Web content type may have. For example, an
                            administrator could design a workflow path that is meant solely for
                            the Human Resources section of a site and a completely different


The University of Texas - Arlington                                              Page 159 of 310
                              one for another section. Within other sections of a site, further
                              workflows could be added to override a parent workflow. The
                              administrator has a large amount of freedom when creating
                              workflows to address specific business requirements as per content
                              area.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                           Collage‘s allows multiple workflows for different users and asset-
                              types. Just like other Collage assets, workflows can have
                              permissions based on user, role and/or group. Below is a view of
                              multiple workflows within a project.



                                                            QuickTime™ and a
                                                        TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                     are neede d to see this picture.




                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            SiteExecutive approval workflow can be assigned at a global site
                               level or a sub folder. Each folder/site can have different approval
                               processes.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Workflow can differ at any level and resources can be predefined
                               or assigned at runtime.

          9. Does the application give the user flexibility to define the workflow to capture
             existing content management processes?
                 o Alfresco
                 o Cignex (Plone)
                 o Day Software, Inc.
                 o Ektron, Inc.
                         The Ektron CMS allows the user full control over defining the
                            workflow for content folders or items.
                 o EMC Software (Documentum)
                 o Fatwire Software
                         Users can either use existing workflows or define which process
                            they would like to send content to.
                 o FileNet Corp.
                 o Globalscape
                         Yes, depending on the permissions allowed to the user.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                   Page 160 of 310
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            Yes. The workflow modeler is a graphical, drag and drop interface
                               that allows a user to define an electronic process to support UTA‘s
                               business rules for creation, review and approval of content. Please
                               refer to the screen shot in #7 of this section for an example of the
                               designer UI.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            Absolutely
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            Yes. Workflows can be defined based on any content creation or
                               management procedure.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            Yes. Collage is flexible enough to allow you to create the exact
                               workflows necessary for your environment. Existing processes
                               and the tasks involved with these processes can easily be defined
                               in Collage with as many workflow states as necessary.
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            Yes, SiteExecutive approval workflows can be assigned to an
                               individual or a group and provide significant flexibility in defining
                               the workflow.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Absolutely.

          10. Does the application allow the user to schedule content for automatic deployment
              based on date and time?
                 o Alfresco
                 o Cignex (Plone)
                 o Day Software, Inc.
                 o Ektron, Inc.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                   Page 161 of 310
                                     Yes, the Ektron CMS allows users to schedule content for
                                      automatic deployment as well as expiration.




                     o EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o Fatwire Software
                            Content can be schedule for release automatically. This can be
                              based on time and date.
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            Yes, publishing can be triggered on an automated schedule,
                              manually, or through a workflow step.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            Yes, attributes (metadata) for expiration, publishing, and visibility
                              may all be set on a scheduled basis as part of a given workflow.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            Yes. CommonSpot allows a user to schedule content for publishing
                              based on a date and time. CommonSpot will appropriately restrict
                              access to those pages/documents that have not yet been published.
                              All of the navigational components will dynamically adjust their




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 162 of 310
                                      output to only reflect current content.




                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                           RedDot CMS provides a facility known as Linking and
                              Appearance Schedules that are applied to individual pieces or
                              content or a range of page components, which define when they
                              are published to the Web site and when are should be deleted. The
                              Linking and Appearance schedule uses a point-and-click calendar
                              like interface to identify the day, month and year when of the Web
                              appearance and deletions. The Linking and Appearance Schedule
                              works with the Publishing Packages to precisely schedule the time
                              of day to publish the content to the Web.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                           Collage can deploy multiple sites, individual sites, sub-sections of
                              sites, folders and assets either on demand or on a scheduled basis.
                           Incremental deploy is an extension to Collage deploy functionality
                              that makes it possible to intelligently deploy only the assets that
                              have changed since the last deploy activity. Incremental deploy
                              includes an impact analysis phase where Collage analyzes changes
                              and calculates what minimally needs to be deployed to the
                              production server. Incremental deploy is intelligent enough to
                              handle multiple types of deployments (for instance, an HTML
                              rendition and a plain text rendition of a site) so that the
                              dependencies for each deployment are handled uniquely. This
                              functionality makes it possible for sites to be deployed extremely
                              efficiently—even very large sites can be updated several times an
                              hour for ―near real time‖ delivery of content.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                 Page 163 of 310
                                                          QuickTime™ an d a
                                                      TIFF (LZW) decomp ressor
                                                   are need ed to see this p icture .




                                      Once content is approved it will be published to the production
                                      during the next scheduled automatic deployment, or it can be
                                      published immediately in an ad-hoc fashion.
                                     We recommend the use of Collage Incremental Deploy.
                                      Incremental deploy can be set to automatically run every 30
                                      minutes, for example. It will only deploy the assets that have
                                      changed since the last deploy activity. One of the major benefits
                                      of Incremental Deploy is that it will know if that asset is referenced
                                      in multiple places throughout the site and re-deploy those affected
                                      pages also. Deploying single assets that have changed will ―miss‖
                                      these references and your site will end up with broken links or
                                      inaccurate content.
                                     Incremental Deploy will automatically catch all references for any
                                      content changes. And since you can run Incremental Deploy as
                                      often as every 15 minutes on most sites, you essentially have near-
                                      real-time content on your production sites.
                                


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                          Page 164 of 310
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            SiteExecutive supports time and date based content
                               publishing/deployment and expiration.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Yes, approval and publishing can be automated as part of
                               workflow as core functionality.

          11. Does the application support automatic expiration of content based on date and
              time?
                 o Alfresco
                 o Cignex (Plone)
                 o Day Software, Inc.
                 o Ektron, Inc.
                          Yes, The Ektron CMS supports automatic expiration of the




                              managed content.
                     o EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o Fatwire Software
                            Content launch and expiration of content is fully supported.
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            Yes, automatic publish and expiration dates can be added to all
                              content. If an expiration date is added, the user also has the option
                              of selecting an archive folder that the page should be moved to
                              upon expiration. This can be done at the content item level and at
                              the collection (folder) level.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            Yes, please refer to the previous question.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                   Page 165 of 310
                                  CommonSpot supports the ability to set an expiration date on all
                                   pages and uploaded documents. The expiration date is specified as
                                   standard metadata, and CommonSpot will appropriately restrict
                                   access to those pages/documents that have not yet been published
                                   or have expired. All of the navigational components will
                                   dynamically adjust their output to only reflect current content.
                                CommonSpot also supports a ‗Content Freshness Reminder‘ which
                                   can serve as a tickler to remind the author of the page that the
                                   content may require some maintenance. The author has the ability
                                   to set a freshness reminder, either to remind him/her of a specific
                                   date, a specified number of days before content expiration or after
                                   content last changed, that some maintenance with the content may
                                   be necessary. Content Expiration can be set during the page
                                   creation process, or after a page has been created. Users are
                                   informed of the reminder via e-mail or their ‗Pending Actions‘.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot CMS provides a facility known as Linking and
                                   Appearance Schedules that are applied to individual pieces or
                                   content or a range of page components, which define when they
                                   are published to the Web site and when are should be deleted. The
                                   Linking and Appearance schedule uses a point-and-click calendar
                                   like interface to identify the day, month and year when of the Web
                                   appearance and deletions. The Linking and Appearance Schedule
                                   works with the Publishing Packages to precisely schedule the time
                                   of day to publish the content to the Web.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Staging and Aging of Content
                                        Users can specify when any piece of content should be
                                            published to the site and removed from the site— ensuring
                                            that time sensitive content is placed and removed from the
                                            site in a timely fashion.
                                        Why it matters:
                                                o You can ensure that time-sensitive content (such as
                                                     a press release) is not published to the site
                                                     prematurely.
                                                o Content can be removed from the site before
                                                     becoming stale.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive supports time and date based content
                                   publishing/deployment and expiration.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                     Page 166 of 310
                                     This is also out of the box functionality.

          12. Does the application support automatic content expiration notification to
              owners/publishers and those republishing the asset?
                 o Alfresco
                 o Cignex (Plone)
                 o Day Software, Inc.
                 o Ektron, Inc.
                          The Ektron CMS provides notification of expiring content through
                             the CMS reports. The Ektron CMS also provides and extensive
                             developer SDK to provide custom notifications on content.
                 o EMC Software (Documentum)
                 o Fatwire Software
                          Content owners can be notified on their expiration of content.
                             Some customers like to do the notification before the content
                             actually expires to give authors time to rework the content and
                             relaunch to keep content fresh.
                 o FileNet Corp.
                 o Globalscape
                          Yes, the CMS will automatically notify a user if an asset is
                             approaching its expiration date.
                 o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                          Yes.
                 o Interwoven
                 o Mediasurface, Inc.
                          Chose not to respond
                 o Open Text Coporation
                 o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                 o PaperThin, Inc.
                          Yes,. And CommonSpot provides several means of notification,
                             including email notification as well as personal reports.
                 o Percussion Software, Inc.
                 o RedDot Solutions
                          The RedDot solution provides specific features to address the
                             scheduling of content. The features are in the form of ‗appearance
                             scheduling‘ with a to and from value set for each reference link for
                             a piece of content. Therefore, for each page or link created by an
                             author, both the appearance and removal can be managed to the
                             minute. Additionally, content can automatically be re-submitted to
                             workflow after a specified period of time (e.g. 12 months). This
                             ensures that stale content is removed.
                 o Serena Software, Inc.
                          This can be accomplished by generating stored queries that report
                             on all expired content. An administrator can then use that report to
                             notify the appropriate users.
                 o Stellent


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                Page 167 of 310
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            In SiteExecutive, reports can be built to provide information on
                               expired content. SiteExecutive can be extended to provide specific
                               notification using the core API.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            The application can support this through a customization of the
                               workflow process depending on the exact business requirements.

          13. Are there any limits in your software such as the number of notifications per
              event, etc?
                 o Alfresco
                 o Cignex (Plone)
                 o Day Software, Inc.
                 o Ektron, Inc.
                           There are no set limits for notifications.
                 o EMC Software (Documentum)
                 o Fatwire Software
                           There is no limit on the number of notifications.
                 o FileNet Corp.
                 o Globalscape
                           For notification of expiration, by default the CMS will notify the
                             content creator or the user who last modified the content nearing
                             expiration.
                 o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                           No, there are no limits.
                 o Interwoven
                 o Mediasurface, Inc.
                           Chose not to respond
                 o Open Text Coporation
                 o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                 o PaperThin, Inc.
                           No.
                 o Percussion Software, Inc.
                 o RedDot Solutions
                           There are no limitations to the number of notifications or other
                             workflow event definitions.
                 o Serena Software, Inc.
                           User can create and assign notifications to any number of
                             workflows. There are no limits to number of notifications within
                             Collage. End users have the option to sign up for several different
                             notifications such as when content is moved through a workflow
                             process and approved. Users get to choose the option of getting an
                             email when a new task arrives in their inbox as well.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                 Page 168 of 310
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            If SiteExecutive is extended using the API, the custom model can
                               be coded to avoid limits on the number of notifications per events.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            There are no limits to the number or method of notifications.

          14. Is the date/time of notification flexible?
                   o Alfresco
                   o Cignex (Plone)
                   o Day Software, Inc.
                   o Ektron, Inc.
                           The Ektron CMS reports are run dynamically as requested.
                   o EMC Software (Documentum)
                   o Fatwire Software
                           Yes
                   o FileNet Corp.
                   o Globalscape
                           The administrator can determine notification of expiration in the
                              admin area under preferences. By default the CMS will
                              automatically send out notification 5 days before expiration,
                              followed by a second notification 1 day before expiration.
                   o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                           Yes. The default setting is date/time notification is static, rather
                              than dynamic. However, it can be modified or updated and the
                              workflow will automatically shift accordingly.
                   o Interwoven
                   o Mediasurface, Inc.
                           Chose not to respond
                   o Open Text Coporation
                   o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                   o PaperThin, Inc.
                           No.
                   o Percussion Software, Inc.
                   o RedDot Solutions
                           Yes.
                   o Serena Software, Inc.
                           Response Notifications typically are sent when an event takes
                              place. There are scheduled events or tasks where a user could be
                              notified every 6 months to review their department‘s content.
                   o Stellent
                   o Systems Alliance, Inc.



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                  Page 169 of 310
                                     If SiteExecutive is extended using the API, the custom model can
                                      be coded to provide flexibility with the date/time of notification.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            The date/time of notifications as well as the method is flexible.

          15. What are the limits/constraints to automatic content expiration in your software?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                          The Ektron CMS does not have any constraints on automatic
                             content expiration.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                          Content Server is flexible to maintain an expiration rule set that
                             will match your business needs.
                o FileNet Corp.
                o Globalscape
                          The major limit with automatic expiration relates to notification,
                             since only one user is notified when an item is approaching
                             expiration. The Cascade Server development team is considering
                             improvements for future releases.
                o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                          Accomplishing automation with content expiration requires some
                             small degree of configuration, and possibly customization
                             depending upon the specific process involved. Hyperwave also
                             has an optional e-Records Server (eRS) that is a modular add-on to
                             the CMS that can provide full featured file plan, retention, and
                             disposition rules for all objects (templates, content, workflows,
                             etc.). The eRS is DoD 5015.2 Ch 2 & 4 compliant (one of only 10
                             software products worldwide that has this level of ―gold standard‖
                             certification). We offer this for information, to let UTA know of
                             the option, which might be more than is required to meet your
                             specific needs.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                          Page 170 of 310
                                     e-Record Server screenshot




                                                                QuickTime™ and a
                                                            TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                         are neede d to see this picture.




                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            None.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            RedDot workflow can be configured to notify content owners,
                               approvers and other interested parties based on content creation,
                               content modification, content expiration and other events. RedDot
                               CMS uses a workflow tasks and email notification to alert users
                               that content will be expired or requires review. The workflow task,
                               automatic expiration and resubmission of pages allow an
                               administrator to determine the time of expiration and the process
                               for which it must be resubmitted to the site. You can specify that
                               pages will be resubmitted to certain users in predetermined
                               intervals. The respective pages do not have to be in the workflow.
                               The specified users will find these pages in their Tasks menu under
                               the heading Expiring Pages. This is a reminder function for
                               updating pages that should be viewed and, where appropriate,
                               edited at regular intervals.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            All content within Collage can be assigned an expiration date. The
                               manner in which expired content is handled is very flexible and
                               can be handled differently based on the type of content.
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                    Page 171 of 310
                                     When a page is expired all internal links to the expired page will
                                      automatically disappear. If a visitor tries to visit the page, the
                                      visitor will be provided with a pre-configured page not found
                                      message if appropriate.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            There are no limits as the solution can be customized to meet a
                               wide variety of business requirements. With the broad experience
                               in implementations Vignette can bring a number of best practices
                               to this area.

          16. Does the application support email notification triggered by completed steps in
              the workflow? If this feature is available, what are the constraints?
                  o Alfresco
                  o Cignex (Plone)
                  o Day Software, Inc.
                  o Ektron, Inc.
                          The Ektron CMS provides email notification triggered by
                             completed steps of the workflow. Each approver will receive
                             notification as the content is passed through the workflow process.
                             Once the content is published on the site the content author is
                             notified that the process has been completed. All notifications are
                             customizable.
                  o EMC Software (Documentum)
                  o Fatwire Software
                          Email notification is supported for workflow. Notifications can be
                             either text based emails or full HTML that contains actual pages to
                             be approved/reviewed.
                  o FileNet Corp.
                  o Globalscape
                          One of the most common ways to be notified of a workflow is via
                             email. The CMS has a built-in email notification trigger, as a part
                             of the workflow system, that can be used to automatically email
                             the next user or group in the workflow process. This email has a
                             detailed history of everything that has gone on to date in the
                             workflow as well as action links personalized to the user receiving
                             the email.
                  o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                          Yes, email notification may be enabled for one or more steps of a
                             workflow and for specific groups or users. Our email notification
                             supports any SMTP mail system. This notification may also be
                             disabled or limited as necessary.
                  o Interwoven
                  o Mediasurface, Inc.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                          Page 172 of 310
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                Yes. CommonSpot supports email notification triggered by
                                   completed steps in the workflow, as well as notification through
                                   personalized reports. There are no known constraints.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                Yes. RedDot CMS workflow tasks can easily be adapted to send
                                   notifications through any SMTP e-mail server, with customized
                                   messages. This modification can be extended by adding secure
                                   links into the e-mail message that includes Blowfish encrypted
                                   user credentials and references the RedDot CMS page directly.
                                   This allows users to click on the click and go directly to the Task
                                   list or the page without the need to login.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Through simple configuration within the standard interface,
                                   Collage supports any standard SMTP-based email system to send
                                   and route email notifications. This includes most corporate email
                                   systems such as Microsoft Exchange, Mirapoint, Lotus Notes,
                                   Novell GroupWise, or any other systems that expose SMTP
                                   extensions or provide native support. Email is utilized in a variety
                                   of ways including task and deployment notifications, and server
                                   task completion and/or error reporting. For customers utilizing
                                   LDAP or Active Directory to manage users and groups, Collage
                                   uses the email address values stored in the LDAP/AD server for
                                   addressing email.
                                Flexible email options let users and administrators control the
                                   extent of email notifications:
                                         Notify only when you are currently assigned to a task
                                         Notify when any task to which you have been, or will be,
                                            assigned has been updated
                                         Never notify by email
                                         Notify only on deployment or server task completion
                                         Notify on error during server task completion or
                                            deployment
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                All steps in the workflow process are integrated with email.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                This is out of the box functionality and there are no constraints.



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 173 of 310
          17. What provisions are there for workflow process tracking and reporting (for the
              benefit of administrators, owners)?
                 o Alfresco
                 o Cignex (Plone)
                 o Day Software, Inc.
                 o Ektron, Inc.
                           The Ektron CMS provides various reporting through the Ektron
                             Smart Desktop. Additional reports can be created as needed.
                 o EMC Software (Documentum)
                 o Fatwire Software
                           Content Server provides reports on current workflows to track and
                             report on what‘s happening in all the workflow processes.
                 o FileNet Corp.
                 o Globalscape
                           All workflows have a history tab associated with all of the steps,
                             actions, and triggers, as well as the user and any comments they
                             made, as well as a date and time stamp.
                 o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                           Each workflow provides a ―History‖ which shows the current
                             status of the workflow and is also archived for reporting purpose.




                                                               QuickTime™ an d a
                                                           TIFF (LZW) decomp resso r
                                                        are need ed to see this picture.




                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            CommonSpot provides a number of canned reports that
                              administrators can access to manage and track workflow. In
                              addition, CommonSpot provides a configurable transaction logging
                              facility that allows administrators to define which events to log,
                              and determine the duration for maintaining the log data.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            The instant reports in RedDot CMS provide immediate information
                              on the length of time individual workflows take to complete. This



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                Page 174 of 310
                                   report also includes average times to give the administrator insight
                                   into trends and immediately identify bottlenecks. RedDot CMS can
                                   also create global reports that aggregate all system activity,
                                   includes user updates to content, workflow performance, details on
                                   publishing job size, publishing job frequency and duration, etc.
                                   These global reports can be scheduled and e-mailed to the
                                   administrator, or any other user
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                With Collage, you can track and report on many types of activities.
                                   Collage maintains audit logs of a wide variety of project and
                                   system events. You can narrow your reports down to specific
                                   types of activities, or limit them based on specific users, date
                                   ranges, or assets.
                                Once you create the report that you need, you can either save it as
                                   a file which you can open in other applications, or print it.
                                Types of Activities You Can Report On
                                         Server activities, such as Collage Server startup and
                                           shutdown, database backup, and modifications to server
                                           setup
                                         System activities, such as user and group creation, and
                                           project creation and administration
                                         Project activities, such as user and group setup, or asset
                                           type creation and modification
                                         Asset activities, such as check in
                                         Task management activities, such as task template creation
                                           and modification, and task creation and transition
                                         Particular users' activities
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                All steps of the workflow are logged on the page and can be
                                   tracked.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                The roles based Command Center provides every user access to
                                   workflow tasks that are assigned specifically to them as a user or to
                                   a group that they are assigned to or to an Administrator. The
                                   following workflow tasks are accessible via the command center:
                                         Start workflows
                                         View the status of workflows by state (started, completed,
                                           cancelled, terminated)
                                         Receive alerts for late workflow tasks
                                         Accept, Reject, Reassign, Perform, and Finish tasks
                                           associated with a workflow



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 175 of 310
                                         Access details and history of a workflow
                                         Cancel a workflow

          18. To what extent does the application support annotation/highlighting of content
              changes to mark them for review and edit?
                 o Alfresco
                 o Cignex (Plone)
                 o Day Software, Inc.
                 o Ektron, Inc.
                          The Ektron CMS provides a full history and audit trail for all
                            content. At any time you can use the CMS difference utility to
                            view the difference between the current version and any prior
                            version of the content.




                     o EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o Fatwire Software
                            Content Server does not provide this functionality out of the box.
                              3rd party integrations are used to provide this functionality.
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            Similar to the Microsoft word track changes feature, a user can
                              explore changes made to assets in the CMS in the same fashion.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            Hyperwave support annotations of HTML and Text documents.
                              Text can be highlighted and annotated. Access permissions can be
                              applied to the annotation so they are only visible to certain users.
                              Hyperwave does not natively support annotation/highlighting of
                              MS Office content. However, MS Office Track Changes is
                              supported, and different tracked version may be stored as distinct
                              versions of a document and reviewed. Highlighting and annotation
                              are best accomplished with industry standard 3rd party tools such
                              as Workshare Deltaview, which can communicate with the
                              Hyperwave system.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            CommonSpot‘s offers a Visual Difference tool for content review
                              and editing that displays in a color-coded format additions and
                              deletions to content either at the page or element (content object)
                              level. The tool indicates deletions with a red strikethrough font,


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                  Page 176 of 310
                                   while insertions have a yellow background color or content review
                                   or editing.
                                The Compare tab displays a "Side-by-Side" comparison of the two
                                   versions, allowing you to see and scroll through both versions
                                   simultaneously. The Visual Difference functionality is accessible
                                   both from the publishing icons and from within version history.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot redlines changes in the workflow process --- highlighting
                                   added content in green and deleted content in red. In addition,
                                   archived content can be compared with redlining.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                As a design-side system Collage places no restriction on the editor
                                   you choose that can annotate/highlight content. Collage does
                                   allow for detailed comments to be added at each stage of the
                                   workflow.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                Regarding workflow, comments can be added at each workflow
                                   step. Regarding content, our Content Compare module provides for
                                   the review and annotation of content.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Vignette can embed a 3rd party tool such as Imarkup which allows
                                   for highlighting and annotation of content.

          19. What features make workflow creation/editing easy?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                         The Ektron CMS provides a basic interface for creating and editing
                            workflow. The windows feel to the CMS work area allows users to
                            easily work with the Ektron interface.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                         Workflows are easy to create and edit through Content Server‘s
                            Workflow creation screens.
                o FileNet Corp.
                o Globalscape
                         The built-in visual workflow builder allows for the creation and
                            management of any type of workflow extremely intuitive and easy.
                o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                   Page 177 of 310
                                 Hyperwave includes support for the creation of reusable workflow
                                  templates and it is fully integrated function of the Hyperwave
                                  application, allowing users to create or take part in a workflow
                                  from almost anywhere. Users can also interact with workflows
                                  from email. To create a new workflow based on an existing one, a
                                  user need only give the workflow a new name and run it.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                [No answer]
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot CMS supports the definition and management of
                                  comprehensive project definitions. Projects are a primary
                                  organizational structure within the product, corresponding to a
                                  Web site. Project definitions can be hierarchical, consisting of
                                  multiple sub-projects, or branches, with delegated administration
                                  to support distributed team development and management of a
                                  Web site(s). RedDot CMS provides tools facilitating the graphical
                                  development of simple approval to more complex, parallel process
                                  workflows, for the purpose of automating all business processes
                                  around Web content creation and management.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Collage includes a flexible, but easy to use, workflow engine that
                                  makes it possible to enforce standard processes for content change.
                                  New workflow processes (including notification rules, assigned
                                  users, due dates, etc.) are defined through a point-and-click wizard.
                                  Different content types can be routed through different workflow
                                  processes. Additionally, workflow processes can be automatically
                                  started when certain content is added to the system.
                                Collage creates processes including the assignment of tasks, due
                                  dates, e-mail notification of workflow events like approval or
                                  overdue tasks. There is no scripting involved when creating
                                  workflows, and any number of workflow processes can be created.
                                  The Collage permission system is fully applied to Workflow tasks.
                                  Workflows can be created at the asset level.
                                Below are two screen shots from the workflow creation wizard.
                                  The first shows how users/groups can be added to a workflow
                                  process, and the second shows how granular notification is applied.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 178 of 310
                                                QuickTime™ and a
                                            TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                         are neede d to see this picture.




                                                QuickTime™ and a
                                            TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                         are neede d to see this picture.




                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            The workflow GUI is intuitive straightforward, making workflow
                               tasks easy for non-technical users.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette




The University of Texas - Arlington                                             Page 179 of 310
                                     The use of MS Visio provides an easy to use tool to create and
                                      modify workflow without having to learn any proprietary scripting
                                      language,



Content Versioning
          1. Does the application support asset locking for version and edit control (to prevent
             altering past documents)?
                 o Alfresco
                 o Cignex (Plone)
                 o Day Software, Inc.
                 o Ektron, Inc.
                          Yes, the Ektron CMS provides a full history and audit trail to all
                             content. Historical content cannot be modified by CMS users.




                     o EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o Fatwire Software
                            Content Server will lock assets for check in/out and version
                              content that‘s been changed.
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            Often a user will want to retain control of an asset in the CMS,
                              such that while that user has "locked" the asset, no other changes
                              by other users may be made to that asset. This process of locking
                              an asset is called "Checking Out", while releasing such a hold on
                              the asset is referred to as "Checking In". If a user has checked out
                              an asset and wishes to cancel his or her changes, that user would
                              then break or cancel the lock, effectively discarding the changes.
                              Checking in changes made to a locked asset commits the changes
                              back into the CMS and breaks the lock.
                            Assets are automatically checked out to a user any time edits are
                              made in order to prevent multiple users editing the same asset. This
                              lock is automatically timed out once changes have been submitted,
                              unless the asset is sent into a workflow process. During a workflow
                              process, assets are automatically checked in to the appropriate user
                              for each step.
                            If a user wishes to access a locked asset, s/he may choose to send a
                              message to the appropriate user requesting that the asset be
                              released. Manual locks may only be broken by the user to which
                              that asset is checked, or by an administrator.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 180 of 310
                                  Yes. All content may be placed under version control and security
                                   so that only specific versions of documents may be edited by
                                   specific users in specific groups.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                Yes. CommonSpot allows you to ‗lock‘ an asset (web page,
                                   uploaded document, image, etc.) so it can not be altered.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot supports full library services for content, including check-
                                   in/out, version management, metadata attribution, content
                                   initiation/expiration and access/rights management. In addition,
                                   RedDot CMS manages versions of templates (page code) and
                                   content separately that allows instant rollback and easy
                                   development with test versions of each in the staging environment
                                   without disrupting the live site. Template editors can roll-in any
                                   version of a template, which can be supported by an approval
                                   workflow and independent of the Web content, while content
                                   editors can roll back to previous versions and lock specific pieces
                                   of content if necessary. RedDot Asset Manager provides full
                                   library support for images and other assets. Additionally, RedDot
                                   CMS offers full library services support for repositories integrated
                                   through the RedDot Content Integrator, including check-in/out and
                                   versioning.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Collage stores a new version of any content that is changed so that
                                   you can keep track of those changes— at the discrete asset level—
                                   and revert back to previous versions if needed.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                Yes, SiteExecutive automatically locks pages/templates during the
                                   editing process.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Vignette Content Management features content locking as core
                                   functionality.

          2. Does the application support automatic versioning? Specifically, what sort of
             meta-information does the application retain for versioning (version numbers,
             date/time, etc.)


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 181 of 310
                     o     Alfresco
                     o     Cignex (Plone)
                     o     Day Software, Inc.
                     o     Ektron, Inc.
                                Yes, the Ektron CMS supports automatic versioning of all content.
                                  Each content item also tracks a full audit trail for the content. This
                                  information includes: Content title, Content ID, Content Language,
                                  Status (if it was approved and published to the site, checked in,
                                  etc.), Last user to edit, last edit date, Content start date, content end
                                  date, action on end date (archive and remove from site, archive and
                                  remain on site, remain on site and add to refresh report), Date
                                  created, approval method, approvals, smart form configuration,
                                  template, path.
                     o     EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o     Fatwire Software
                                Content Server will automatically version the assets and track date,
                                  time, who made the change, the type of change, and track which
                                  application was used for the change (UI, Insite Editing, drag-and-
                                  drop, word integration, …).
                     o     FileNet Corp.
                     o     Globalscape
                                Cascade Server maintains a full version history on each asset in the
                                  system. The versions list for each asset shows a list of each
                                  version, the author for each change, including the original creator
                                  of the asset, as well as the time and date of the change and any
                                  notes available. Users may navigate through the various versions,
                                  compare them with the current version, and activate or delete any
                                  version desired.
                     o     Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                                Yes. Metadata is defined by the customer. Some of the metadata
                                  is automatically added, such as date/time, author, version numbers,
                                  and others may be manually input by users, such as document type,
                                  notes, expiration information, etc. Documents may be
                                  automatically versioned upon save if so configured to support
                                  specific the customer requirements.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                CommonSpot tracks a page‘s history and its evolution, providing
                                  the ability to version element data/content as well as uploaded
                                  documents, images, video and audio files, etc. There is no limit to
                                  the number of versions kept, as CommonSpot manages versioning
                                  based on number of days. CommonSpot records version history for


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                         Page 182 of 310
                                      all content changes, including publish and approval comments,
                                      timestamps, and author/approver IDs.




                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            RedDot CMS has a built-in versioning function that can
                               automatically save versions of each page. With RedDot CMS
                               redlining, it is even possible to visually compare two versions of
                               content before actually reverting or rolling back to a previous
                               version. Version reports include information such as Author,
                               Editor(s), Date created, Date changed, etc.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            All content assets in Collage are automatically versioned and can
                               be searched and audited. Content is stored with a version number
                               along with a date/time stamp and comments.
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            SiteExecutive creates a version for all pages and templates
                               automatically. All versions of pages/templates contain the user
                               information and date time when the version was created.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            In VCM, versioning can be an automated or manual process and
                               each attribute will be retained as that version.

          3. What provision is there in the application to compare 2 versions of the same
             content? If it exists in the application, please give a screenshot.
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 183 of 310
                     o Ektron, Inc.
                           The Ektron CMS provides a difference utility that will compare
                              two versions of the content.




                     o EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o Fatwire Software
                            Content Server does not provide this functionality out-of-the-box.
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            Below we are looking at the default page of an example intranet.
                              Notice in the screen shot below the different viewing option for the
                              piece of content. In the example, we are comparing the current
                              page with an older version of the page. Notice how ―CMS‖ is
                              struck thru and ―Cascade Server‖ appears in blue designating




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                 Page 184 of 310
                                      changes that have been tracked by the version control system.




                                                                  QuickTime™ an d a
                                                              TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                           are need ed to see this p icture.




                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            Hyperwave does not provide native tools for document
                              comparison. A 3rd party technology is required for version
                              comparison, such as MS Office track changes, and Workshare
                              comparison tools.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            CommonSpot‘s offers a Visual Difference tool for content review
                              and editing that displays in a color-coded format additions and
                              deletions to content either at the page or element (content object
                              level. The tool indicates deletions with a red strikethrough font,
                              while insertions have a yellow background color or content review




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                        Page 185 of 310
                                      or editing.




                                     The Compare tab displays a "Side by Side" comparison of the two
                                      versions, allowing you to see and scroll through both versions
                                      simultaneously. The Visual Difference functionality is accessible
                                      both from the publishing icons and from within version history.




                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                           RedDot CMS provides a quick visual reference for those pages that
                              have been revised via a redlining icon that appears anytime a
                              change has been made. Clicking on the icon will show all deletions


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 186 of 310
                                      via strike through and all additions via color-coded text. RedDot
                                      CMS also allows administrators to roll back to previous versions of
                                      content.
                                     Redlined comparison




                                  
                                
                              Rollback
                                   See original document – could not copy the image into this
                                       document.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                           The Serena DevNet site offers a no-charge plug-in for Collage
                              which provides an HTML differencing utility.
                           An example of the differencing utility is shown below. Note that
                              the utility is provided as a courtesy to Serena customers and is not
                              officially supported through Serena.




                                                          QuickTime™ an d a
                                                      TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                   are need ed to see this p icture .




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                        Page 187 of 310
                                                  QuickTime™ an d a
                                              TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                           are need ed to see this p icture .




                                                   QuickTime™ an d a
                                               TIFF (LZW) decomp ressor
                                            are need ed to see this p icture .




                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                              Page 188 of 310
                                     SiteExecutive provides an add-on module that can compare can
                                      two versions of the page.




                                                                     QuickTime™ and a
                                                                 TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                              are neede d to see this picture.




                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Out of the box Vignette offers a side by side visual comparison of
                               content. Vignette can also embed a 3rd party tool called
                               DeltaXML which provides for an attribute by attribute change
                               tracking like that found in MS Word.

          4. Does the application have the capability to 'roll back' to any previous version? If
             so, to what level (a page, a navigation tree, entire site)?
                 o Alfresco
                 o Cignex (Plone)
                 o Day Software, Inc.
                 o Ektron, Inc.
                          The Ektron CMS allows users (permission based) to roll back to
                            previous version of content at any time. A site level roll back is
                            possible if the Ektron replication utility is being used.
                 o EMC Software (Documentum)


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                     Page 189 of 310
                     o Fatwire Software
                            Content Server will roll back to any version of an asset.
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            Yes, every asset in the CMS allows versioning by default, and
                              versions can be rolled back at the asset level.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            Yes. Any version of content may be rolled back, or removed, to
                              allow a previous version to be seen as the ―active‖ or ―live‖
                              version.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            Yes, CommonSpot supports the ability to ‗roll back‘ to any
                              previous version of the content for all web pages and uploaded
                              assets (uploaded files).
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            RedDot CMS allows administrators to easily rollback pages to the
                              previous version with a single click. RedDot can roll back to a
                              previous version of the entire site using the exported project at any
                              time.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            Collage automatically versions all assets, manages check-in
                              comments and provides up-to-the-minute asset audit trails.
                              Versions are maintained as individual full file copies and stored in
                              the repository as Binary Large Objects (BLOBs). This
                              combination offers enhanced performance for lower overall
                              processing overhead. Asset versions are considered LATEST
                              (most recent saved change), APPROVED (only 1 approved version
                              of any asset can exist), and Previous.
                            Previous versions of assets are always available online (unless
                              permanently removed) for editing, preview, verifying metadata or
                              properties, and to Roll Back to.
                            In the example below, v3 is currently Approved for production
                              release, while versions 1 and 2 remain in the system. To Roll
                              Back, simply select the radio button beside v1 or v2, and click the
                              Roll Back button (last on the right, currently grey). This process
                              would create a new v4 - a full copy of your roll back selection.
                              The new v4 becomes the latest working copy, but will not be
                              approved for production until you explicitly do so.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                  Page 190 of 310
                                                              QuickTime™ and a
                                                          TIFF (LZW) deco mpressor
                                                       are neede d to se e this picture.




                                   Roll-back of previously deployed sites is available through
                                   automatic Deployment Backup archives. Just recall a date and
                                   time-stamped snap-shot of the site to see that version, or move it to
                                   an offline or production server.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive supports rollbacks at both the page and template
                                   level.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Vignette can roll back to an individual content instance.



Administration
          1. Describe your applications capability for logging and reporting usage (click
             count, etc.) of individual assets (include screen shot(s) if possible)?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                          The Ektron CMS includes site analytics which allow you to view
                              site activity. The Ektron CMS provides the ability to see basic




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 191 of 310
                                      analytics as well as audit content for individual users.




                          
                     o EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o Fatwire Software
                           FatWire Analytics will capture all asset level logging and reporting
                              for web usage. [Two screen shot below]




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                              Page 192 of 310
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            Cascade Server fully supports the inclusion of tracking code from
                              third-parties and includes numerous examples with it including
                              Urchin (Google), WebTrends, and WebSideStory.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            Hyperwave can be configured to use common and combined log
                              firmates which can then be evaluated by 3rd party tools like
                              Webalizer, or WebTrends. An audit module is also available for
                              use as desired.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond


The University of Texas - Arlington                                               Page 193 of 310
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                           CommonSpot does not provide any web analytics that track clicks
                              through usage. We recommend integrating with tools such as Web
                              Trends to obtain this information.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                           RedDot CMS stores all audit information in detailed XML
                              formatted log files. These log files contain information such as
                              RedDot server activity, import and export activity, publication
                              activity, and all user activity. RedDot supplies a tutorial document
                              to create additional reports and exposes the data structure of the
                              data repository for querying purposes. Sample Reports include: 1.
                              List of all pages ordered by user 2. List of all pages ordered by
                              creation date 3. New Pages since...? 4. Pages that have not been
                              edited since...? 5. How long is the Average Workflow Cycle for
                              Pages? 6. Which users belong to which projects and groups? 7.
                              Which groups belong to which projects and groups?
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                           Collage provides two avenues for creating reports. The audit log
                              pertains to project activities that have been performed. The
                              information from the criteria set by the search can provide a list to
                              the user which can then be printed or exported for use in a more
                              formal reporting tool.
                           The other avenue is the internal repository search. This allows you
                              to gather information about all assets stored in the repository.
                              With the Collage search functionality, you would be able to search
                              all the image assets in the system based on the last date of publish.
                              The search would provide you a list of assets that meet the criteria
                              set in the search.
                           Project and System logs are provided and can track virtually all
                              system and project events. Reports can be obtained through the
                              audit search engine. Properties for assets can reveal impact
                              analysis, versioning and deploy histories. Deployment activity
                              reports can track website publication results, error lists, link




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                  Page 194 of 310
                                      verification results and many other types of information.




                                                         QuickTime™ an d a
                                                     TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                  are need ed to see this p icture .




                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                         Page 195 of 310
                                     All actions are audited... see example below.




                                                                       QuickTime™ an d a
                                                                   TIFF (LZW) decomp ressor
                                                                are need ed to see this p icture .




                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Vignette provides several levels of logging and reporting for both
                               internal facing application utilization/auditing analysis as well as
                               the Vignette Analysis and Reporting module which provides for
                               detailed web traffic and content analysis based on web log and
                               application log data.

          2. Describe your application's capability for reporting asset (content) inventory and
             disk usage (include screen shot(s) if possible).
                 o Alfresco
                 o Cignex (Plone)
                 o Day Software, Inc.
                 o Ektron, Inc.
                         At this time the Ektron CMS does not provide disk usage
                            reporting, the CMS work area provides various reports on the
                            managed content for content inventory.
                 o EMC Software (Documentum)
                 o Fatwire Software
                         Content Server allows for reports to be generated from the
                            information managed within the underlying dB. Typically, these
                            reports will consist in assets managed, by author, checked out/in


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 196 of 310
                                  status, workflow status, expiration status, etc. As the variety of
                                  reports is too numerous to provide out of the box, FatWire
                                  provides an open architecture for creating your own custom reports
                                  from the managed data with any available 3rd party report writer.
                     o     FileNet Corp.
                     o     Globalscape
                                Cascade Server offers a wide range of reporting tools, including
                                  aged content reporting, usage reports (user audit trails), content
                                  auditing, and customized reports. This data can be exported for
                                  use outside the system.
                     o     Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                                Hyperwave uses the standard Windows reporting capabilities for
                                  measuring disk usage. Reports may be generated using an included
                                  script.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                In order to better support emerging regulations regarding audit
                                  trails, and to enable tracking of contributor actions and events,
                                  CommonSpot provides a configurable transaction logging facility.
                                Via a simple interface administrators can determine which events
                                  to log, and determine the duration for maintaining the log data. By
                                  expanding the different event types in the list, the Administrator
                                  can select at a granular level which events are to be logged.
                                  Transaction log data can be easily exported to Excel for further




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                    Page 197 of 310
                                      analysis.




                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                           RedDot provides a Show Usage instant report is built right into the
                              Asset Manager, allowing users to track where each asset is used on
                              the site. Each report lists all pages where the asset appears and lets
                              you preview the page.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                           Collage provides two avenues for creating reports. The audit log
                              pertains to project activities that have been performed. The
                              information from the criteria set by the search can provide a list to
                              the user which can then be printed or exported for use in a more
                              formal reporting tool.
                           The other avenue is the internal repository search. This allows you
                              to gather information about all assets stored in the repository.
                              With the Collage search functionality, you would be able to search
                              all the image assets in the system based on the last date of publish.
                              The search would provide you a list of assets that meet the criteria
                              set in the search.
                           Project and System logs are provided and can track virtually all
                              system and project events. Reports can be obtained through the
                              audit search engine. Properties for assets can reveal impact
                              analysis, versioning and deploy histories. Deployment activity
                              reports can track website publication results, error lists, link




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                   Page 198 of 310
                                      verification results and many other types of information.




                                                         QuickTime™ and a
                                                     TIFF (LZW) decomp resso r
                                                  are need ed to see this picture.




                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            SiteExecutive provides build-in reporting/querying capabilities for
                               all objects. SiteExecutive does not provide support for specific disk




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                         Page 199 of 310
                                      usage metrics. See example below.




                                                                     QuickTime™ and a
                                                                 TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                              are neede d to see this picture.




                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Vignette‘s Advanced search capability can provide for a detailed
                               level of content inventory reporting.

          3. Does the application simplify administration for super-users and site
             administrators?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                         The Ektron CMS provides a simple interface for administrators
                            and super-users to use to administrate the site. The Ektron CMS
                            implements an out of site out of mind methodology so users only
                            see content items they have permissions to.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                         Content Server‘s admin UIs help admins and super-users
                            administrate the CMS in an easy to understand fashion
                o FileNet Corp.
                o Globalscape



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                    Page 200 of 310
                                 Administrator is a role in the system that permits full, uninhibited
                                  access to any asset and/or area of the system. A user assigned the
                                  administrator role has access to both the standard " Home" area
                                  where web page assets are managed and the " Administration" area
                                  where advanced system entities and publishing can be configured.
                                  Folder access rights do not apply to the administrator role;
                                  therefore, a user with administrator rights can view, edit, copy,
                                  delete, or move an asset without restriction. Additionally,
                                  administrators have the ability to break asset locks anywhere in the
                                  " Home" area.
                                Because an administrator has access to the everything within the
                                  system, the role should be assigned sparingly to only authorized
                                  users who require such access. Typically, administrator operations
                                  can be handled by users with the more restricted manager role,
                                  which is one level down from administrator. Managers have all of
                                  the same administrator type access and capabilities except that
                                  access rights apply to them. Therefore, a user with manager access
                                  can be effectively permitted or locked out from areas in both the "
                                  Home" and " Administration" sections of the CMS.
                     o     Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                                There is a simple, web-based administration tool that is tied to the
                                  standard interface for the system and has the same look-and-feel
                                  that the rest of the system has.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                CommonSpot provides a wizard driven interface for the
                                  administration of users and groups, sites and its properties
                                  including security permissions.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot provides a combination of template driven modeling with
                                  a full site hierarchy management system. Administrators create
                                  templates based on standard HTML or other markup language
                                  (including any scripting language of choice) and add placeholders
                                  to define the content areas of the page. Any tool (Dreamweaver,
                                  Frontpage, etc) can be used to lay out the structural areas of the
                                  page, and the markup language can be imported into the template
                                  editing environment. Once templates are built, these can be
                                  initiated into pages and assembled into a site hierarchy. RedDot
                                  manages all inter-page relationships, and can automatically adjust
                                  links if pages are ever moved or deleted. RedDot's SmartTree is a
                                  representation of the site structure in a hierarchical format.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                     Page 201 of 310
                              Additionally, the tree can be viewed as a "site map" to see how
                              pages are connected to one another.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                           Collage administration is handled easily via point and click
                              capability. This allows users and groups to be easily added and
                              workflows can be easily updated as necessary.




                                                               QuickTime™ and a
                                                           TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                        are neede d to see this picture.




                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            SiteExecutive has one ―super user‖ account which we refer to as
                               the Admin. Though Admin actions and permissions can be all
                               encompassing, each action is still audited.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Yes, Vignette makes Administration easy by allowing most
                               administrative tasks to be accomplished through a GUI interface
                               and allows for the delegation of more common tasks.

          4. How does your application validate internal and external links?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                Page 202 of 310
                     o Day Software, Inc.
                     o Ektron, Inc.
                           Internal links are auto generated through the Ektron CMS. All
                              links, including external links, can be validated using the link
                              checking utility. The link checking utility validates all templates,
                              content, menus, CSS and even JavaScript. The utility can run on-
                              demand or on a reoccurring schedule. Its output reports list all
                              source files and pages that contain broken links. They also include
                              the types of errors produced and provide an ―edit from here‖
                              button that takes the author directly to the content with the broken
                              link.




                     o EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o Fatwire Software
                            All internal links are automatically validated and managed through
                              Content Server. External Links can be verified at time of creation
                              to make sure the external links are valid.
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            All links are automatically checked in the system any time an asset
                              is created, edited, or published. In the case of a broken link, an
                              error message is generated, and users are prompted to correct the
                              link before submitting changes. The link verification can be done
                              at user-specified intervals for any given collection. The Link
                              Checker checks and reports any broken links found in an asset.
                              The link checker is typically turned on or off, system-wide, by an
                              administrator. Depending on a user's permissions, the checker may
                              be turned on or off at the page level as well.
                            When turned on, the link checker is invoked after a page edit is
                              committed by clicking the ' Submit' button. If the checker detects
                              any broken links (which includes any relative links because these
                              are not valid within the CMS), you will be forwarded to a page
                              detailing these errors and providing several options for dealing
                              with them.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            Yes. We believe Hyperwave‘s link management functionality is
                              the best available in the market today (our link management is part
                              of our core functionality, not an optional module as many
                              competing products bring to market). Internal and external links



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                  Page 203 of 310
                                   are maintained and managed as separate content objects that are
                                   automatically maintained by Hyperwave. This ensures consistency
                                   even if links should expire or be moved. Where used, who is
                                   pointing to me, are standard. External links can be checked
                                   periodically via scripts.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                CommonSpot provides a number of ways to manage and keep
                                   track of links throughout the site, including link validation of both
                                   internal and external links, referring pages and facilities to easily
                                   repair broken links.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot CMS implicitly manages all links internal to a Web site
                                   and will not publish any broken links. Publishing reports, e-mailed
                                   to any user, lists any pages or links that appear to be broken, and
                                   will remove item from navigational lists when pages don't exist.
                                   RedDot CMS also makes it easy for administrators to identify
                                   broken links in the SmartTree administrative interface, coloring
                                   them in bright orange in the Web site structure. The RedDot CMS
                                   Workflow can also execute the RedDot Web Compliance
                                   Manager, which will detail any broken links before pages are
                                   published, in special cases where the administrator failed to
                                   identify them. If Web Compliance Manager detects a problem, it
                                   will reject the page and halt the workflow.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Collage tracks all content links—both internal links between
                                   different pieces of content stored within Collage and links to
                                   external content. Collage can validate all links and provide a
                                   report of any broken links. Link validation can be scheduled,
                                   making it possible to run frequent link validation tests to ensure
                                   your site does not have broken links.
                                Why it matters:
                                        You can quickly find any broken links on your site (for
                                           instance right after you import your site into Collage).
                                        Ongoing checking of both internal and external links can be
                                           scheduled to ensure that all links are valid.
                                        Collage publishing ensures that no broken links are
                                           published to your site.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 204 of 310
                                     SiteExecutive automatically removes and corrects all internal links
                                      to all resources. All internal references are automatically corrected
                                      when a page is moved or changed. For external links,
                                      SiteExecutive provides an external link validator that can be
                                      scheduled to report broken links.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Internal links can be created and managed by the VCM system at
                               an object level which means that broken links will not occur. For
                               external links a 3rd party tool would need to be embedded and will
                               depend on the delivery application selected.

          5. What features in your application would encourage the use of consistent naming
             conventions for files and directories?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                        The Ektron CMS provides the ability to create XML ―smart forms‖
                            which allow you to define the validation for each field the user has
                            access to. This allows you to validate the content the user is
                            entering.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                        Content Server can use field validation and default text to help
                            users name assets consistently. Also, all content can be
                            categorized in hierarchies/taxonomies to enhance naming
                            conventions.
                o FileNet Corp.
                o Globalscape
                        Certain fields in Cascade Server can be marked as required by the
                            administrator; ensuring proper naming conventions are adhered to
                            and in the proper format (i.e. lowercase).
                o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                        All content stored are given a consistent naming convention that
                            uses the title provided by the user upon upload to the Hyperwave
                            system. As such, files and directories created within Hyperwave
                            are automatically confirmed to a standard convention.
                o Interwoven
                o Mediasurface, Inc.
                        Chose not to respond
                o Open Text Coporation
                o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                o PaperThin, Inc.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                          Page 205 of 310
                                  CommonSpot allows you to specify the ‗Page Title Prefix‘ to
                                   ensure consistent titles for each page and upload file within the
                                   site. If a string is specified it will be pre-pended to the title
                                   specified by the author, such as ‗PaperThin – Company‘ or
                                   ‗PaperThin – Products‘
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot CMS uses a facility called a Publishing Package, which
                                   defines the scope of the pages to be published (directory structure,
                                   file extension, file naming convention, etc.) within the CMS
                                   Project. The Publication Packages are paired with publishing
                                   targets, allowing the product to publish to multiple targets and
                                   channels simultaneously. If allowed, file names can also be applied
                                   manually by content contributors.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                At the folder type level one can choose to convert spaces to
                                   underscore in file names, limit file name length (excluding
                                   increment number and extension) and limit number of assets of a
                                   certain type in a contribution folder.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive uses human readable URLs to simplify naming
                                   conventions and increase consistency. We restrict the use of a
                                   number of naming folder and pages.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Vignette features field level validation which can enforce naming
                                   conventions if desired and all files and directories can be
                                   workflowed.



Deployment
          1. Does your application serve content directly to the web or is it necessary to
             deploy the content (packaged) to an application server? Can your application do
             both?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                         The Ektron CMS is a dynamic CMS which serves content directly
                           to the web visitor; the CMS is required to be installed on the
                           production server. While the CMS is required to be installed to the
                           production server, content authors can work on a staged


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 206 of 310
                                  environment and the content can be migrated to the production
                                  server through the use of the Ektron replication utility.
                     o     EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o     Fatwire Software
                                For Dynamic delivery, Content Server would need to run on a
                                  J2EE application server. For static delivery, just a web server
                                  would be needed in production.
                     o     FileNet Corp.
                     o     Globalscape
                                Cascade Server has a robust publishing engine designed to bake
                                  the files out in the development environment and synchronize
                                  those environments with one or more production servers, or an
                                  application server. The assembled content is transformed into
                                  native XML files, standard HTML, and/or .NET files (.aspx). The
                                  strength of this system is that upon the publishing of content, the
                                  information is completely decoupled from the CMS allowing it to
                                  operate independently in any standard environment.
                                The publishing process operates via manual user action, on a timed
                                  schedule, or via a workflow trigger. To manually publish the
                                  content, the user can click the publish button for the appropriate
                                  asset or group of assets (publish set). The production web server
                                  does not need any special software because content can be
                                  transferred via standard FTP or a mapped network drive. It is
                                  recommended to have the WCMS on its own server and acting as
                                  its own staging and development environment.
                                Changes can be published to the site immediately, and a full
                                  rebuild of the site is not required. Content can be published on
                                  demand and/or scheduled in a daily or hourly fashion.
                     o     Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                                The standard approach is for all content to be stored in the database
                                  and every other aspect of the Hyperwave application retrieves
                                  content from this database. Content is stored centrally and does
                                  not need to be deployed to other locations or Hyperwave
                                  applications.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                Yes, CommonSpot can support the publishing of static HTML
                                  content to the web or to an application server.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot CMS supports the simultaneous publishing of static and
                                  dynamic content to multiple targets. Content can also be


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                     Page 207 of 310
                                   aggregated on the RedDot LiveServer delivery platform and
                                   delivered both statically, or dynamically within context, at run
                                   time. RedDot publishes any type of scripting language to any type
                                   of server. RedDot LiveServer also can deliver content into a
                                   variety of portal environments, including: SAP, IBM WebSphere,
                                   BEA Weblogic, BEA Aqualogic, and any other portal that supports
                                   the JSR 168 portlet standard.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Since Collage is a design-side solution there is no Collage code
                                   that resides on your production web servers. The Collage
                                   deployment module will ―deploy‖ content to your current
                                   production servers using a local file system, FTP, FTP over SSL or
                                   SSH/Secure Copy.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                The SiteExecutive product architecture is based on the
                                   implementation of discrete rendering and authoring servers. The
                                   rendering server must be deployed on the web server that site
                                   visitors will be accessing. Additional information is available
                                   here:
                                   http://www.siteexecutive.com/product_information/technical_speci
                                   fications.html
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Vignette‘s publishing architecture is a key differentiator between
                                   solutions. Vignette can deliver content to a wide variety of
                                   endpoints and technologies.

          2. Is your application capable of deploying content on a schedule? Can content be
             set to be deployed at a specific time?
                  o Alfresco
                  o Cignex (Plone)
                  o Day Software, Inc.
                  o Ektron, Inc.
                          Yes, the Ektron CMS provides full support for content authors to
                            schedule content to go live on the web site at a specific date and




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                    Page 208 of 310
                                      time.




                     o EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o Fatwire Software
                            Content Server comes with a built-in scheduler to deploy content at
                              a specific date/time.
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            Yes, content can be deployed on a schedule at the administrators
                              discretion. For example, content can deployed every night at
                              midnight.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            Yes, content publishing may be scheduled or expired on a
                              scheduled.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            Yes, CommonSpot provides mechanisms to be able to schedule the
                              deployment of content at a specific time as well as ‗on demand‘.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            RedDot CMS supports publishing and deployment of two different
                              levels. First, publishing rules can be applied to individual pieces of
                              content called Linking and Appearance Schedules. This function is
                              ideal for marketing campaigns, and other time-sensitive pieces of
                              content, as it defines the day when the content will be published
                              and subsequently removed from the site. The publishing jobs,
                              which are assigned to specific pages and can deploy the content
                              simultaneously to multiple targets, can be scheduled separately at a
                              precise day and time. Multiple publishing jobs can apply to
                              content, offering staged or staggered deployment to groups of
                              targets. RedDot CMS also allows ad-hoc publishing, which does
                              not override scheduled publishing jobs or linking and appearance
                              schedules applied to content.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                   Page 209 of 310
                                     Collage can deploy multiple sites, individual sites, sub-sections of
                                      sites, folders and assets either on demand or on a scheduled basis.
                                     Incremental deploy is an extension to Collage deploy functionality
                                      that makes it possible to intelligently deploy only the assets that
                                      have changed since the last deploy activity. Incremental deploy
                                      includes an impact analysis phase where Collage analyzes changes
                                      and calculates what minimally needs to be deployed to the
                                      production server. Incremental deploy is intelligent enough to
                                      handle multiple types of deployments (for instance, an HTML
                                      rendition and a plain text rendition of a site) so that the
                                      dependencies for each deployment are handled uniquely. This
                                      functionality makes it possible for sites to be deployed extremely
                                      efficiently—even very large sites can be updated several times an
                                      hour for ―near real time‖ delivery of content.




                                                         QuickTime™ and a
                                                     TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                  are neede d to see this picture.




                                     Once content is approved it will be published to the production
                                      during the next scheduled automatic deployment, or it can be
                                      published immediately in an ad-hoc fashion.



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                         Page 210 of 310
                                  We recommend the use of Collage Incremental Deploy.
                                   Incremental deploy can be set to automatically run every 30
                                   minutes, for example. It will only deploy the assets that have
                                   changed since the last deploy activity. One of the major benefits
                                   of Incremental Deploy is that it will know if that asset is referenced
                                   in multiple places throughout the site and re-deploy those affected
                                   pages also. Deploying single assets that have changed will ―miss‖
                                   these references and your site will end up with broken links or
                                   inaccurate content.
                                Incremental Deploy will automatically catch all references for any
                                   content changes. And since you can run Incremental Deploy as
                                   often as every 15 minutes on most sites, you essentially have near-
                                   real-time content on your production sites.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive supports time-based content publishing/deployment
                                   and expiration. Content becomes inaccessible to the public upon
                                   expiration.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                VCM has this as out of the box functionality.

          3. Will your application allow us to serve or deploy the same content to multiple
             environments (TEST, DEV, QA, PRODUCTION)?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                         Yes, using the Ektron site replication utility you can replicate the
                            site content to multiple different environments including load
                            balanced environments.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                         Content Server can be served in multiple environments, including
                            the environments mentioned above.
                o FileNet Corp.
                o Globalscape
                         Yes, since Cascade Server is a ―push‖ CMS, content can be pushed
                            out to Tes, Dev, QA, and production environments.
                o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                         Yes. Hyperwave includes tools that allow you to replicate content
                            from a staging to a production server.
                o Interwoven
                o Mediasurface, Inc.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 211 of 310
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                Content can be deployed to any number of production servers after
                                   being qualified through a workflow approval on the staging server.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot CMS supports multi-stage publishing using the
                                   Publication event within the workflow engine. Publication
                                   packages and targets can be configured to allow content to be
                                   published to staging, QA and other pre-production environments,
                                   in conjunction with approval steps, to ensure proper validate of
                                   content and functionality before publishing to production
                                   environments.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Collage can deploy to multiple servers and to multiple locations on
                                   those servers. Such deployment capabilities, in conjunction with
                                   Collage‘s asset-based approach, allows for content re-use across
                                   different sites where the same piece of content can be
                                   simultaneously deployed to multiple locations, inheriting the look-
                                   and-feel of each location.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive is not a file-based content management system. The
                                   system employs a dynamic rendering architecture model with
                                   embedded workflow approval processes. SiteExecutive
                                   automatically controls the ―editable‖ copy of templates and pages.
                                   We recommend a test/dev environment for developing custom
                                   modules, but for day-to-day content management, a properly
                                   configured production system is sufficient.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                VCM support deployment to n-number of environments or
                                   endpoints.

          4. Will your application permit deployment of the same content item (not a clone or
             duplicate) to multiple sites or multiple locations on the same site? What are the
             constraints/limitations to this capability?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                     Page 212 of 310
                                  The Ektron CMS allows content reuse throughout the site or across
                                   multiple sites. There are no constraints on content reuse
                     o     EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o     Fatwire Software
                                All content is deployed as 1 asset with references to it, not multiple
                                   on the same site.
                     o     FileNet Corp.
                     o     Globalscape
                                Yes, Cascade Server will push the same content out to multiple
                                   locations upon deployment. There are no known limitations.
                     o     Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                                Cloned or duplicate content is supported, but it is not
                                   recommended because it can lead to data contention and expensive
                                   replication and synchronization costs. We recommend content to
                                   be ―filed‖ in multiple locations or sites as Hyperwave links. When
                                   content is accessed as a link, it invokes the actual master content,
                                   rather than a copy of the content. This allows identical content to
                                   be stored and retrieved in different ways by different users and
                                   groups, and avoids the administration costs of duplicating
                                   permission rules to content for multiple locations.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                Yes, CommonSpot provides the ability to reuse and repurpose
                                   content to multiple sites (subsites or folders) or multiple locations
                                   on the same site. There are no constraints or limitations to this
                                   capability.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot CMS natively supports content publishing in multiple
                                   formats to multiple targets. Using the Publishing Package facility,
                                   administrators can define the scope (specific pages and sections)
                                   and pair it with one or more Publishing Targets.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Collage can deploy to multiple servers and to multiple locations on
                                   those servers. Such deployment capabilities, in conjunction with
                                   Collage‘s asset-based approach, allows for content re-use across
                                   different sites where the same piece of content can be
                                   simultaneously deployed to multiple locations, inheriting the look-
                                   and-feel of each location.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 213 of 310
                                     SiteExecutive is not a file-based content management system. The
                                      system employs a dynamic rendering process that leverages
                                      extensive caching techniques. All content managed by
                                      SiteExecutive requires a rendering server.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Vignette‘s publishing architecture is a key differentiator between
                               solutions. Vignette can deliver the same content to a wide variety
                               of endpoints and technologies simultaneously. Vignette‘s core
                               philosophy is centralized management with multiple publishing
                               outputs. An author would only author a piece of content once for it
                               to be published either to multiple places on one site or multiple
                               sites, even if they differ in presentation technology or templates.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 214 of 310
Integration with 3rd Party Content
          1. Can your application produce RSS (specify supported version)?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                        Yes, the Ektron CMS can produce RSS 2.0
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                        Content Server can produce RSS of any version.
                o FileNet Corp.
                o Globalscape
                        Yes, Cascade Server is fully RSS enabled for both aggregating and
                           disseminating information to and from third party applications.
                           RSS feeds are easily included in produced web pages. Cascade
                           Server currently supports 0.91 and 2.0.
                o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                        Qualified yes. Even though this functionality is not provided out
                           of the box, RSS feeds have been implemented for our customers in
                           the past and the code can be reused.
                o Interwoven
                o Mediasurface, Inc.
                        Chose not to respond
                o Open Text Coporation
                o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                o PaperThin, Inc.
                        Yes, any version of RSS is supported.
                o Percussion Software, Inc.
                o RedDot Solutions
                        RedDot CMS can simultaneously publish Web content to a Web
                           server and create an RSS feed directly from a list (like a list of
                           Press Releases, Events or other news).
                o Serena Software, Inc.
                        Collage stores all structured content in XML so Collage‘s design-
                           time components can be used to build result sets based on queries
                           to the database. These result sets can be put through any
                           templates, including XML templates to create RSS feeds for
                           syndication.
                        Collage supports RSS feeds in at least two ways:
                                Imported from externally syndicated sources and
                                   incorporated on pages that come from Collage (using your
                                   preferred technology, like PHP, ASP, JSP, etc.).
                                Produced from data that is created/managed in Collage and
                                   is constructed into a feed for syndication.



The University of Texas - Arlington                                             Page 215 of 310
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            SiteExecutive has a syndication add-on module that allows pages
                               managed in SiteExecutive to be available on an RSS feed.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Vignette Content Management can product RSS feeds and this
                               capability is in production at Vignette Customer sites.

          2. Can your application consume RSS (specify supported version)?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                        Yes, the Ektron CMS has a built in RSS aggregator for RSS 2.0.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                        Content Server can consume RSS of any version.
                o FileNet Corp.
                o Globalscape
                        Yes, Cascade Server allows for the inclusion of external RSS feeds
                           in internally managed pages through the use of an XML Feed
                           Block.
                o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                        Qualified yes. Even though this functionality is not provided out
                           of the box, RSS consumption can be (and has been) implemented
                           using Hyperwave APIs. A SAX XML parser based on Xerces is
                           included with Hyperwave Information Server. Callback methods
                           can be accessed via the API. Various RSS formats can be
                           supported as needed (e.g., RSS 2.0).
                o Interwoven
                o Mediasurface, Inc.
                        Chose not to respond
                o Open Text Coporation
                o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                o PaperThin, Inc.
                        Yes, it can consume any version of RSS.
                o Percussion Software, Inc.
                o RedDot Solutions
                        RedDot Import Manager within RedDot CMS imports any
                           structured text based format, such as RSS XML into the web
                           environment. Data can be parsed directly into the RedDot CMS
                           database, and directly published from the database, or it can be
                           further processed by the RedDot CMS. The content can then


The University of Texas - Arlington                                              Page 216 of 310
                                   follow the workflow and release rules you have established within
                                   RedDot CMS, so that content is post-processed before publication.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Collage stores all structured content in XML so Collage‘s design-
                                   time components can be used to build result sets based on queries
                                   to the database. These result sets can be put through any
                                   templates, including XML templates to create RSS feeds for
                                   syndication.
                                Collage supports RSS feeds in at least two ways:
                                        Imported from externally syndicated sources and
                                           incorporated on pages that come from Collage (using your
                                           preferred technology, like PHP, ASP, JSP, etc.).
                                        Produced from data that is created/managed in Collage and
                                           is constructed into a feed for syndication.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                The SiteExecutive Syndication add-on module can consume
                                   external RSS feeds and present the content on templates and pages.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Vignette Content Management, Vignette Collaboration, and
                                   Vignette Portal can consume RSS feeds.

          3. Can your application produce web services (specify supported version)?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                        The Ektron CMS provides basic CMS functionality through web
                           services out of the box
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                        Content Server comes out of the box with SOAP support.
                o FileNet Corp.
                o Globalscape
                        Cascade server facilitates Web Services (SOAP Interface) offering
                           Asset Operation Services including "create," "edit," "delete,"
                           "publish," and "read." The SOAP-based web services API now
                           supports creating, reading, updating, and deleting all assets and
                           administration components as well as performing remote
                           authentication of users.
                o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                        Yes, Apache Axis and Tomcat are typically used for producing
                           web services.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                    Page 217 of 310
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            Yes, web services are supported.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            Yes. RedDot CMS can publish via web services, and does so
                              natively when publishing to the RedDot LiveServer module. In
                              addition, a template developer could place code in the template
                              that instigates a call to a web service interface (dll/backend
                              components), and likewise could include the logic that renders the
                              return set returned by the web server into the appropriate markup
                              of code. RedDot CMS would publish this template to the
                              production server in the form of an asp/cfm/jsp/etc... page, and the
                              code would execute on the production server.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            Web Services Support (WSDL, SOAP Support)
                                   What it is:
                                          o The Collage API is exposed via Web Services. It
                                               includes a full WSDL and support for standards
                                               such as SOAP and DIME.
                                   Why it matters:
                                          o You can extend Collage functionality and integrate
                                               Collage with other applications by using Web
                                               Services standards.
                            Collage excels at importing any existing digital content, including
                              HTML pages, code files (i.e. CFM/ASP/PHP or other types),
                              images, documents, etc. The Collage Deploy module can import
                              digital assets from any file store or FTP site.
                            Collage can leverage existing data structures in two main ways:
                                   By pulling information from existing data structures
                                   By deploying content to those structures.
                            In the first case (pulling data from existing data structures),
                              Collage can utilize the information in external databases in
                              multiple ways. Since there is no limit to your ability to create
                              dynamic applications independent of any information contained in
                              Collage, one of the more popular approaches leverages the existing
                              server-side code base (this approach would allow pre-existing logic
                              in Cold Fusion to work as it does now). A simple example would
                              be an FAQ database and search engine application. While
                              certainly possible to host all of that information directly in Collage,
                              its more efficient to maintain an external database of FAQ
                              information and let Collage manage only the pages and business


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                    Page 218 of 310
                                      logic. This scenario is appealing when server-side logic already
                                      exists, since that logic can be saved as an asset within Collage and
                                      efficiently re-used across the site. Another popular approach
                                      involves querying the database prior to deployment and
                                      incorporating the response into a static page. Collage offers the
                                      ability to extract and fold in information from your databases
                                      during the deployment process, so your runtime environment sees
                                      only resulting static html.
                                     In the second case (deploying to existing data structures), Collage
                                      is capable of pushing all contributed content directly into external
                                      databases that may be accessed by runtime server code in your
                                      production environment. This technique allows Collage to be used
                                      as the contribution, approval, and deployment engine, while
                                      existing run-time/portal functionality is reused to position and
                                      secure the information.
                                     Non-technical contribution of standardized/shared content (like a
                                      web service) can be done out-of-the- box with Collage. Shared
                                      objects can be incorporated into pages by allowing the contributor
                                      to choose the desired object from a drop down list as shown below.
                                           Standardized/shared content is stored within Collage (like
                                               authentication services, current appointment services,
                                               account validation services, profile services, etc.).




                                                              QuickTime™ and a
                                                          TIFF (LZW) decomp resso r
                                                       are need ed to see this picture.




                                            This standardized/shared content can be easily added to a
                                             page by a contributor by choosing it from the ‗Content‘ tab
                                             in the XML editor interface (for non-technical




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                         Page 219 of 310
                                          contributors).




                                                          QuickTime™ and a
                                                      TIFF (LZW) deco mpressor
                                                   are neede d to se e this picture.




                                         The standardized/shared content from #1 calls the web
                                          service logic.
                                         The web service logic can reside in one of two places: on a
                                          server that exists outside of Collage, or as an asset managed
                                          by Collage. The advantage of storing the web service logic
                                          as a Collage asset is that the user can then preview the
                                          content update within Collage.
                                         This web service is called as an ‗include‘, and is not coded
                                          directly to the asset. Therefore, it can be changed in one
                                          place and all pages that include it will reflect any changes
                                          to that asset.
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            With SiteExecutive APIs, a web service can be made available to
                               your desired specification.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Vignette Business Integration Studio can produce SOAP Web
                               Services.

          4. Can your application consume web services (specify supported version)?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                        The Ektron CMS itself does not consume web services outside the
                           built in web services. You are able to consume web services at the
                           template level side by side with the CMS, or through
                           customization using the developer SDK.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 220 of 310
                     o Fatwire Software
                            Content Server can consume other web services.
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            Yes, Cascade Server can consume web service calls.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            Yes, Apache Axis and Tomcat are typically used for consuming
                              web services.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            Yes, web services can be consumed.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            Yes. The RedDot LiveServer module offers a wizard-driven Web
                              Services connector, which allows non-technical users to integrate
                              Web-based applications and systems quickly with their Web site.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            Web Services Support (WSDL, SOAP Support)
                                   What it is:
                                          o The Collage API is exposed via Web Services. It
                                               includes a full WSDL and support for standards
                                               such as SOAP and DIME.
                                   Why it matters:
                                          o You can extend Collage functionality and integrate
                                               Collage with other applications by using Web
                                               Services standards.
                            Collage excels at importing any existing digital content, including
                              HTML pages, code files (i.e. CFM/ASP/PHP or other types),
                              images, documents, etc. The Collage Deploy module can import
                              digital assets from any file store or FTP site.
                            Collage can leverage existing data structures in two main ways:
                                   By pulling information from existing data structures
                                   By deploying content to those structures.
                            In the first case (pulling data from existing data structures),
                              Collage can utilize the information in external databases in
                              multiple ways. Since there is no limit to your ability to create
                              dynamic applications independent of any information contained in
                              Collage, one of the more popular approaches leverages the existing
                              server-side code base (this approach would allow pre-existing logic
                              in Cold Fusion to work as it does now). A simple example would
                              be an FAQ database and search engine application. While
                              certainly possible to host all of that information directly in Collage,


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                    Page 221 of 310
                                      its more efficient to maintain an external database of FAQ
                                      information and let Collage manage only the pages and business
                                      logic. This scenario is appealing when server-side logic already
                                      exists, since that logic can be saved as an asset within Collage and
                                      efficiently re-used across the site. Another popular approach
                                      involves querying the database prior to deployment and
                                      incorporating the response into a static page. Collage offers the
                                      ability to extract and fold in information from your databases
                                      during the deployment process, so your runtime environment sees
                                      only resulting static html.
                                     In the second case (deploying to existing data structures), Collage
                                      is capable of pushing all contributed content directly into external
                                      databases that may be accessed by runtime server code in your
                                      production environment. This technique allows Collage to be used
                                      as the contribution, approval, and deployment engine, while
                                      existing run-time/portal functionality is reused to position and
                                      secure the information.
                                     Non-technical contribution of standardized/shared content (like a
                                      web service) can be done out-of-the- box with Collage. Shared
                                      objects can be incorporated into pages by allowing the contributor
                                      to choose the desired object from a drop down list as shown below.
                                           Standardized/shared content is stored within Collage (like
                                               authentication services, current appointment services,
                                               account validation services, profile services, etc.).




                                                              QuickTime™ and a
                                                          TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                       are neede d to see this picture.




                                            This standardized/shared content can be easily added to a
                                             page by a contributor by choosing it from the ‗Content‘ tab
                                             in the XML editor interface (for non-technical




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                         Page 222 of 310
                                          contributors).




                                                          QuickTime™ a nd a
                                                      TIFF (LZW) de compressor
                                                   are need ed to see this picture.




                                         The standardized/shared content from #1 calls the web
                                          service logic.
                                         The web service logic can reside in one of two places: on a
                                          server that exists outside of Collage, or as an asset managed
                                          by Collage. The advantage of storing the web service logic
                                          as a Collage asset is that the user can then preview the
                                          content update within Collage.
                                         This web service is called as an ‗include‘, and is not coded
                                          directly to the asset. Therefore, it can be changed in one
                                          place and all pages that include it will reflect any changes
                                          to that asset.
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            With SiteExecutive APIs, a web service can be consumed.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Vignette Business Integration Studio can also consume SOAP Web
                               Services.

          5. Can your application produce Portlets as specified by Sun‘s JSR 168 (specify
             supported version)?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                         The Ektron CMS does not have any builtin support for producing
                            portlets as specified by Sun‘s JSR 168. This is capable of being
                            achieved through customization of the Ektron CMS.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 223 of 310
                                  Content Server has pre-built JSR 168 portlets that are usable for
                                   Sun Portal.
                     o     FileNet Corp.
                     o     Globalscape
                                Cascade Server supports XML generation of content for external
                                   syndication through RSS or Atom feeds. SOAP-based Web
                                   Services allow for added flexibility in utilizing content outside the
                                   system.
                     o     Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                                Qualified yes. Even though this functionality is not provided out
                                   of the box, portlets supporting JSR 168 and WSRP have been
                                   implemented for our customers in the past. The code can be
                                   reused.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                Yes, Portlets can be produced.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot LiveServer offers portlet integration connectors to
                                   Websphere and BEA WebLogic Portals, and a separate JSR 168-
                                   compatible connector. These portal connectors offer digest-based
                                   authentication against any LDAP/ADS server or against the
                                   Portal's own user management system. RedDot LiveServer also
                                   offers an SAP-certified iView-based Portal connector that allows
                                   direct content publishing to the Portal and secure access to the
                                   RedDot CMS SmartEdit, and SmartTree interfaces from within the
                                   Portal.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Collage does not have direct out-of-the-box support for JSR 168.
                                   Collage does, however, have a fully supported Web Services API
                                   that can be used to integrate Collage with portals and other
                                   external systems.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                With SiteExecutive APIs, JSR 168 Portlets can be developed.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Vignette‘s Application Builder can product WSRP 1.0 portlets but
                                   does not natively produce JSR 168 portlets. Vignette was a
                                   member of the specification committee for the original JSR 168


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 224 of 310
                                      specification and is actively participating in the definition of its
                                      successor JSR 286. Vignette Content can easily feed content to
                                      JSR 168 portlets or standard JSR 168 RSS readers.

          6. Can your application consume Portlets as specified by Sun‘s JSR 168 (specify
             supported version)?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                         The Ektron CMS does not have any builtin support for consuming
                            portlets as specified by Sun‘s JSR 168. This is capable of being
                            achieved through customization of the Ektron CMS.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                         Since Content Server is not a portal, it can not consume portlets.
                            External content can be referenced through includes.
                o FileNet Corp.
                o Globalscape
                         Cascade Server supports XML consumption of content for internal
                            syndication through RSS or Atom feeds. SOAP-based Web
                            Services allow for added flexibility in utilizing content outside the
                            system.
                o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                         Qualified yes. Although Hyperwave‘s portal product is not JSR
                            168 compliant, in theory it is be possible to implement a portal for
                            consuming such portlets similar to the customizations which have
                            been done for producing JSR 168 portlets. Another option would
                            be to use a 3rd party application server (e.g., JBoss, WebLogic) to
                            consume portlets produced by Hyperwave IS/6.
                o Interwoven
                o Mediasurface, Inc.
                         Chose not to respond
                o Open Text Coporation
                o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                o PaperThin, Inc.
                         Yes, Portlets can be consumed.
                o Percussion Software, Inc.
                o RedDot Solutions
                         RedDot, through the LiveServer module, can produce portlets to
                            the JSR 168 standard. Consumption of portlets would require a
                            portal server environment.
                o Serena Software, Inc.
                         Collage does not have direct out-of-the-box support for JSR 168.
                            Collage does, however, have a fully supported Web Services API



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                            Page 225 of 310
                                   that can be used to integrate Collage with portals and other
                                   external systems.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                With SiteExecutive APIs, custom modules can be developed to
                                   consume Portlets which confirm to Sun‘s JSR 168 specification
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Vignette Application Portal can consume both JSR 168 and WSRP
                                   1.0 portlets.



Support of File Types
          1. How are PDF files created and handled by the system (specify supported
             version)?
                 o Alfresco
                 o Cignex (Plone)
                 o Day Software, Inc.
                 o Ektron, Inc.
                        The Ektron CMS supports creating and handling PDF files through
                          the CMS work area. Users can drag and drop created PDF‘s to the
                          work area or create the managed file within the CMS. The CMS
                          also has out-of-the-box functionality to create PDF files from any
                          Microsoft office document.




                     o EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o Fatwire Software
                            PDFs can be created by file upload or drag-and-drop. PDFs can
                              also be created from structured content using XSLT or Adobe. All
                              versions are supported.
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            Cascade Server can be used to produce (X)HTML, PDF, Microsoft
                              Word, XML, WML, etc. versions of the same content. The CMS
                              will automatically produce these versions using standard XML
                              transformations via XSL, and are an available viewing option for
                              site visitors.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                Page 226 of 310
                                  The Hyperwave Document Converter module is based on Neevia®
                                   technology and allows for server side on the fly conversion of
                                   many document formats including PDF (Version 5.x and higher)
                                   and MS Office. PDF documents are fully indexed and searchable
                                   within Hyperwave IS/6.
                                Please refer to Addendum A of this document [the originial vendor
                                   document] for additional details on supported file types.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                PDFs can be uploaded, versioned and archived into the system, as
                                   well as be secured for limited access by specified groups.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot CMS uses its project variant facility to manage all Web to
                                   print variants. The product includes a PDF generator, which can
                                   create a PDF snapshot of a Web page and transfer the file to any
                                   print server location.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                The Collage content model allows output to multiple channels
                                   and/or formats, meaning that content is easily repurposed for many
                                   different target formats, layouts, or languages. Reuse applies to
                                   text files, PDF files, user contributions, documents, or outside data
                                   sources. So for example: contributions and relevant metadata are
                                   collected using the WYSIWYG editor and stored in XML format,
                                   which are then collected by Collage at deploy time using a content
                                   query to process the selected file, data, or document content.
                                   Documents might be converted, and all content is then merged
                                   with the declared layout template and file format (HTML, JSP,
                                   WML, XML, etc.). Unlimited queries let you target content in as
                                   many different ways as desired.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive easily manages PDFs. PDF are stored like any other
                                   binary content and can be indexed to provide full-text search
                                   results. Leveraging SiteExecutive APIs and the built-in PDF
                                   generation capabilities in ColdFusion MX, custom modules can be
                                   created to produce PDF versions of SiteExecutive content.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 227 of 310
                                     PDF files can be uploaded and managed like any other piece of
                                      content. Unstructured content can also be rendered from its native
                                      XML into PDF using a wide variety of open source and
                                      commercial PDF generators that can be embedded in the
                                      application.

          2. To what extent is streaming media supported (specify supported version)?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                        Ektron CMS‘ component-based architecture would allow clients to
                           integrate Streaming Video servers on CMS-managed sites.
                           Alternatively, Ektron does fully support rich media types within
                           the DMS repository (Real Media, WMW, Flash, AVI, MPG) that
                           can wrap within the permission model of the CMS and displayed
                           in the same manner as traditional web content.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                        All streaming media can be stored as the media asset itself or
                           referenced from a streaming server.
                o FileNet Corp.
                o Globalscape
                        Cascade Server supports the embedding of streaming media, such
                           as Real Video and Windows Media Server, in delivered pages.
                o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                        Hyperwave IS does not have native media streaming capability.
                           Streaming media can be store in Hyperwave, however, for better
                           improved performance we frequently recommend to storing such
                           content on a 3rd party streaming server and link to it from
                           Hyperwave.
                o Interwoven
                o Mediasurface, Inc.
                        Chose not to respond
                o Open Text Coporation
                o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                o PaperThin, Inc.
                        CommonSpot provides support for streaming media via a out-of-
                           the-box element or content object. The element provides a wizard
                           for uploading the file and managing it display.
                o Percussion Software, Inc.
                o RedDot Solutions
                        RedDot supports all data formats, mark-up languages (HTML,
                           XML, SGML, WML, etc.), and virtually all scripting languages
                           natively. All can be imported, stored, managed, previewed, and
                           published. Also, the RedDot Asset Manager (included in CMS)


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                        Page 228 of 310
                                   allows for storage, management and categorization of media assets.
                                   RedDot CMS can manage media files along with content.
                                   Following a paradigm similar to its content management
                                   procedures that seamlessly weaves compiled components with
                                   Web content, the system can create a placeholder container within
                                   a Web page and call a compiled component, such as a media file,
                                   or a reference to a file on a dedicated streaming server.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Collage stores all structured content in XML so Collage‘s design-
                                   time components can be used to build result sets based on queries
                                   to the database. These result sets can be put through any
                                   templates, including XML templates to create RSS feeds for
                                   syndication.
                                Collage supports RSS feeds in at least two ways:
                                        Imported from externally syndicated sources and
                                           incorporated on pages that come from Collage (using your
                                           preferred technology, like PHP, ASP, JSP, etc.).
                                        Produced from data that is created/managed in Collage and
                                           is constructed into a feed for syndication.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive is a web content management system rather than a
                                   multimedia server. If streaming media is desired, we recommend
                                   selecting and integrating a best of breed multimedia server.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Files of any type can be uploaded, managed, and delivered by the
                                   VCM. Typical customer scenarios involve VCM delivering files
                                   to one of the commercial or open source streaming servers such as
                                   Windows or Real.

          3. To what extent are MS Office Documents supported?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                        The Ektron CMS allows users to create and manage MS Office
                           documents within the CMS document management. This allows
                           MS Office assets to have the same history and audit trail,
                           permissions, workflow, etc. as other CMS managed content.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                    Page 229 of 310
                                 All binary documents are stored in the repository as either blobs or
                                  file system assets. The decision of where to store them is
                                  determined at install.
                     o     FileNet Corp.
                     o     Globalscape
                                MS Office documents can be uploaded in to Cascade Server a
                                  managed as a file inside the CMS. Cascade Server will determine
                                  how much, if any, extraneous code and formatting is removed from
                                  content copied from Microsoft Office software.
                     o     Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                                MS Office documents are fully supported. MS Office documents
                                  are fully indexed and searchable. The Hyperwave Explorer client
                                  application allows users to open and save documents directly from
                                  MS Office applications (and almost any other MS Windows
                                  application). Using the Hyperwave Explorer provides users with
                                  the experience of the CMS represented in Windows Explorer as
                                  network drive with subfolders. This prevents users from having to
                                  learn an extensive new system just to create and retrieve their
                                  documents.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                CommonSpot offers a wizard interface for end-users to upload any
                                  file, Word, PowerPoint, and Excel included, and to assist end-users
                                  in creating and managing hypertext links to those uploaded files.
                                Administrators can define the file formats wish to support and the
                                  size of the file upload, as well as what users or groups have the
                                  rights to upload files.
                                CommonSpot also provides several predefined elements or content
                                  objects for displaying and managing MS Office documents. One
                                  such element renders an uploaded Word document as HTML.
                                  CommonSpot automatically converts the Word document to
                                  HTML and renders the converted HTML as an element.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                Users can use Word as their default text editor or copy and paste or
                                  drag and drop content from tools such as Microsoft Office, directly
                                  into RedDot CMS. Users can create content in any standard tool
                                  and then copy it into the full-featured browser-based text editor.
                                  RedDot will also enforce encoding and formatting. RedDot also
                                  integrates with Microsoft Word to allow authors to create content
                                  in word and then publish to a RedDot template.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                     Page 230 of 310
                                     Collage stores all content assets in its central repository database.
                                      Content assets are defined as ―any‖ form of content including, but
                                      not limited to, HTML, images, desktop documents (like Word,
                                      PDF, etc.), structured forms, and code (like ASP, CFM, PHP, etc.).
                                      All content assets are versioned and can be searched and audited.
                                      One significant benefit of this approach to content storage and
                                      management is that Collage offers very good Document
                                      Management and Digital Asset Management capabilities out-of-
                                      box.
                                     Many content management products only store unique identifiers
                                      (UID) in their central repository database and not the actual
                                      content assets. Each UID points to a file that is managed in the file
                                      system.
                                     The file typically represents a web page and contains only
                                      structured content and HTML code. Unstructured content assets
                                      like images, desktop application files (like Word, PDF, etc.) and
                                      code files are stored in separate files and ―linked‖ to the pages.
                                      This means that the unstructured assets are not versioned by the
                                      CMS application. This also means that the CMS cannot provide
                                      even basic Document Management or Digital Asset Management
                                      capabilities without purchasing optional applications that are often
                                      not tightly integrated to the CMS.
                                     Collage has the ability to include any images or digital media into
                                      the web page content, such as video and audio file types. Collage
                                      will store and allow users to work with content from all native MS
                                      Office files, connect into existing data sources (via JDBC/ODBC),
                                      and Collage supports complex documents. In addition selectable,
                                      automatic conversion of document assets to HTML, PDF or
                                      PostScript lets web developers separate the destination format from
                                      the editing or creation format.
                                     Any file or object that is managed by Collage is an asset. Assets
                                      are automatically version managed and assigned an asset type
                                      based on its file extension, which determines what additional
                                      metadata may be captured. Examples of assets include: HTML,
                                      XHTML, XML, Text pages, Image files (GIF, JPG etc), server
                                      pages (CFM‘s, ASP‘s, JSP‘s), site structure, master pages, source
                                      logic, compiled application code, etc.
                                     For those types of files that are not included within Collage‘s
                                      extensive Asset Type list, project administrators can easily create
                                      their own asset types and add them to the system, assigning their




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                          Page 231 of 310
                                      default role and behavior in the project. (see screenshot below)




                                                       QuickTime™ a nd a
                                                   TIFF (LZW) de compressor
                                                are need ed to see this picture.




                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            SiteExecutive can manage all MS office documents. All
                               documents can be indexed to provide full-text search.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Content can be authored in Office Documents through the use of
                               Word or Excel Templates. Any kind of Office file can be
                               uploaded, managed, and delivered like any piece of content.

          4. To what extent are PDF Documents supported?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                        PDF Documents can be managed through the CMS. They contain
                           the same content features, history and audit trail, permissions,
                           workflow, etc. as other CMS managed content.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                        All binary documents are stored in the repository as either blobs or
                           file system assets. The decision of where to store them is
                           determined at install.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                         Page 232 of 310
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            Cascade Server fully support the management of PDF documents,
                               in the same manor it manages office documents, they will appear
                               as manageable files in the CMS asset tree.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            PDF documents are fully supported. Hyperwave allows users to
                               save and retrieve from its content management system and will
                               automatically invoke Acrobat to manage/render the file when
                               requested. Acrobat Version 5.x and higher is supported.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            CommonSpot offers a wizard interface for end-users to upload any
                               file, PDF included, and to assist end-users in creating and
                               managing hypertext links to those files.
                            CommonSpot also provides a PDF element that renders in place
                               the PDF document within the context of the page. So what is the
                               difference between the PDF element and creating a hypertext link
                               to a PDF document? The PDF element renders the PDF document
                               within the content area of the CommonSpot Web page and as full
                               access to all the navigational and menu elements. To open the PDF
                               document full screen, the viewer simply clicks on the text ―Click
                               here to launch the PDF document full screen‖ directly below the
                               element. If you were to link to a PDF document instead, the
                               Adobe Acrobat Reader application is launched and a separate
                               window is opened presenting the document. The viewer is
                               presented with the PDF document outside of the CommonSpot
                               Web page.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            RedDot supports PDFs both as imported content, as well as
                               providing the ability to automatically generate PDFs as output.
                               Imported PDFs are managed along with any other asset files, and
                               can be attached to any page in a site. RedDot also includes a PDF
                               generator, which can create a PDF snapshot of a Web page and
                               transfer the file to any print server location.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            See response above.
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            SiteExecutive can manage PDFs. PDF are stored like any other
                               binary content and can be indexed to provide full-text search.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                Page 233 of 310
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            PDF files can be uploaded and managed like any other piece of
                               content. Unstructured content can also be rendered from its native
                               XML into PDF using a wide variety of open source and
                               commercial PDF generators that can be embedded in the
                               application.

          5. What other document types are supported?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                        The Ektron CMS supports any file types through the CMS
                           document management. Additional allowed extensions can be
                           added to the configuration of the CMS which allows users to drag
                           and drop or create these types of files. The users are requires to
                           have the file specific application installed on the local workstation
                           to edit files.
               o EMC Software (Documentum)
               o Fatwire Software
                        All binary documents are stored in the repository as either blobs or
                           file system assets. The decision of where to store them is
                           determined at install.
               o FileNet Corp.
               o Globalscape
                        The administrator can determines the types of files and documents
                           the can be uploaded in the CMS, by designating the appropriate
                           file extensions in the admin preference section.
               o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                        Any document format can be stored in and retrieved from
                           Hyperwave and tagged with metadata. Document meta-data is
                           indexed and searchable for all document formats without
                           restrictions. For full text indexing, customers have the option to
                           choose between Verity and Autonomy. Both search engines
                           support over 200 file formats including most common formats
                           such as MS Office, PDF, XML, etc.. Displaying a document on
                           the client requires the associated client application or browser
                           plug-in to be installed.
                        Please refer to Addendum A of this document [the vendor‘s
                           original document] for additional details on supported file types.
               o Interwoven
               o Mediasurface, Inc.
                        Chose not to respond


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                 Page 234 of 310
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                           CommonSpot supports by default the following file formats, a list
                              of which is provided below. CommonSpot allows administrators to
                              modify the list (delete) and add other file format types if not
                              provided.
                                   Adobe Acrobat Forms Document (*.fdf)
                                   AVI (*.avi)
                                   Cascading Style Sheet (*.css)
                                   ColdFusion Component (*.cfc)
                                   ColdFusion Module (*.cfm)
                                   CommonSpot .head Module (*.head)
                                   Flash Movie (*.swf)
                                   GIF (*.gif)
                                   HMTL (*.html)
                                   HTML (*.htm)
                                   JavaScript Module (*.js)
                                   JPEG (*.jpg)
                                   JPEG (*.jpe)
                                   JPEG (*jpeg)
                                   Microsoft Excel (*.xls)
                                   Microsoft PowerPoint (*.ppt)
                                   Microsoft PowerPoint (*.ppv)
                                   Microsoft Word (*.dot)
                                   Microsoft Word (*.doc)
                                   MP3 (*.mp3)
                                   MPEG (*.mpg)
                                   MPEG (*.mpeg)
                                   PDF (*.pdf)
                                   PNG Image (*.png)
                                   Quick Time Movie (*.qt)
                                   QuickTime (*.mov)
                                   Real Audio (*.ram)
                                   Real Audio (*.rm)
                                   Real Audio (*.ra)
                                   Real Audio Plugin (*.rpm)
                                   Real Audio Plugin (*.rpm)
                                   Rich Text Format (*.rtf)
                                   Windows Media Audio/Video (*.wmv)
                                   Windows Media Audio/Video (*.asf)
                                   Windows Media Audio/Video (*.asx)
                                   Windows Media Audio/Video (*.wma)



The University of Texas - Arlington                                             Page 235 of 310
                                        ZIP archive (*.zip)
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot supports document types in 2 distinct ways: as inputs and
                                   outputs. As inputs, RedDot supports using tradition types of Web
                                   content such as textual content, images, binary files, and over 20
                                   distinct Web content types. RedDot CMS can also consume
                                   database stored content, XML content, and other Web service
                                   delivered content. From an output standpoint, RedDot CMS is
                                   "code agnostic". This means that content can be "rendered" as any
                                   output format, including all scripting languages (ASPX, JSP, PHP,
                                   etc) and all markup language types (HTML, XML, WML, PDF,
                                   etc) since the CMS separates the content from the layout of the
                                   page (template page code). RedDot allows Web content to be
                                   applied to multiple types of templates automatically, which are
                                   called Template Variants (like HTML, XML, PDF, etc). This
                                   paradigm allows RedDot CMS to ingest many types of content,
                                   and implicitly maximize the reuse of content using a variety of
                                   variants, thus permitting it to be published simultaneously to
                                   multiple Web sites that use different browser-based languages
                                   (HTML, XML, PHP, etc.).
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                The Collage content model allows output to multiple channels
                                   and/or formats, meaning that content is easily repurposed for many
                                   different target formats, layouts, or languages. Reuse applies to
                                   text files, PDF files, user contributions, documents, or outside data
                                   sources. So for example: contributions and relevant metadata are
                                   collected using the WYSIWYG editor and stored in XML format,
                                   which are then collected by Collage at deploy time using a content
                                   query to process the selected file, data, or document content.
                                   Documents might be converted, and all content is then merged
                                   with the declared layout template and file format (HTML, JSP,
                                   WML, XML, etc.). Unlimited queries let you target content in as
                                   many different ways as desired.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive supports all known web mime-types.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                There are no restrictions on the types of files that are supported as
                                   Vignette is content type agnostic.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 236 of 310
Support of Industry and Open Source Standards
          1. Describe the compliance of the application with Sun‘s J2EE 1.4 specification?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                         As the Ektron CMS is a .NET application the application itself
                            does not adhere to Sun‘s J2EE 1.4 specification. However you can
                            adhere to this specification when developing your website through
                            the Ektron CMS platform support for JSP.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                         Content Server is a J2EE application and is in compliance with
                            Sun‘s specification.
                o FileNet Corp.
                o Globalscape
                         The application currently utilizes Enterprise JavaBeans (EJB) as its
                            persistence framework, JavaServer Pages (JSPs) for the view, and
                            a SOAP based web services layer for it's public API
                o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                         Hyperwave does not natively use J2EE 1.4, but can easily be
                            connected to or used with applications that are compliant with
                            J2EE 1.4 specifications.
                o Interwoven
                o Mediasurface, Inc.
                         Chose not to respond
                o Open Text Coporation
                o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                o PaperThin, Inc.
                         CommonSpot runs on top of Adobe‘s ColdFusion application
                            server which can be installed as a WAR or EAR file on top of a
                            J2EE application server, and by default ColdFusion runs on a JRun
                            J2EE application server.
                o Percussion Software, Inc.
                o RedDot Solutions
                         RedDot CMS is a Windows based staging environment that can
                            publish pages containing any programming or scripting logic
                            (including jsp) to any production web server platform (including
                            J2EE web and application servers). RedDot LiveServer is a java
                            based personalization, integration and search platform that resides
                            in the production environment and runs on any J2EE application
                            server .
                o Serena Software, Inc.
                         Documented API
                                 What it is:



The University of Texas - Arlington                                              Page 237 of 310
                                              o Collage includes an extensive Java-based API that
                                                  can be used for extending Collage functionality and
                                                  to integrate with other Enterprise applications.
                                       Why it matters:
                                              o You can extend Collage functionality using a
                                                  supported, documented API.
                                              o You can integrate with other enterprise applications.
                                Web Services Support (WSDL, SOAP Support)
                                       What it is:
                                              o The Collage API is exposed via Web Services. It
                                                  includes a full WSDL and support for standards
                                                  such as SOAP and DIME.
                                       Why it matters:
                                              o You can extend Collage functionality and integrate
                                                  Collage with other applications by using Web
                                                  Services standards.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive is built on a platform of ColdFusion MX and Java
                                   which are both J2EE 1.4.x compliant.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Vignette Content Management is a J2EE based application.

          2. To what extent is your application compliant with W3C standards?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                        Ektron CMS400 can automatically ensure content is 508 and W3C
                           compliant and identify the level of compliance, predetermined by
                           you. Establish content publishing guidelines, which could restrict
                           content publishing if compliance levels are not achieved, and
                           provide navigation to non-conforming content for quick edits.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                        Sites created through FatWire Content Server can be developed to
                           adhere to W3C standards.
                o FileNet Corp.
                o Globalscape
                        Cascade Server is 100% based on W3C Internet standards
                           including items like HTML/XHTML and CSS. Content created
                           via Cascade Server is automatically checked for 508 compliance



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                    Page 238 of 310
                                   (for persons with disabilities), and relevant W3C standards are
                                   adhered to.
                                The WCMS enforces the objective items for levels 1 and 2
                                   compliance. This includes ALT attributes for images, summary
                                   attributes for tables, and other items. Certain initiatives are
                                   subjective, and human intervention is required.
                                With Cascade Server UT Arlinton can offer AAA accessibility for
                                   the published sites. Example AAA sites include
                                   dukenews.duke.edu, and mcghealth.org.
                     o     Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                                Hyperwave is fully compliant with W3C XML standards as
                                   specified at http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                CommonSpot renders W3C complaint HTML.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                The RedDot Web Compliance Manager validates the accessibility
                                   of Web site content managed within RedDot CMS, according to
                                   Section 508 and up to WCAG AAA standards. The Web
                                   Compliance Manger solution is available in two modules: Pre-
                                   publish and post-publish. The Pre-publish module ensures that
                                   content meets accessibility guidelines before it is published to the
                                   Web, by identifying individual lines of page code.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Accessibility Compliance Support
                                         What it is:
                                               o Collage supports accessibility compliance standards
                                                    such as ADA 508 and W3C guidelines. Users are
                                                    prompted for information such as alternate
                                                    descriptions for images.
                                         Why it matters:
                                               o You can build sites that are easily accessible by
                                                    those with disabilities.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                All content produced by our SiteExecutive rendering server is
                                   W3C compliant.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 239 of 310
                                     Vignette is W3C compliant and can publish W3C compliant
                                      HTML if desired

          3. Which open standards do you support?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                       HTML/XHTML, XLIFF, XML, Web Services, CSS
               o EMC Software (Documentum)
               o Fatwire Software
                       Content Server supports LDAP, HTML, XML, JSP, and RSS.
                           Content Server uses LDAP for authentication. HTML, JSP. XML
                           (with XSLT) can be use to create web page or templates. Content
                           Server can accept structured data feeds like RSS for storage and
                           presentation.
               o FileNet Corp.
               o Globalscape
                       In addition to complying with standards set forth by the W3C,
                           Cascade server can also adheres to Bobby guidelines. Best
                           practices regarding XML, XSL, and Web Services are also
                           supported.
               o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                       Hyperwave, among other standards, supports and/or uses:
                       WebDAV
                       LDAP
                       Java
                       JavaScript
                       C++
                       .NET & COM (Visual Basic)
                       HTTP, HTTPS
                       SSL
                       XML, XSLT and HTML
               o Interwoven
               o Mediasurface, Inc.
                       Chose not to respond
               o Open Text Coporation
               o Oracle/PeopleSoft
               o PaperThin, Inc.
                       In general, CommonSpot provides a flexible architecture which
                           allows the presentation of content in many standards based
                           formats.
               o Percussion Software, Inc.
               o RedDot Solutions
                       Both RedDot CMS and LiveServer are completely code agnostic,
                           allowing them to support code standards, like XHTML and XML


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                    Page 240 of 310
                                   2.0, automatically. RedDot CMS offers services around Dublin
                                   Core, and other metadata standard, allowing them to be built
                                   directly into the CMS project. RedDot LiveServer offers a JSR-168
                                   compliant Portal connector, supports J2EE 1.3.1 and later, and all
                                   API 2.2 (and later) servlet containers. In releases scheduled for Q3
                                   of 2007, both RedDot CMS and LiveServer will support a new JSR
                                   170 Integration Layer that will offer easy access to compliant
                                   Content Management Systems, databases and file servers.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Collage is a design-time solution that is built on the J2EE
                                   standards. Collage is a J2EE web application that supports
                                   industry standard web technologies such as Java architecture
                                   (J2EE, JDBC, JSP, EJB and servlets), Microsoft architecture
                                   (.NET, ASP, COM) and protocols including HTTP, FTP, SSL,
                                   WebDAV including Windows Web Folders, LDAP and XML.
                                   Secure FTP (FTP over SSL) and HTTPS are supported for secure
                                   access.
                                In some cases, you may want to integrate into Collage via APIs to
                                   control content changes. Collage provides a Java-based API to
                                   update objects in the repository such as assets, properties or
                                   metadata, workflow, contributions, or project settings.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive supports the following open Standards:
                                        XML / XSLT
                                        XHTML
                                        RSS
                                        Atom
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Vignette is dedicated to standards support and sits on many of the
                                   specification boards including but not limited to J2EE, XML, JSR
                                   168, WSRP, XPDL, SOAP, and others.

          4. Do you support SOA?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                        The Ektron CMS supports Service-Oriented Architecture through
                          our web services layer.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 241 of 310
                                 Content Server can create and consume web services. There are
                                  pre-defined web services available with Content Server that may
                                  be used or custom web services could be created for a specific use.
                                  This can be done by creating an appropriate content server page
                                  and creating a wsdl file for the service delivered by that page.
                     o     FileNet Corp.
                     o     Globalscape
                                Yes, Cascade Server supports common SOAP based web services.
                     o     Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                                Yes.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                Currently our application does not have a Service Oriented
                                  Architecture.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot supports SOA architecture through web services. RedDot
                                  CMS can publish via web services, and does so natively when
                                  publishing to the RedDot LiveServer module. In addition, a
                                  template developer could place code in the template that instigates
                                  a call to a web service interface (dll/backend components), and
                                  likewise could include the logic that renders the return set returned
                                  by the web server into the appropriate markup of code. RedDot
                                  CMS would publish this template to the production server in the
                                  form of an asp/cfm/jsp/etc... page, and the code would execute on
                                  the production server. In addition, RedDot CMS‘s Open API
                                  allows for customization. Customization is achieved through the
                                  RedDot Query Language [RQL interface], an XML-based query
                                  and command language. Plug-ins also allow enhancement of the
                                  CMS. Additionally, built on open standards and designed for ease-
                                  of-use, Integration Extensions within RedDot CMS enables you to
                                  integrate your existing applications into RedDot, deriving
                                  maximum value from your existing IT investments. RedDot CMS
                                  also includes all personalization functionalities.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Documented API
                                       What it is:
                                               o Collage includes an extensive Java-based API that
                                                  can be used for extending Collage functionality and
                                                  to integrate with other Enterprise applications.
                                       Why it matters:



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 242 of 310
                                               o You can extend Collage functionality using a
                                                   supported, documented API.
                                               o You can integrate with other enterprise applications.
                                Web Services Support (WSDL, SOAP Support)
                                        What it is:
                                               o The Collage API is exposed via Web Services. It
                                                   includes a full WSDL and support for standards
                                                   such as SOAP and DIME.
                                        Why it matters:
                                               o You can extend Collage functionality and integrate
                                                   Collage with other applications by using Web
                                                   Services standards.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                A specific SOA strategy is not embedded in the current version of
                                   SiteExecutive, however, using SiteExecutive‘s API‘s to connect to
                                   a set of web services which leverages SOA (Sun‘s JavaCAPS for
                                   example) is appropriate.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Vignette fully embraces SOA and many Vignette components are
                                   available as a core set of web services.



Accessibility Support
          1. To what extent is your application compliant with Section 508 of the
             Rehabilitation Act (http://www.section508.gov/)?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                         The Ektron CMS allows you to define the level of 508 compliance
                            you wish to validate against




                     o EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o Fatwire Software
                           FatWire Content Server templates can be developed to adhere to
                              any standards, including 508.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                     Page 243 of 310
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            The WCMS enforces the objective items for levels 1 and 2
                              compliance.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            Hyperwave‘s out-of-the-box interface is not Section 508
                              compliant, but may be redesigned to be so. This is a common
                              change. The standard, out-of-the-box interface of the product uses
                              frames, and frames do not meet Section 508. However, public
                              facing implementations of Hyperwave are almost always
                              compliant with Section 508, and for our public sector clientele
                              compliance with Section 508 is a firm requirement. Simple
                              modification of the HTML templates (the presentation layer)
                              achieves compliance.
                            For an example of a 508 compliant Hyperwave system, please visit
                              the Office of Head Start‘s Early Childhood Learning and
                              Knowledge Center (ECLKC) http://eclkc.ohs.acf.hhs.gov/hslc.




                                                               QuickTime™ and a
                                                           TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                        are neede d to see this picture.




                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                Page 244 of 310
                                  CommonSpot offer many tools that help to assure that Web content
                                   created is compliant with Section 508.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                The RedDot Web Compliance Manager validates the accessibility
                                   of Web site content managed within RedDot CMS, according to
                                   Section 508 and up to WCAG AAA standards. The Web
                                   Compliance Manger solution is available in two modules: Pre-
                                   publish and post-publish. The Pre-publish module ensures that
                                   content meets accessibility guidelines before it is published to the
                                   Web, by identifying individual lines of page code. For the CMS
                                   interface, RedDot uses a multi-layer approach to supporting
                                   Content Editors and Authors with disabilities. As a browser-based
                                   application, RedDot CMS implicitly works with all accessibility
                                   features available in today's browsers to automatically magnify the
                                   display and change the presentation to black and white, if
                                   necessary. For users with disabilities affecting dexterity, RedDot
                                   SmartEdit can expose all content editing points in clear and
                                   concise form, instead of the WYSIWYG interface, which is
                                   navigated with the keyboard instead of the mouse. For users with
                                   mild sight impairment, SmartEdit offers a slider bar that appears in
                                   every area of the User Interface (including dialogs) and
                                   dynamically magnifies the type and images in view. The RedDot
                                   CMS interface itself is easily customized with stylesheets to
                                   change the color of the "red dots" to make them accessible to users
                                   with color-depth limitations. Because RedDot CMS is Unicode
                                   compliant, it works seamlessly with most screen-reading
                                   technology available. RedDot is also releasing a WCAG AAA-
                                   compliant offline editor in the next RedDot CMS release, due at
                                   the beginning of Q1 2007.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Please see Attachment F for a copy of the Voluntary Product
                                   Accessibility Template (VPAT) for Collage. [see vendor response]
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive can manage websites that are fully section 508
                                   compliant and enforce the use of alt text for images and links. The
                                   product is being enhanced to support additional enforcement of
                                   compliance around HTML tables.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Vignette powers many of the leading governmental and public
                                   sector websites in the United States and thus complies with Section




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 245 of 310
                                      508 and has a voluntary assessment available for all Vignette
                                      interfaces.

          2. What capabilities does your application have with respect to validating
             compliance with Section 508?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                        Ektron CMS400 can automatically ensure content is 508 and W3C
                            compliant and identify the level of compliance, predetermined by
                            you. Establish content publishing guidelines, which could restrict
                            content publishing if compliance levels are not achieved, and
                            provide navigation to non-conforming content for quick edits.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                        Content Server can integrate with validation tools to ensure
                            compliance with Section 508
                o FileNet Corp.
                o Globalscape
                        The Accessibility Checker (also known as the 508c checker)
                            checks and reports errors that, when resolved, result in an
                            enhanced usability ranking for published content. The accessibility
                            checker is typically turned on or off, system-wide, by an
                            administrator.
                        Depending on a user's permissions, the checker may be turned on
                            or off at the page level as well. When turned on, the accessibility
                            checker is invoked after a page edit is committed by clicking the '
                            Submit' button. If there are any elements that the CMS deems
                            suspect, the user is forwarded to an ' Accessibility Checker' page
                            that lists the errors sorted by the field on the page in which they
                            occur. These errors must be dismissed or corrected as appropriate
                            before the page is saved.
                        Currently the checker will report on <table> elements without
                            summary attributes as well as <img> tags without ALT attributes.
                o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                        Our application has not native capability to validate compliance
                            with Section 508. Third party tools are required (and available) for
                            validating compliance.
                o Interwoven
                o Mediasurface, Inc.
                        Chose not to respond
                o Open Text Coporation
                o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                o PaperThin, Inc.



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                        Page 246 of 310
                                  CommonSpot does not validate 508 compliance, however it does
                                   offer tools and settings to help adhere to it.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot uses a multi-layer approach to supporting Content Editors
                                   and Authors with disabilities. As a browser-based application,
                                   RedDot CMS implicitly works with all accessibility features
                                   available in today's browsers to automatically magnify the display
                                   and change the presentation to black and white, if necessary. For
                                   users with disabilities affecting dexterity, RedDot SmartEdit can
                                   expose all content editing points in clear and concise form, instead
                                   of the WYSIWYG interface, which is navigated with the keyboard
                                   instead of the mouse. For users with mild sight impairment,
                                   SmartEdit offers a slider bar that appears in every area of the User
                                   Interface (including dialogs) and dynamically magnifies the type
                                   and images in view. The RedDot CMS interface itself is easily
                                   customized with stylesheets to change the color of the "red dots" to
                                   make them accessible to users with color-depth limitations.
                                   Because RedDot CMS is Unicode compliant, it works seamlessly
                                   with most screen-reading technology available. RedDot is also
                                   releasing a WCAG AAA-compliant offline editor in the next
                                   RedDot CMS release, due at the beginning of Q1 2007.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Response As a design-side system Collage does not provide
                                   validation capability for Section 508 compliance. Validation could
                                   be conducted with any editor with this capability.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive can be configured to enforce alt text for all images
                                   and links. With respect to validating compliance with Section 508,
                                   Systems Alliance has a strong partnership with Maxamine, a
                                   software company with a web analytics solution that performs
                                   Section 508 compliance validation.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Vignette has worked with numerous open source and commercial
                                   tools to validate delivery side applications for Section 508
                                   compliance. How compliant the actual delivery application is
                                   dependent on the delivery method chosen.



Technical Details
          1. How are html comments handled?


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 247 of 310
                     o     Alfresco
                     o     Cignex (Plone)
                     o     Day Software, Inc.
                     o     Ektron, Inc.
                                Ektron‘s CMS handles HTML comments seamlessly
                     o     EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o     Fatwire Software
                                All html comments are in the HTML template code.
                     o     FileNet Corp.
                     o     Globalscape
                                Cascade Server will manage comments tags just as it does normal
                                   html tags. They can viewed/edited using the HTML toggle, or
                                   viewed in the page source.
                     o     Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                                HTML comments are added at the same a file is uploaded into the
                                   Hyperwave system and may be modified and reviewed at any time.
                                   During a content search, users may search html files based on
                                   comments, which aids in the organization of content.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                HMTL comments can be added to the HMTL template or within
                                   the HTML view of the WYSIWYG editor.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                HTML comments can be handled along with any other text based
                                   content element in a page. Users can be allowed or denied access
                                   to create or edit comments, and have these comments embedded in
                                   the published page. In addition, notes can be attached to any
                                   content in a workflow by any of the persons involved. These notes
                                   by default remain associated to the content for the life of the
                                   content, but can be deleted by the administrator.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Collage places no restriction on comments in any language
                                   including HTML. Collage allows detailed comments to be added
                                   at each stage of the workflow. Collage also allows users to notify
                                   other users of tasks and provide additional comments. In many
                                   cases notes or comments are required for auditing purposes. No
                                   customization is required.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                    Page 248 of 310
                                     Content authors cannot insert HTML comments. If during the
                                      template import an HTML comment is encountered, SiteExecutive
                                      will strip the comment before converting to XML.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            HTML comments can be modeled as an attribute in a structured
                               content type and delivered as needed.

          2. Is there support for PeopleSoft Enterprise Portal 8.9?
                  o Alfresco
                  o Cignex (Plone)
                  o Day Software, Inc.
                  o Ektron, Inc.
                          The Ektron CMS does not provide out of the box support for
                            PeopleSoft Portal. The Ektron CMS does provide an extensive API
                            and web services layer as well as a developer SDK to allow you to
                            integrate the CMS with PeopleSoft Enterprise Portal.
                  o EMC Software (Documentum)
                  o Fatwire Software
                          While there is no out-of-the-box integration with PeopleSoft
                            Portal, FatWire provides a set of JSR 168 portlets that can be
                            modified to work in appropriate portals. Also all content produced
                            and managed by Content Server can be delivered to any
                            application for it‘s consumption and use.
                  o FileNet Corp.
                  o Globalscape
                          All content can be exported as XHTML or XML for use outside
                            the system. This allows your organization to migrate content to
                            other third party applications, content management systems, and
                            portals. Clients can also utilize web services to integrate their
                            portal solution with Cascade.
                  o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                          Official support does not currently exist; however, both PeopleSoft
                            Enterprise Portal and Hyperwave are able to use components
                            conforming to the JSR 169 standard and as such, can use many of
                            the same applications and content. Hyperwave also has a
                            substantial partnership with Oracle and we are in frequent
                            technical discussions with development staff to help ensure
                            compatibility of our products.
                  o Interwoven
                  o Mediasurface, Inc.
                          Chose not to respond
                  o Open Text Coporation
                  o Oracle/PeopleSoft


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                    Page 249 of 310
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            Yes, CommonSpot can integrate with PeopleSoft by either using
                               content from its portal or providing content to the portal.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            RedDot LiveServer offers portlet integration connectors to any JSR
                               168-compatible portal server, including peoplesoft. These portal
                               connectors offer digest-based authentication against any
                               LDAP/ADS server or against the Portal's own user management
                               system. RedDot LiveServer also offers an SAP-certified iView-
                               based Portal connector that allows direct content publishing to the
                               Portal and secure access to the RedDot CMS SmartEdit, and
                               SmartTree interfaces from within the Portal.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            Collage integrates with other enterprise systems via APIs (Web
                               Services & Java-based), database deployment capabilities, XML
                               deployment capabilities, content import utilities and data sourcing
                               tools.
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            We have customers currently using SiteExecutive to capture
                               PeopleSoft data and reports for distribution through SiteExecutive
                               using SiteExecutive‘s APIs and custom modules.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Vignette has been integrated in other customer environments.
                               Typical integrations can include everything from simple RSS
                               content delivery to custom content delivery applications. In many
                               instances customers find that deploying Vignette Portal
                               compliments the HR/ERP functionality of the Peoplesoft
                               environment.

          3. Describe your compatibility with existing search tools.
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                        The Ektron CMS is very compatible with existing search tools.
                           The CMS provides out of the box searching or you can integrate a
                           third party search tool to search the CMS managed content.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                        Content Server has integrated with leading search tools such as
                           Verity, Lucien and Google.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                 Page 250 of 310
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            Cascade Server integrates with best of breed search engine tools
                               such as Google Mini, Microsoft Index Server, Verity, etc.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            Hyperwave includes integration with Verity and Autonomy, the
                               two dominant search products in corporate use. Licenses to either
                               are included with the purchase of the Hyperwave system.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            CommonSpot ships with an OEM version of Verity for full text
                               and keyword searching. CommonSpot is compatible with today‘s
                               search tools including Google Mini, Google Search Appliance and
                               Endeca amongst others.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            RedDot CMS will integrate with any third-party search application
                               since CMS does not handle search capabilities on the production
                               server. Since RedDot CMS publishes content to the production
                               server, any third-party application can be used to index and search
                               the published content (within the staging environment, users can
                               search for content using several criteria, including full-text search).
                               RedDot LiveServer has a full-featured Verity K2 search engine
                               built-in, providing personalized site indexing and search
                               capabilities.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            Since Collage is a design-side content management solution, we
                               can incorporate calls to any search engine into pages which are
                               deployed to the delivery environment, including Google,
                               AltaVista, Verity, proprietary search engines, etc.
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            SiteExecutive includes the Verity Search engine with a limit of
                               100,000 content items. A number of SiteExecutive customers have
                               integrated with Google and other appliance based search products.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Vignette embeds the Autonomy search engine in both the VCM
                               and delivery side search in the Vignette Portal.Vignette embeds the



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                     Page 251 of 310
                                      Autonomy search engine in both the VCM and delivery side search
                                      in the Vignette Portal.

          4. What features facilitate search engines (i.e. Google) in finding and indexing the
             content?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                        The Ektron CMS provides extensive metadata support as well as
                            URL aliasing to produce human readable URL‘s. When used in
                            accordance to search engine optimization guidelines the Ektron
                            CMS is very efficient with being indexed and found through search
                            engines such as Google.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                        Even with Content Servers dynamic delivery of content, URLs can
                            be assembled at runtime to product Searchable URL strings. For
                            an example, please reference www.fatwire.com (not an HTML
                            site, but a dynamicly delivered site using Content Server‘s URL
                            assembler)
                o FileNet Corp.
                o Globalscape
                        Search engine friendly, readable URLs are generated automatically
                            according to individual page name and the folder(s) in which it is
                            found. This gives the site a clean and logical structure from the
                            site visitor perspective, as well as makes particular pages within
                            the system easy to find without using the search function. If a user
                            is looking online at the live site and sees a page that needs editing,
                            (s)he will know how to find the page inside the system simply by
                            looking at the URL.
                o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                        Meta information may be added to any published content, which
                            will aid search engines in finding and indexing content.
                            Additionally, object attributes are dynamically added as html meta
                            tags. Entry pages and user accounts can likewise be configured for
                            search engines to find and index.
                o Interwoven
                o Mediasurface, Inc.
                        Chose not to respond
                o Open Text Coporation
                o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                o PaperThin, Inc.
                        There are several factors in the code/page that can influence the
                            page‘s ranking with search engines. They include:



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                     Page 252 of 310
                                      
                                     The page URL and keywords that exist within the page
                                     URL. CommonSpot support an addressable URL for all
                                     Web pages created avoiding the use of long query
                                     parameters to identify the page. Addressable URLs are
                                     important because search engines give importance to
                                     keywords that exist in the URLs and pages that contain the
                                     desired keyword in the URL have a competitive advantage
                                     over others.
                                   Meta-tags, which are declared in the top of the
                                     HTML/XHTML page code include tags such as title,
                                     keyword and description. CommonSpot user prompts users
                                     when creating a new page for meta-tag information that is
                                     designed for each page individually. CommonSpot supports
                                     title tags <title> which are usually the first item viewed by
                                     the search engine and the visitor. To rank high in the
                                     search the page title must be the keyword, or at least, must
                                     contain the keyword. CommonSpot supports meta-tag
                                     description which is used as the description for the page
                                     provided in the search results. To encourage users to click
                                     and visit your page listed in the search results, it is
                                     important to create text that stimulates and encourages
                                     action and includes important keywords.
                                   CommonSpot allows administrators to define a list of key
                                     words that users can associate with their content. Web
                                     pages are ranked according to the keywords that people
                                     search, therefore the ability to define list of key words and
                                     phrases that people will use to find your content is
                                     important. The assignment of keywords can be a enforced
                                     thus optimizing your website SEO.
                                   CommonSpot supports as well subtitle tags <h1>, <h2>,
                                     <h3>, which are used for brief description of different
                                     blocks of content on the page. In addition CommonSpot
                                     supports Alt tags for images since search engines register
                                     text and links and not graphical content. Should user
                                     choose to use a table for laying out content; CommonSpot
                                     will prompt for summary text for all columns and rows.
                                   CommonSpot supports Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)
                                     which can assist in making a Website SEO friendly. Font
                                     tags and tables make HTML code cumbersome, and thus
                                     reduce the accuracy of the results. If you use external CSS
                                     files to determine the design attributes, the HTML code
                                     will be clean and will create better search engine rankings.
                                   CommonSpot offers out-of-the-box support for Taxonomy
                                     which can facilitate information search.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                 Page 253 of 310
                                
                              RedDot's publishing process fully supports all Internet search
                              engines. RedDot publishes static objects to the live production
                              environment, which makes a site easily indexed by a search
                              engine. Also, RedDot CMS has built-in support for metadata.
                              RedDot supports metadata by allowing your non-technical authors
                              to edit meta tag values when creating content. Meta tags can also
                              be created automatically from an author's profile (name, date,
                              email address of author, department, etc.), or from properties of a
                              page (RedDot categories and keywords, creation date, last
                              modified, etc.). Additionally, RedDot CMS can automatically
                              generate clean, user-friendly and search engine-friendly URL's.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                           Content Search
                                   What it is:
                                          o Collage includes a robust search engine for finding
                                              content. Users can search for content based on
                                              many parameters including the actual content,
                                              content author, size, creation date, etc.
                                          o Collage makes it simple to save the parameters (e.g.
                                              a ―saved search) for a frequent search so that it can
                                              be run with only a single click.
                                          o Since Collage is a design-side content management
                                              solution, we can incorporate calls to any search
                                              engine into pages which are deployed to the
                                              delivery environment, including Google, AltaVista,
                                              Verity, proprietary search engines, etc.
                                   Why it matters:
                                          o Users can quickly find content within the
                                              repository.
                                          o Users can save time by creating ―saved searches‖ of
                                              frequently searched content (e.g. show all press
                                              releases that are not approved for publish)
                                          o All content metadata can be searched, making it
                                              possible to search for images, PDFs, etc.
                           For highly dynamic sites, like portals, you may wish to have
                              Collage deploy all system metadata along with their associated
                              assets during the deployment process. This allows external search
                              engines, like Alta Vista, to scan the site structure for pertinent
                              information that results in customized information presented to the
                              user.
                           Collage is capable of pushing all contributed content (forms based)
                              directly into external databases that may be accessed by runtime
                              server code in your production environment. This technique
                              allows Collage to be used as the contribution, approval, and
                              deployment engine, while existing run-time/portal functionality is
                              reused to position and secure the information.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                  Page 254 of 310
                                  Collage also offers the ability to extract and fold in information
                                   from your databases during the deployment baking process, so
                                   your runtime environment sees only resulting static html.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive provides search engine friendly URLs and metadata.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                If a customer decides to use an alternative search engine there is an
                                   easy framework for swapping out Autonomy.

          5. What sort of URLs does your application create for the managed content?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                         The Ektron CMS can be configured to create dynamic URL‘s
                           which contain query string parameters, in addition the CMS can
                           also be setup to create friendly, human readable URL‘s through
                           our URL aliasing feature.
               o EMC Software (Documentum)
               o Fatwire Software
                         Please see above.
               o FileNet Corp.
               o Globalscape
                         URLs are defined by the folder location inside the system. For
                           example, if www.metrokc.gov/news/2005/updates.htm were
                           moved from the 2005 folder to the 2006 folder, the URL would
                           now be www.metrokc.gov/news/2006/updates.htm. The system
                           itself automatically updates all links throughout the system.
               o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                         Managed content is created in the form of links, which are
                           considered formal objects in Hyperwave. As such they may be
                           placed under version control, secured, and automatically tracked.
                           They can also be added to either web content, or desktop content
                           (such as MS Office files).
               o Interwoven
               o Mediasurface, Inc.
                         Chose not to respond
               o Open Text Coporation
               o Oracle/PeopleSoft
               o PaperThin, Inc.
                         All URLs are addressable and specifiable and are not dynamically
                           created by the content management system.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                     Page 255 of 310
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            RedDot CMS can automatically generate clean, user-friendly and
                               search engine-friendly URL's.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            Collage produces user friendly URLs that syntax of which is
                               dictated by the way the web team organizes the site and its content.
                            As a design-side content management system, Collage offers
                               design-side components that can be used to dynamically generate
                               parts of a page. For example, Collage customers often use
                               components to generate things like site maps, bread crumbs,
                               navigational elements, content listings (like events, press releases,
                               etc.) and even query external databases.
                            These components are XML which means they can be included in
                               any type of page—static HTML pages, or dynamic server-side
                               code pages, like ASP, PHP, etc. When these design-side
                               components are incorporated into a file, the logic is executed at
                               publish time and replaced with a standard-formatted HTML result
                               set. The resultant page is then published. This means that the
                               URL of the page generated is determined by the web team since
                               Collage is publishing a fully-executed page--Collage places no
                               restrictions on URL‘s. This also means that persistent URL‘s can
                               be established, managed and enforced by the web team.
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            SiteExecutive provide search engine friendly URLs. All pages and
                               content uses human readable URLs with query strings.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            The URL is dependent on the content delivery application. Static
                               HTML sites have different URL structures than most dynamic
                               sites. Vignette has a customization that allows for so called
                               ―friendly URLs‖ on even dynamic portal websites.

          6. What metadata standards are supported by your project?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                       The Ektron CMS has developed our Metadata functionality to be
                          flexible. This allows you to adhere to the majority of metadata
                          standards.
               o EMC Software (Documentum)
               o Fatwire Software


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                   Page 256 of 310
                                 Content Server can handle any type of metadata, including Dublin
                                  core.
                     o     FileNet Corp.
                     o     Globalscape
                                Dublin-core and Washington GILS metadata is fully supported by
                                  Cascade Server. These metadata fields are customizable to meet
                                  specific needs of the organization. Metadata fields such as display
                                  name, title, author, keywords, date created, and summary are
                                  available for all content types. Different content types (press
                                  releases, news items, individual department pages) can have
                                  different default metadata values. Fields may be designated
                                  mandatory as desired, and keywords can be selected by setting up a
                                  keyword bank if desired.
                     o     Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                                Because of the open standard nature of Hyperwave, any metadata
                                  standard may be supported by Hyperwave.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                CommonSpot‘s provides an extensive metadata layer that can be
                                  customized to meet what ever standards necessary including
                                  Dublin Core and IPSV.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot CMS has built-in support for metadata, which are created
                                  automatically from an author‘s profile (name, date, email address
                                  of author, department, etc.), or from properties of a page (RedDot
                                  categories and keywords, creation date, last modified, etc.). In
                                  addition, RedDot supports metadata by allowing your non-
                                  technical authors to edit meta-tag values when creating content.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Collage provides a built-in robust metadata model that enables
                                  easy assignment and management of custom metadata schemas,
                                  and provides for both optional and enforceable data capture that is
                                  intuitive and customizable. And web developers have multiple
                                  flexible means of content retrieval to selectively target content to
                                  their audience.
                                Custom metadata schemas:
                                       Create unlimited custom metadata properties
                                       Metadata are typed for optimized retrieval and sorting:
                                          string, Boolean, date, number, or create your own custom
                                          type using JavaScript



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                     Page 257 of 310
                                         Assign properties across all relevant asset types, includes
                                          default values assignments




                                                                   QuickTime™ and a
                                                               TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                            are neede d to see this picture.




                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            SiteExecutive provides metadata support for all pages. By default,
                               the product provides Keywords and Description Meta tags that can
                               be applied at the site/folder level and cascaded down to each page.
                               Site administrator can define additional Meta tags that can be used


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 258 of 310
                                      to describe the document. This allows flexibility to model specific
                                      Metadata standards desired by an organization.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Vignette places no restrictions on metadata and supports a wide
                               number of industry standard metadata schemes, including Dublin
                               Core.

          7. What output devices are supported by your application?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                        The Ektron CMS support the creation of content to be presented to
                           any web capable output devices. The supported output devices
                           depend on the design of the content presentation of the website.
               o EMC Software (Documentum)
               o Fatwire Software
                        Content Server can output to any format necessary. This will
                           allow content to be outputted to any device such as XML, WML,
                           or any other device format.
               o FileNet Corp.
               o Globalscape
                        Cascade Server supports the creation of multiple outputs for
                           content. By setting up additional targets, templates, and
                           configurations for the multiple outputs, Cascade Server can
                           automatically generate and publish multiple versions of the same
                           content. Content need only be updated once, and changes are
                           replicated throughout the additional outputs. For example, clients
                           can create a WML output allowing WAP enabled devices such as
                           cell phones and PDAs to access the content.
               o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                        Any device that can browse web pages or receive email is
                           supported by the Hyperwave system.
               o Interwoven
               o Mediasurface, Inc.
                        Chose not to respond
               o Open Text Coporation
               o Oracle/PeopleSoft
               o PaperThin, Inc.
                        CommonSpot content can be rendered for output to any device.
               o Percussion Software, Inc.
               o RedDot Solutions



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                         Page 259 of 310
                                  RedDot CMS is format neutral - RedDot allows you to
                                   simultaneously publish to an unlimited number of targets in an
                                   unlimited number of formats, such as HTML, XML, WML, XSL,
                                   SGML, etc. for web sites, cell phone browsers, print, etc. RedDot
                                   CMS uses Project and Template Variants to allow users to create
                                   content once and to publish in different formats to different Web
                                   servers using the same content (HTML, WML, XML, etc.). This
                                   function can also be used if you want to create a page with
                                   different layouts simultaneously.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                The Collage content model allows output to multiple channels
                                   and/or formats, meaning that content is easily repurposed for many
                                   different target formats, layouts, or languages (including delivery
                                   for wireless devices – presentation of content is handled by your
                                   web server). Reuse applies to text files, PDF files, user
                                   contributions, documents, or outside data sources. So for example:
                                   contributions and relevant metadata are collected using the
                                   WYSIWYG editor and stored in XML format, which are then
                                   collected by Collage at deploy time using a content query to
                                   process the selected file, data, or document content. Documents
                                   might be converted, and all content is then merged with the
                                   declared layout template and file format (HTML, JSP, WML,
                                   XML, etc.). Unlimited queries let you target content in as many
                                   different ways as desired.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive content can be rendered on multiple devices. We
                                   would like to understand your requirements at a detailed level so
                                   that we can provide a range of options. For example, one of our
                                   higher ed clients recently deployed a set of content management
                                   processes that allow content creation and management on PDAs.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Vignette can support a wide array of output devices. Vignette has
                                   partnerships with additional 3rd party vendors that can do most of
                                   the device detection and formatting in an automated fashion. As a
                                   frame of reference Vignette is the CMS system for Europe‘s
                                   Vodafone, which is one of the most advanced mobile providers in
                                   the world.

          8. How open is the API for your application?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                     Page 260 of 310
                     o Ektron, Inc.
                            The Ektron CMS has a fully open API layer to allow you to
                              interface with the CMS. A link to the API (and all other product
                              documentation) can be found at http://www.ektron.com/web-
                              content-management-solutions.aspx?id=4020
                     o EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o Fatwire Software
                            Content Server uses standard, extendable APIs built on Java and
                              JSP.
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            Cascade Server provides for numerous customization options using
                              our XML indexing model whereby dynamic indices can be
                              generated for any assets in the system, allowing for easy
                              customization and dissemination of content.
                            We have an API for developing Cascade Server plug-in modules
                              for asset factory triggers and authentication modules. We also
                              routinely develop custom workflow and publishing triggers for
                              clients on request as part of our professional services. More
                              development with respect to expanding the API is underway, and
                              planned for future release.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            The API uses open standards based on JavaScript, Java, C++, and
                              COM(.NET). As such, it is fully customizable by anyone.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            CommonSpot provides an architecture that is customizable and
                              extensible.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            RedDot CMS‘s Open API allows for complete customization,
                              extension or enhancement of the system. Customization is
                              achieved through the RedDot Query Language [RQL interface], an
                              XML-based query and command language. Plug-ins also allow
                              enhancement of the CMS. Additionally, built on open standards
                              and designed for ease-of-use, Integration Extensions within
                              RedDot CMS enables you to integrate your existing applications
                              into RedDot, deriving maximum value from your existing IT
                              investments. RedDot CMS also includes all personalization
                              functionalities.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            Extending Collage


The University of Texas - Arlington                                              Page 261 of 310
                                         Collage provides design-side components that allow you to
                                          tailor your site to meet common content management
                                          requirements for tasks such as navigation, content reuse,
                                          banners and much more. Collage Enterprise includes an
                                          extensive API that can be used for extending Collage
                                          functionality and to integrate with other Enterprise
                                          applications. The Collage API is exposed via Web
                                          Services. It includes a full WSDL and support for
                                          standards such as SOAP and DIME.
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            SiteExecutive APIs are developed with our enterprise customers in
                               mind. Our strategy has been to develop and maintain a product
                               with rich functionality and that includes APIs that support further
                               extensibility. We offer two day API training courses which many
                               of our customers take prior to developing custom modules
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Vignette has a very open and published API which has an
                               extensive framework for both configuration, customization, and
                               extension. Most work is done in Java.

          9. Describe the support you provide for XML.
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                         The Ektron CMS fully supports the creation and editing of XML
                            content. The CMS also produces valid XML through each of the
                            CMS controls and through the API or web services layer.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                         Content Server can import and export XML content.
                o FileNet Corp.
                o Globalscape
                         Cascade Server is one of the few CMS‘s that was built from the
                            ground up in XML – that means it‘s fully compatible with the
                            latest advances in web development, and is adaptable for future
                            changes.
                o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                         Hyperwave makes extensive use of XML in its applications. It is
                            also able to store and render XML files in its content management
                            system. Users may also create XML files that retrieve content



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                   Page 262 of 310
                                   from other locations and render them in Hyperwave, such as news
                                   feeds from a news website.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                CommonSpot pages and content elements (portion of pages) can
                                   be served up via XML, and developers have the opportunity to
                                   work directly with the XML and apply XSL transforms at both the
                                   page and content element level.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot supports content types such as XML in 2 distinct ways: as
                                   inputs and outputs. As inputs, RedDot supports using traditional
                                   types of Web content such as textual content, images, content,
                                   binary documents, and over 20 distinct Web content types (insert
                                   list or screenshots of all placeholders). RedDot CMS can also
                                   consume database stored content, XML content, and other Web
                                   service delivered content. From an output standpoint, RedDot
                                   CMS is "code agnostic". This means that content can be "rendered"
                                   as any output format, including all scripting languages (ASPX,
                                   JSP, PHP, etc) and all markup language types (HTML, XML,
                                   WML, PDF, etc) since the CMS separates the content from the
                                   layout of the page (template page code). RedDot allows Web
                                   content to be applied to multiple types of templates automatically,
                                   which are called Template Variants (like HTML, XML, PDF, etc).
                                   This paradigm allows RedDot CMS to ingest many types of
                                   content, and implicitly maximize the reuse of content using a
                                   variety of variants, thus permitting it to be published
                                   simultaneously to multiple Web sites that use different browser-
                                   based languages (HTML, XML, PHP, etc.).
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Collage can automatically generate XML from metadata and
                                   content for both transactional updates and for consumption by
                                   external XML parsers. Additional XML options exist for
                                   developers to generate and deploy arbitrary structured XML
                                   interfaces. Collage can also parse specific XML upon asset import
                                   for extended configurability of the import process.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive rests on an XML foundation. Many of our modules
                                   leverage XML and XSLT during the content rendering process.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                     Page 263 of 310
                           Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                           Vignette stores all content instances natively as XML which allows
                              for easy multiformat output and multisite publishing.

          10. How are modifications made to the CMS system, if they become necessary?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                        The Ektron CMS can be modified through the open API layer, or
                           the developer SKD. In addition we provide the full source code for
                           the CMS work area (not the core application) for you to customize
                           as needed
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                        Content Server can be customized using the APIs mentioned
                           above.
                o FileNet Corp.
                o Globalscape
                        Administrators have the option to change their CMS system
                           preferences at their own leisure. Additionally, The CMS
                           development team is fully committed to keeping Cascade Server
                           ahead of the game. For this reason, product upgrades are released
                           on a quarterly schedule to quickly target bug fixes and new feature
                           requests. Our knowledgebase allows users to search for
                           documentation based either the current or older versions of the
                           software. If a client has an immediate issue with the software not
                           functioning correctly, the support team will take the necessary
                           steps to ensure Cascade is running properly within a reasonable
                           amount of time.
                o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                        Upgrades are released periodically and are installed via a wizard.
                           Modifications and customizations to the system can be performed
                           via the API by changing, or creating new JavaScript or XML code.
                           Modifications may also be made via the database by making
                           changes to the tables or underlying content.
                o Interwoven
                o Mediasurface, Inc.
                        Chose not to respond
                o Open Text Coporation
                o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                o PaperThin, Inc.
                        CommonSpot‘s interface for developers is currently through the
                           CFML scripting language and the ability for developers to control
                           the look and feel of the site, seamlessly integrate with and


The University of Texas - Arlington                                              Page 264 of 310
                                   customize CommonSpot is accomplished through an extensive set
                                   (over three dozen) APIs, event hooks, callback and overrides.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot CMS‘s Open API allows for complete customization,
                                   extension or enhancement of the system. Customization is
                                   achieved through the RedDot Query Language [RQL interface], an
                                   XML-based query and command language. Plug-ins also allow
                                   enhancement of the CMS. Additionally, built on open standards
                                   and designed for ease-of-use, Integration Extensions within
                                   RedDot CMS enables you to integrate your existing applications
                                   into RedDot, deriving maximum value from your existing IT
                                   investments. RedDot CMS also includes all personalization
                                   functionalities.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Typically Serena provides a new release of its products
                                   approximately once per year and a maintenance release once per
                                   year. This results in modifications or upgrades being available
                                   about every six to nine months.
                                Customers download all releases. An install script is included with
                                   every release and installation is fully automatic. The product
                                   administrator can easily install any release.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive is designed to allow extensibility by allowing
                                   customers to write custom modules. These custom modules can be
                                   tailored to meet your business and technical needs.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Vignette has a very open and published API which has an
                                   extensive framework for both configuration, customization, and
                                   extension. Most work is done in Java.



Company Focus
          1. Do you specialize in particular areas of ECM, or in comprehensive ECM?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                        Ektron‘s content management system is a comprehensive ECM
                           that is deployed across all verticals.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                   Page 265 of 310
                     o Fatwire Software
                            FatWire is focused on providing a comprehensive management
                              solution for creating dynamic, persuasive content centric
                              applications and sites.
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            Cascade Server is considered to be a mid-market contender in the
                              comprehensive CMS market. We cover verticals such as
                              Education, Healthcare, Technology, Small to Larger Corporations,
                              and Non-Profis. However nearly 20 institutions of higher
                              education selected Cascade Server as their preferred CMS in 2006,
                              so one could assume Education is definitely our niche.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            Hyperwave is a comprehensive ECM provider. Our roots are as a
                              pure content management company (including web content
                              management) and over time we development and integrated
                              collaboration, records management, and eLearning products to
                              complement our CMS. We believe our content management,
                              collaboration, and records management products are, individually,
                              best of breed technologies. The total suite of our products is built
                              on the core Hyperwave IS platform, our modules are integrated,
                              and this results in a comprehensive ECM solution.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            CommonSpot is defined as a Web content management system.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            RedDot Solutions provides powerful content management
                              solutions that allow organizations to intelligently manage their
                              corporate information - one of their most valuable assets. We offer
                              them an effective way to optimize their all of their content, bring
                              customers closer and help them manage the information that drives
                              their business.
                            RedDot Solutions products have a modular design, allowing
                              flexible deployment depending on individual customer
                              requirements. RedDot Solutions Manager Modules provide
                              customers with efficient and easy-to-use tools for all stages of the
                              content life cycle – allowing them to purchase what they need now
                              and add additional functionality as their businesses change.
                              RedDot Solutions offers three products:
                            Web Content Management



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                  Page 266 of 310
                                          RedDot CMS allows companies and organizations to put
                                           the power of communication directly into the hands of
                                           content contributors. Our web content management
                                           solution gives customers the ability to ensure that
                                           customers, employees, vendors and partners always have
                                           the latest news and information about their company and its
                                           offerings.
                                Enterprise Content Management
                                         RedDot XCMS adds to an organization‘s infrastructure in a
                                           way that extends their IT resources, not taxes them further.
                                           It grows with an organization‘s needs and adapts to their
                                           business. They add capabilities as they need them, and
                                           configure them to meet their needs. RedDot XCMS helps
                                           them manage change, not be ruled by it.
                                Targeted Content Delivery
                                         RedDot LiveServer extends an organization‘s enterprise
                                           content management investment. It can deliver information
                                           on an organization‘s products or services when customers
                                           want it and support for partners when they need it. RedDot
                                           LiveServer allows back-office systems to be brought to the
                                           web safely, integrate any RedDot CMS site into an existing
                                           Portal or create a portal-like interface with an
                                           organization‘s specific look and feel.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Collage is a design-side CMS and not a runtime CMS. This means
                                   that Collage focuses on the management of the content and leaves
                                   the delivery of the content to another system. In other words you
                                   utilize Collage to create and manage the content and then publish
                                   the prepared content to the delivery server where some other
                                   software, Web server, application server or portal server delivers
                                   the content to site visitors.
                                If you already have a Web site, you already have some sort of
                                   software in place that delivers the content. A design-side system
                                   like Collage simply plugs into your existing infrastructure which
                                   can save money and reduce complexity.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                The SiteExecutive product is focused on web content management.
                                   Our company, Systems Alliance, delivers a broad range of
                                   products and services which include both web content management
                                   and other variants of ECM (document management, etc). We
                                   believe that our approach of focusing on best of breed solutions
                                   best meets our client‘s needs.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 267 of 310
                     o Vignette
                           Vignette has a comprehensive suite of ECM products.

          2. Do you focus on the mid-sized organizations (including the departments of large
             organizations), or on enterprise deployments in large organizations?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                         Ektron‘s CMS400.net content management system is built to be
                            deployed across all large organizations or at the department level.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                         We focus on organizations that have large amounts of content.
                            They range from small to large, but the common thread is the
                            amount of information and the need of the organization to present
                            it effectively to the consumer of the information.
                o FileNet Corp.
                o Globalscape
                         Cascade Server has been implemented in both mid-sized and large
                            organization environments.
                o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                         Our focus is on mid-sized organizations (which we agree, includes
                            departments of large organizations). Hyperwave does not ignore
                            or shy away from enterprise deployments, but even our large
                            installations started with smaller entry points.
                o Interwoven
                o Mediasurface, Inc.
                         Chose not to respond
                o Open Text Coporation
                o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                o PaperThin, Inc.
                         CommonSpot can scale from a departmental content management
                            solution to one for the entire enterprise. Please find a list of
                            customer that exemplifies both scenarios.
                                  Department Deployments –
                                         o WP Carey School of Business at Arizona State
                                             University
                                         o Owen Graduate School of Management at
                                             Vanderbilt University
                                         o Stanford Graduate School of Business - Intranet
                                             Only
                                  Enterprise Deployments –
                                         o Cornell University
                                         o University of Wisconsin
                                         o Kent State


The University of Texas - Arlington                                               Page 268 of 310
                                               o East Carolina University
                                               o Oregon Health & Science University
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot was founded in 1993 in Oldenburg, Germany and
                                   currently operates as the worldwide Open Text Web Solutions
                                   Group, headquartered in New York City with offices in Toronto,
                                   Australia and throughout Europe. RedDot has built a strong
                                   reputation on delivering superior technology at a fraction of the
                                   cost of other solutions that demand greater amounts of resources to
                                   install, implement and maintain. The corporation is committed to
                                   delivering the most intuitive content management solutions
                                   available supported by the best service in the industry. For more
                                   information visit: http://www.reddot.com.
                                RedDot's primary target market consists of mid market companies
                                   with revenues ranging from $150 million to $1.5 billion + USD.
                                   However, RedDot‘s customer base consists of customers of all
                                   sizes and various industries, which include Bank of New York,
                                   University of Arkansas, Estee Lauder Companies, Amgen,
                                   UNICEF, Deutsche Bank, March of Dimes, Penn State University,
                                   U.S. Department of Energy and Yale Law School.
                                Open Text, our parent company, is the largest independent
                                   provider of Enterprise Content Management (ECM) solutions that
                                   bring together people, processes and information in global
                                   organizations. Today, the company supports 20 million seats
                                   across 13,000 deployments in 114 countries and 12 languages
                                   worldwide. As the global WCM offering within Open Text
                                   Corporation, RedDot continues to invest in the further
                                   development of its product suite. This applies to the entire product
                                   line: RedDot Content Management Server (CMS) and RedDot
                                   LiveServer and RedDot Extended Content Management System
                                   (XCMS), the ECM solution for the mid-market. As innovative
                                   leaders in the content management space, this partnership is clearly
                                   committed to continue development of all RedDot products in the
                                   foreseeable future.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Collage is being utilized in small, mid-sized and large
                                   organizations where the goal is to make CMS simpler and more
                                   cost effective.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive has been deployed in a wide variety of both
                                   departmental and enterprise environments. We have customers that
                                   have launched their first CMS implementation with SiteExecutive
                                   in a departmental setting and then have worked their way through a
                                   portfolio of implementations across their university, government or


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 269 of 310
                                      commercial enterprise. We also have customers that have launched
                                      major implementations under tighter timelines, requiring a more
                                      rapid implementation schedule.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Vignette‘s primary organizational focus is on enterprise
                               deployments in large organizations.

          3. Describe your experience with Higher Education customers?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                        Ektron has a very strong and extensive customer base with the
                           higher education vertical market.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                        FatWire has been successful in higher education, specifically with
                           the Medical Research Hospitals such as Rush University, George
                           Washington, Columbia University and New York Presbyterian.
                           Your own University is a customer, though currently out of the
                           support/maintenance window.
                o FileNet Corp.
                o Globalscape
                        Alvin Community College, Belmont University, Brandeis
                           University, Campbell University,        Carnegie Mellon University,
                           Clemson University, Concordia College (MN), Duke University,
                           Eastern University, Earlham College, Eckerd College, Gardner-
                           Webb University, Gonzaga University, Harding University,
                           Harvey Mudd College, Heinz School of Public Policy, Hofstra
                           University, McMurry University, Michigan State University
                           College of Law, New Orleans Baptist Theological Seminary,
                           Plymouth State University, Queen's University School of Business,
                           (Canada), Reed College, Saint Joseph's University, Saint Norbert
                           College, Sauk Valley Community College, Texas A & M – Health
                           Science Center, Union College, Union Theological Seminary,
                           University of Alaska – Southeast, University of Detroit Mercy,
                           University of Maryland – AGNR, University of Missouri –
                           Columbia, and Vassar College.
                        The Cascade Server team has experience working with not only
                           small liberal arts colleges but also large public universities, as
                           exemplified in the comprehensive client list above.
                o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 270 of 310
                                     Hyperwave has demonstrated successes with Higher Education
                                      customers. Our customers in UTA‘s market include (but not
                                      necessarily limited to):
                                     University of Graz, Graz, Austria
                                           Hyperwave was formed out of a research project of the
                                             University of Graz. We were one of the Internet's earliest
                                             pioneers. In 1989, Dr. Frank Kappe, Professor Hermann
                                             Maurer and their team in Graz were operating one of
                                             twelve of the world‘s first Internet servers that marked the
                                             launch of the World Wide Web. Our Company grew from
                                             this humble beginning. Today, Hyperwave's has a truly
                                             global footprint, serving more than 300 corporate
                                             customers in with content management solutions every
                                             conceivable line of business, and the University still uses
                                             Hyperwave for content management.
                                     Henley Management College, United Kingdom
                                           Henley Management College (―Henley‖ or ―the College‖)
                                             is an international business school with a worldwide
                                             reputation for providing executive and postgraduate
                                             management training. In 2006 Henley selected Hyperwave
                                             as the strategic platform for the College, delivered as a
                                             fully managed service. Hyperwave was judge the best
                                             technical fit, and the lowest cost of ownership, for the
                                             College‘s broad needs of knowledge and learning
                                             management. Hyperwave is also positioned as the
                                             technology platform for the College‘s revenue generating
                                             on-line MBA program.
                                           The challenge: To maintain a competitive advantage,
                                             Henley was in need of a significant upgrade to its IT
                                             capacity and delivery of business and learning services.
                                             Following a critique of existing systems, the College
                                             determined that the best way forward was to acquire a
                                             system or set of component systems that fit the definition of
                                             an e-Knowledge Management System (e-KMS) which
                                             houses the following core components, ideally in a web
                                             portal user experience:
                                                 o Content management
                                                 o Document management
                                                 o Content authoring and publishing
                                                 o E-forms
                                                 o Corporate workflow
                                                 o E-Learning delivery
                                                 o Learning management
                                                 o E-Conferencing
                                                 o Digital assets
                                                 o E-records


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                         Page 271 of 310
                                               o Integration functions
                                               o FAQs
                                               o Team workspace.
                                          The solution: Henley reviewed a number of potential
                                           solution providers, and narrowed their field to a short list of
                                           three bidders. The Hyperwave solution was selected
                                           because it delivered best fit to the overall requirements,
                                           better expansion capabilities for future needs, a lower cost
                                           of ownership, and demonstrated success with prior
                                           implementations.
                                          The system implementation is ongoing, and is already
                                           generating success and positive comments from executives.
                                           Included in the current scope of project work:
                                               o An eLearning environment for a new MBA
                                                   program, allowing students to use it on campus via
                                                   the wireless facility and login remotely, allowing
                                                   students to take part of the MBA remote.
                                               o Intranet and Extranet for their students, professors,
                                                   staff and alumni
                                               o Library Services – document & records
                                                   management for the College teaching and
                                                   administrative staff
                                          Henley is also now exploring a follow-on project to further
                                           extend their Hyperwave technology to provide a CRM
                                           system for the College.
                                     Doemens Academy, Munich, Germany
                                          The Doemens Academy is a leading international training
                                           and consulting centre for the brewery, beverages and food
                                           industries.




                                                              QuickTime™ an d a
                                                          TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                       are need ed to see this p icture.




                                            The challenge: To enable efficient, low-cost knowledge
                                             transfer.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                         Page 272 of 310
                                              The solution: Web-based training platform ("Doemens
                                               Electronic Learning for Individual Needs") / Modular
                                               seminar program / Video conferencing and messaging /
                                               Expanded to form an industry-focused information
                                               platform / Clearing & billing tool for automated payment
                                               transactions.
                                     Other education market customers, although not higher education
                                      institutions, that might be of interest to UTA:
                                           Office of Head Start, Washington, DC
                                                   o The Office of Head Start uses Hyperwave for is
                                                       Early Childhood Learning and Knowledge Center
                                                       (ECLKC), a content management and collaborative
                                                       knowledge asset portal. This CMS supports
                                                       200,000 Head Start employees, and a much larger
                                                       public user community, with millions of page views
                                                       per month.
                                           YoungNet, Austria
                                                   o YoungNet is an innovative internet-based network
                                                       which brings together young people and their
                                                       teachers from different European countries.
                                                       YoungNet offers a virtual meeting place which
                                                       enables young people from 8 to 14 years of age to
                                                       co-operate and communicate in a virtual
                                                       environment.
                                                   o Knowledge of foreign languages and cultures is,
                                                       increasingly, a key qualification of daily life in
                                                       Europe. To address these needs YoungNet provides
                                                       an online environment for young Europeans where
                                                       educational games can be played, joint projects be
                                                       worked on, and informal information on day to day
                                                       life can be exchanged across borders via text,
                                                       graphic, audio and video communication.
                                                       YoungNet offers an educational and entertaining
                                                       multi-user environment with clearly defined
                                                       learning objectives.
                                                   o Schools, teachers, classes, students and young
                                                       people use the Hyperwave-based YoungNet system.
                                                       Youngnet supports approximately 1000 users from
                                                       50 schools in Finland, United Kingdom,
                                                       Switzerland and Germany. More information visit
                                                       http://www.youngnet.at.
                                           Telekom Austria (corporate higher education)
                                                   o Austria's largest telecom provider, the company has
                                                       annual sales of 3.9 billion euros, 14,000 employees,
                                                       and subsidiaries in Eastern Europe. Hyperwave



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                          Page 273 of 310
                                                CMS is the platform for an enterprise-wide "Online
                                                Academy,‖ supporting 11,000 users, and includes:
                                                    Links to all offices
                                                    Courses on HR development, software tools
                                                       and products
                                                    Support for roll-out of a new CRM solution
                                                    Feedback function
                                                    Tutorials
                                         Academy for Educational Development (AED),
                                          Washington DC
                                             o Hyperwave is the corporate standard for content
                                                management. Hyperwave provides document
                                                management, collaboration, and records
                                                management for AED and its constituents.
             o Interwoven
             o Mediasurface, Inc.
                     Chose not to respond
             o Open Text Coporation
             o Oracle/PeopleSoft
             o PaperThin, Inc.
                     Alaska at Anchorage, Santa Clara University, W.P Carey School of
                      Business at Arizona State University and Babson College in 2001
                      on their use of CommonSpot to publish content with greater speed
                      and ease, making staff more productive, operations more efficient,
                      and content more relevant and up-to-date. Today over three dozen
                      colleges and universities rely on CommonSpot to manage their
                      internet and intranet sites. A list of colleges and universities can be
                      found on our Website at www.paperthin.com/customers/customer-
                      list.cfm. We remain committed to higher education and two years
                      ago established a higher education practice supported full time by
                      two sales executives.
             o Percussion Software, Inc.
             o RedDot Solutions
                     RedDot currently has a vertical practice around Higher Ed and has
                      100+ Higher Ed customers globally and 75 in North America. In
                      addition, RedDot conducts user group meetings targeted towards
                      the needs of its Higher Ed customers, as well as, participates in a
                      RedDot customer sponsored (University of Arkansas) Higher Ed
                      listserv at: http://www.uark.edu/rd_vcad/reddot/
             o Serena Software, Inc.
                     Serena has implemented Collage in over 200 organizations,
                      including many educational accounts. A partial list of higher
                      education accounts is provided below.
                                   Collage EDU sites
                Name                               Web Site                   Location
Albany Medical Center                   www.amc.edu                     New York


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                  Page 274 of 310
Andrews University                             www.andrews.edu               Michigan
Art Institute of Chicago                       www.artic.edu                 Chicago
Bentley College                                www.bentley.edu               Massachusetts
Bournemouth University                         www.bournemouth.ac.uk         England
Carl Sandburg College                          www.sandburg.edu              Illinois
City University of London                      www.city.ac.uk                England
Concordia University St. Paul                  www.csp.edu                   Minnesota
Concordia University Milwaukee                 www.cuw.edu                   Wisconsin
CSU Channel Islands                            www.csuci.com                 California
Dalhousie University                           www.dal.ca                    Nova Scotia
Great Lakes Higher Education                   www.mygreatlakes.com          Wisconsin
Eastern Iowa Community College                 www.eicc.edu                  Iowa
Hamline University                             www.hamline.edu               Minnesota
Illinois Math & Science Academy                www.imsa.edu                  Illinois
Indiana University Foundation                  www.iuf.indiana.edu           Indiana
Loyola University of Chicago                   www.luc.edu                   Illinois
Medical College of Ohio                        www.meduohio.edu              Ohio
Middlesex University                           www.mdx.ac.uk                 England
Milwaukee Area Technical College               www.milwaukee.tec.wi.us       Wisconsin
Northeast ISD                                  www.neisd.net                 Texas
Northeastern Illinois University               www.neiu.com                  Illinois
Northwest Missouri State Univ.                 www.nwmissouri.edu            Missouri
Purdue University                              www.purdue.edu                Indiana
St. Paul College                               www.saintpaul.edu             Minnesota
Southeast Louisiana University                 www.selu.edu                  Louisiana
Texas Assoc. of School Boards                  www.tasb.org                  Texas
TIAA-CREF                                      www.tiaa-cref.org             New York
Tuscarora School District                      www.tus.k12.pa.us             Pennsylvania
University of Colorado, Co. Springs            www.uccs.edu                  Colorado
University of Cincinnati                       www.uc.edu                    Ohio
University of Massachusetts Lowell             www.uml.edu                   Massachusetts
University of San Francisco                    www.usfca.edu                 California
University of St. Thomas                       www.stthomas.edu              Minnesota
University of Wisconsin Whitewater             www.uww.edu                   Wisconsin

                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            Our SiteExecutive product has been embraced by a substantial
                               number of higher ed customers (for example Johns Hopkins,
                               Tulane University, Medical University of South Carolina, Feinberg
                               School of Medicine at Northwestern University, Howard
                               Community College). Systems Alliance has also focused a
                               significant amount of energy in our professional services practices
                               on the higher ed marketplace and provides a deep level of
                               consulting expertise in this area, ranging from IT Performance


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                 Page 275 of 310
                                      Improvement initiatives to the construction and deployment of data
                                      centers and enterprise infrastructure.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Vignette has significant experience in the higher education market,
                               and counts the following non-exhaustive live of higher education
                               customers among its over 1,800 customers: Arizona State
                               University, Ball State University, Carnegie Mellon University,
                               City University of New York, Franklin University, Houston
                               Community College System, Old Dominion University, University
                               of Michigan, Texas A&M University, Texas State University,
                               University of Southern Mississippi, UCLA, UCSD, University of
                               California – Riverside, University of Miami, University of Texas
                               Southwestern Medical Center – Dallas, and the University of
                               Wisconsin – Madison.

          4. Do you focus on particular vertical markets, such as higher education? How
             would you assess your breadth and depth of involvement in that market?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                        Ektron‘s CMS400.net content management system has been
                           developed to be deployed across all verticals.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                        FatWire has solutions for higher education, financial, travel,
                           manufacturing and retail where we have blue ribbon accounts in
                           every sector.
                o FileNet Corp.
                o Globalscape
                        Yes, Higher Education has been a successful vertical for Cascade
                           Server. We have implemented numerous campus wide solutions,
                           and consider our services team to be gurus when it comes to higher
                           ed implementations. We would be happy to provide references
                           upon request.
                o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                        Yes, Hyperwave does focus on select vertical markets, while also
                           serving other markets on a case (or opportunity) basis. A summary
                           of our markets can be found on our website at
                           http://www.hyperwave.com/e/customers/.
                        Public and private educational customers are a significant part of
                           our business. Our depth of involvement in vertical markets is
                           primarily providing software applications and related technology


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 276 of 310
                                   skills for specific business needs that involve content management.
                                   To extend our skills and depth of involvement in the market we
                                   nurture specific partner relationships. Based on the UTA RFI, we
                                   believer our partner Cleverex would be a good choice for
                                   implementation. Cleverex provides complementary skills to
                                   Hyperwave PS, they are deeply knowledgeable about our products,
                                   and they have highly competitive consulting rates
                                   (http://www.cleverex.com).
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                Yes, PaperThin is focused on the higher education market and has
                                   been working with colleges and universities and their use of
                                   CommonSpot to manage their public facing websites for over five
                                   years. We believe we understand well the challenges that higher
                                   education institutes faced today in the use of the Web as a primary
                                   communication tool with prospective students and parents,
                                   enrolled students, faculty and staff. The features and functionality
                                   offered by CommonSpot reflect this understanding, along with our
                                   continued development efforts. We see higher education as
                                   pushing constantly the edge of the internet envelope and we are
                                   pleased to be able to partner with our customers to deliver the
                                   capabilities they demand.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot has over 1700 customers in many industries such as
                                   Higher Education, Energy, Financial Services, Government, Legal,
                                   Manufacturing, Media, Medical, Nonprofit, and Services. RedDot
                                   has 100+ higher ed customers globally and 75+ in North America.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                While Collage is not focused on any particular vertical market we
                                   have many higher education customers as noted above.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                See response to number 3. above. A significant portion of our
                                   resources are focused on the higher ed marketplace.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Vignette is a horizontally-focused organization with deep
                                   experience in specific vertical markets, including higher education.
                                   Do to the complex content management needs of leading higher


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 277 of 310
                                      education organizations, and Vignette‘s ability to solve those
                                      complex problems, Vignette is a strong player in the higher
                                      education space.

          5. Do you focus on particular applications?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                        Ektron‘s CMS400.net content management system is a full, feature
                           rich, out of the box product that allows organizations to develop a
                           website that is tailored to their requirements. Ektron has a very rich
                           API that will allow you to customize the CMS to meet specific
                           requirements.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                        FatWire has strategic partners that have developed solution sets
                           jointly with our team that unify information from other sources
                           (e.g. HR, CRM, Medical applications) to provide our clients with
                           content-centric applications driven from the Content Server
                           architecture.
                o FileNet Corp.
                o Globalscape
                        At the moment, Cascade Server is our main focus, although a new
                           product is currently under development for 2008.
                o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                        Yes, Hyperwave focuses exclusively on collaborative ECM
                           software applications (also frequently categorized as content
                           management and knowledge management). Our Hyperwave
                           Information Server (HW/IS) is our core technology, and a best of
                           breed CM application. In additional to our CM application, we
                           develop modular, integrated products that are brought to market as
                           additional applications:
                                Hyperwave Information Server (CMS & DM services)
                                   options:
                                       o Web Content Management
                                       o e-Knowledge Suite (eKS)
                                       o e-Knowledge Portal
                                       o Workflow
                                       o Team Workspace
                                       o Hyperwave Exp SAP Navigator
                                e-Collaboration Server (eCS, synchronous and
                                   asynchronous collaboration)
                                e-Records Server (eRS)
                                e-Learning Server (eLS)
                o Interwoven


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                         Page 278 of 310
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            No.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            RedDot is a horizontal application but has a strong penetration in
                               several industries including Government, Manufacturing, Higher
                               Education, Energy, and Associations/non-profits. In certain
                               industries RedDot has seen trends in templated uses of the
                               technology. RedDot markets and delivers a solution to mid-market
                               organizations together with partners that includes intranet,
                               extranet, internet, SAP integration and PIM integration.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                            Serena‘s sole focus is Enterprise Change Governance. Our Change
                               Governance solutions enable our customers to visualize,
                               orchestrate and enforce change policies and processes across the
                               enterprise. In addition to removing cost/quality/risk issues Serena
                               Change Governance solutions deliver efficiency, consistency and
                               accountability resulting in:
                                    Improved business practices
                                    Increased profitability
                                    Competitive advantages
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            We have developed expertise in several areas, see
                               www.systemsalliance.com and www.siteexecutive.com for
                               detailed information on our product and service offerings.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Vignette‘s primary focus is on Web Content Management and
                               Content Delivery Applications.

          6. Tell us about your strategic architecture.
                 o Alfresco
                 o Cignex (Plone)
                 o Day Software, Inc.
                 o Ektron, Inc.
                         Ektron‘s CMS400.net content management system is built 100%
                            on native .NET technology, and certified by Microsoft as a .NET
                            connected application. The application supports the display layers
                            in ASPX, ASP, PHP, ColdFusion, and JSP.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                 Page 279 of 310
                     o EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o Fatwire Software
                            FatWire's solutions are powered by Content Server, which
                              combines complete business user control over the creation and
                              presentation of content with a scalable architecture for dynamic
                              content delivery and multi-site deployment. Unlike other Content
                              Management solutions that focus on getting content under control,
                              FatWire's solutions enable organizations to put content to work by
                              delivering highly targeted and persuasive experiences to
                              customers, partners, and employees.
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            Our niche lies in providing core content management software for
                              management of online information. Our solutions have been
                              implemented in all types of industries, including: higher education,
                              healthcare, real estate, energy, hospitality, and publishing. We
                              focus on delivering a comprehensive tool set that provides all of
                              the necessary modules to manage the complete content lifecycle.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            Hyperwave Information Server is a highly scalable, high-end ECM
                              application for intra- and extranets, web content management, and
                              business processes that require human interaction with content.
                              There is a number of ways of distributing user load across multiple
                              machines or dispersing the server processes across an n- number of
                              machines to achieve a desired performance and response level.
                            Hyperwave is implemented as a scalable multi-tier architecture
                              consisting of user interface code that is executed in Web browsers,
                              a layer of application servers that execute the business logic of the
                              application, a middleware layer that implements HW/IS services
                              such as version control, access control, link management,
                              searching etc., and a database layer that manages the interface to
                              SQL databases, fulltext search engines, and external user
                              directories. All modules can be distributed across an arbitrary
                              number of physical machines.
                            The following diagrams illustrate how the various server modules
                              may be distributed for the different types of installations (i.e.,
                              test/development vs. production).




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                  Page 280 of 310
                                     The minimum test/development installation with all modules on
                                      the same physical machine:




                                                                 QuickTime™ an d a
                                                             TIFF (LZW) decomp resso r
                                                          are need ed to see this picture .




                                     The minimum production installation with all modules on the same
                                      physical machine (in most cases the database resides on a separate
                                      machine):




                                                                 QuickTime™ and a
                                                             TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                          are neede d to see this picture.




                                     The separation of the full text server from the core machine is
                                      typically only necessary if there are a lot of full text searches run




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                            Page 281 of 310
                                      by a larger number of concurrent users.




                                                                 QuickTime™ an d a
                                                             TIFF (LZW) decomp ressor
                                                          are need ed to see this p icture .




                                     Reliability may be increased by using 3 party cluster technology
                                      (e.g., Microsoft Cluster Server, Oracle Cluster). Microsoft Cluster
                                      Service (MSCS) makes it possible to establish a fail over solution
                                      for two computers sharing a single Storage Area Network (SAN).




                                                                QuickTime™ and a
                                                            TIFF (LZW) deco mpressor
                                                         are neede d to se e this picture.




                                     In order to provide you with a specific hardware recommendation,
                                      we would need more information about the application and usage
                                      patterns. Sizing is typically done during the first scoping sessions
                                      between Hyperwave Professional Services and the customer.
                                      Instead we will try to provide some general guidelines and what
                                      information needs to be taken into account:


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                          Page 282 of 310
                                         The maximum number of named users that will be using
                                          the system:
                                              o The number of named users will allow you to
                                                  estimate if and how Front-End- Processes
                                                  (WaveMaster and WaveSlave) will have to be
                                                  distributed over more than one host. Estimating and
                                                  assigning one WaveSlave (in combination with a
                                                  driving WaveMaster, see 3.1) to about 20-40
                                                  concurrent users (which in turn will be good for
                                                  about 200-400 named users, estimating a
                                                  concurrency ratio of about 1:10) should give
                                                  sufficient performance. Usually the number of
                                                  named users or their impact factor on the server
                                                  operations that these users cause, can be divided
                                                  into the following two categories:
                                                       The number of users that only view data on
                                                          the system or the amount of data that will be
                                                          downloaded during a certain amount of
                                                          time.
                                                       The number of users that actively edit data
                                                          in the system or the amount of data that will
                                                          be uploaded to the server during a given
                                                          time period.
                                              o If the number of ―viewers‖ outweighs the number of
                                                  ―editors‖, the number of ―Concurrent Users per
                                                  WaveSlave‖ estimation can be set at the high end of
                                                  the previously mentioned range. Equally, the ratio
                                                  of the amount of download data to the amount of
                                                  uploaded documents may be used to decide how
                                                  many users a WaveSlave process will be able to
                                                  handle. The eLearning Suite would be a typical
                                                  application where more documents (e.g. using
                                                  discussion groups, making document notes) are
                                                  edited than viewed.
                                              o Another very important factor in conjunction to
                                                  named users that shouldn‘t be ignored during
                                                  planning the HW/IS setup, is the fact that each
                                                  connected named user will trigger it‘s own
                                                  ―session‖ in the HGServer process which in turn
                                                  will result in a spawned HGServer process or
                                                  thread. It is obvious that spawned processes and
                                                  threads will consume memory and CPU power.
                                         What is the estimated ratio of named to anonymous users?
                                              o Anonymous users will bring a quite different impact
                                                  to the performance of HW/IS. This type of user on
                                                  the one hand usually will not be able to edit


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 283 of 310
                                                  documents and on the other hand will be handled
                                                  differently by the HGServer process (besides that
                                                  there takes no authentication place). With
                                                  anonymous users the ―point-to-point‖ character of a
                                                  named user connection is lost. Every anonymous
                                                  request is distributed via a round-robin system to a
                                                  configurable number of anonymous sessions
                                                  managed by the HGServer process. This in turn
                                                  should limit the impact on the performance of
                                                  HW/IS to a certain point. All in all the previously
                                                  mentioned number of about 40 concurrent users
                                                  (―viewers‖, if you want to see it that way) per
                                                  WaveSlave, is also valid here.
                                         The maximum number of concurrent users, i.e., the
                                          maximum number of users who will be accessing the
                                          system in parallel at a given point in time.
                                              o If the previous two values (number of named or
                                                  anonymous users) cannot be obtained from hard
                                                  facts, then it should be possible to estimate the
                                                  maximum number of users that will access the
                                                  system at peak times (e.g. 10 AM). By analyzing
                                                  the usage profiles of these users it should be also
                                                  possible to estimate the previously mentioned ratio
                                                  of named to anonymous users. If these values can
                                                  be obtained, the estimation of front-end processes or
                                                  machines can be calculated as previously
                                                  mentioned.
                                         The maximum number of documents that will be inserted
                                          into the system or the maximum number of collections that
                                          will be used to structure the data stored in the system.
                                              o The maximum number of documents stored in
                                                  HW/IS can give you the information necessary to
                                                  estimate/calculate the disk space required. Again
                                                  the user or application profiles, number of users and
                                                  the estimated number of documents per
                                                  user/application are the interesting factors in this
                                                  equation.
                                         What is the estimated ratio of content (e.g. document data)
                                          versus structural (e.g. collections) data?
                                              o By analyzing user/application profiles it will be
                                                  possible to estimate the distribution of data inside
                                                  IS/6 which in turn may be a possibility to get an
                                                  idea off the ratio of collections, object attributes,
                                                  etc. to document content (BLOB) data.
                                         What kind of data is inserted? (e.g. graphics data like GIF
                                          or JPG files will not be indexed by fulltext search engines


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 284 of 310
                                             while MS Office documents will add to size of the
                                             FTServer indexes.)
                                                 o Given the values in the preceding table and having
                                                     some information on the kind of data that will be
                                                     stored in HW/IS one should be able to estimate the
                                                     disk space requirements that HW/IS, the database
                                                     machine and the FTServer will need. Checking the
                                                     directories that contain the FTServer index data
                                                     (usually $HOME/ftserver) of the two previously
                                                     mentioned servers the first one (Standard Company
                                                     Server) runs up to about 1.3GB of FTServer data
                                                     and the second one (Newspaper Info-Server) totals
                                                     with about 5.5GB. Both of the servers contain
                                                     mostly ―index-able‖ data (e.g. HTML, MS Word
                                                     documents, PDF data).
                                           What estimated growth rates have to be expected for
                                             content or structural data? How will the user community
                                             change over the next few months or years?
                                                 o The accurate estimation of growth rates for an
                                                     information server (in fact for any kind of server) is
                                                     very important. It will give the administrator the
                                                     possibility to set proactive actions that will ensure
                                                     smooth and uninterrupted server operation which in
                                                     turn will result in users that are willing to accept the
                                                     system as a base for their daily work. Essentially for
                                                     all of the previously mentioned key values there
                                                     exist growth estimations. Summing up all this
                                                     information will allow for a accurate and well-
                                                     defined solution of the estimation problem.
                                     Sometimes it is not possible to gather all important data. Then, it is
                                      normally possible to ―complete‖ the data by applying rules of
                                      thumb (although there should be kept in mind that here estimated
                                      values are used to estimate values which in turn will not be very
                                      good for the accuracy of the estimated system values):
                                           The typical maximum number of concurrent users is about
                                             10% of the maximum number of named users in the
                                             system.
                                                 o Usually it should be possible to get a more accurate
                                                     estimation of this ratio by analyzing user and
                                                     application profiles.
                                           The ratio of named to anonymous users cannot be
                                             estimated without intimate knowledge of the environment
                                             HW/IS will be placed into.
                                                 o Many companies establish extranet environments
                                                     for employees that work in customer support or
                                                     sales, but these usually cannot be rated as


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                           Page 285 of 310
                                                   anonymous users, since in most access scenarios
                                                   these users will be authenticated during information
                                                   retrieval. Usually only companies that will establish
                                                   a web appearance using HW/IS will have to deal
                                                   with anonymous user.
                                        The overall number of users that will connect to the IS/6
                                           can be estimated by counting all the users that can access
                                           HW/IS using e.g. the companies intranet.
                                        In intranet content management situations (many viewers,
                                           few authors) a typical value for the ratio of viewers to
                                           authors seems to be 25:1.
                                        A typical Hyperwave HW/IS installation utilizes about
                                           twice the amount for content data as for structural
                                           information.
                                The ratio of content to structural data is mostly influenced by the
                                  way users or applications take advantage of the features HW/IS
                                  supports.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                CommonSpot‘s architecture scales to handle the most demanding
                                  Internet, intranet or extranet sites. CommonSpot utilizes the high
                                  performance and scalability features of ColdFusion. The
                                  application server runs as a multi-threaded service. Advanced
                                  features such as just-in-time page compilation and database
                                  connection caching make CommonSpot an effective platform for
                                  delivering mission-critical Web applications. Support for
                                  deployment of multi-server clusters with dynamic load balancing
                                  and automatic server fail over is provided through CommonSpot
                                  Read-Only Production Servers. For customers who wish to
                                  replicate content from one to many servers, CommonSpot
                                  internally manages the task of replicating all database and file
                                  system content to the target server on a real-time, scheduled or on-
                                  demand basis.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot CMS is designed to exist seamlessly within the IT
                                  environment. Sitting behind the firewall, RedDot CMS leverages
                                  existing Web Servers (regardless of manufacture), runs on any
                                  server-based version of Microsoft Windows and uses Microsoft
                                  SQL or Oracle for its repository. The flexible and rationalized
                                  nature of its repository allows it to be used with any clustering
                                  utilities for those databases, or used with any Microsoft or Oracle


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 286 of 310
                                   certified back-up utilities. RedDot CMS utilizes existing
                                   LDAP/ADS implementations to manage users, and supports single
                                   sign-on with Integrated Windows Authentication (IWA) or any
                                   other Web Server-based authentication utility. RedDot CMS is also
                                   scalable, allowing content editing and publishing functions to be
                                   divided among separate servers, while working with most
                                   commercial load balancing tools designed for browser-based
                                   applications.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Collage supports an n-tiered architecture, allowing the application
                                   layer to be separated by the data layer. Since Collage runs on top
                                   of a J2EE application server it can take advantage of the
                                   scalability, load-balancing, clustering, etc. inherent in J2EE
                                   application servers, meaning that the application can be scaled
                                   across multiple servers. Additionally, Collage project databases
                                   can reside in different locations, allowing business units and
                                   departments to manage their own project database, if desired.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                SiteExecutive was designed with an emphasis on enabling access
                                   to web properties and high value toolsets for non-technical users.
                                   Our core architecture emphasizes a continuous improvement
                                   approach for the base SiteExecutive product, supplemented with
                                   modules that provide more specific functional capabilities. Our use
                                   of a modular architecture provides the flexibility necessary to stay
                                   ahead of the market with new functionality.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Vignette Content Management is architected to lower the total cost
                                   of ownership, by empowering organizations to quickly deploy and
                                   easily manage content in a highly scalable and reliable way.
                                   Vignette participates on a number of technology standards
                                   governing bodies, and leverages these open standards extensively.
                                   As the cornerstone to efficiently extend content management
                                   beyond the technical realm, Vignette Content Management allows
                                   organizations to:
                                        Minimize the need to purchase or create additional
                                           components in the enterprise infrastructure by leveraging
                                           current investments in hardware, software and knowledge
                                           workers
                                        Support n-tiered staging (e.g. development, testing, and live
                                           stages) with advanced deployment and delivery
                                           capabilities—for both static and dynamic delivered content



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                      Page 287 of 310
                                         Empower non-technical users to create and edit content,
                                          automate content integration processes, and quickly
                                          migrate existing Web content
                                         Allow non-technical business users to create and manage
                                          content using favorite tools such as Microsoft Office, Web
                                          browsers, XML authoring tools, e-mail clients or wireless
                                          devices.
                                         Acquire, classify, and index bulk content from databases,
                                          file systems, document management and legacy
                                          applications. Import and selectively export content
                                          including metadata and site taxonomy. Facilitates migration
                                          of data from home grown Web content management
                                          systems to help reduce the time to launch enterprise Web
                                          sites and portals.
                                         Create and modify powerful real-world content objects,
                                          such as articles, products, news, etc. that may span content
                                          sources and formats. An intuitive interface that
                                          automatically generates the input forms that business users
                                          will use to create the individual content items – with no
                                          coding required.
                                         Manage enterprise content, application code and other
                                          objects in virtually any data format, including database
                                          objects, XML documents, rich media, images and flat files.
                                          Enables users to submit value-added metadata to
                                          information that resides in disparate data sources, without
                                          data migration.
                                         Maximize reliability and scalability through a tiered
                                          architecture - leverage integrated caching, clustering and
                                          fail-over to enable availability, performance and uptime
                                          across XML, J2EE, .Net and Web Services
                                         Support compliance, globalization, and consolidation
                                          efforts with a proven comprehensive, integrated and
                                          extensible multi-site management applications.

          7. How many of your customers have you built out with a similar list of
             requirements?
                o Alfresco
                o Cignex (Plone)
                o Day Software, Inc.
                o Ektron, Inc.
                        Many of Ektron‘s clients require the CMS to interface or integrate
                           with existing applications or custom code.
                o EMC Software (Documentum)
                o Fatwire Software
                        Nearly all of our customers have a similar list of requirements to
                           yours.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                     Page 288 of 310
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            100% of our higher clients came to us with similar, if not identical,
                              requirements.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            Every customer has some level of uniqueness of requirements.
                              However, the requirements described by UTA in this RFI are fairly
                              common among our customer base. Overall, we assess the
                              requirements herein to be largely in line with the majority of our
                              300+ corporate clients.
                     o Interwoven
                     o Mediasurface, Inc.
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Open Text Coporation
                     o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                            PaperThin has over three hundred customers with a majority of
                              those customers having similar requirements to those outlined in
                              this RFP. Approximately fifteen percent of our customers are
                              colleges or universities.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                            RedDot has a solid penetration within the Higher Ed vertical and
                              has built a strong reputation          on delivering superior
                              technology at a fraction of the cost of other solutions that demand
                              greater amounts of resources to install, implement and maintain.
                              RedDot Solutions has numerous Higher Ed clients that include
                              Florida Gulf Coast University, Texas A&M University at Qatar,
                              Simpson University, San Jacinto College, Yale Law School,
                              CUNY Brooklyn College, Laureate Education Inc., Texas
                              Christian University, College of Mount Saint Vincent, University
                              of Albany and Georgia State University.
                            The following are examples of similar customers who have
                              implemented RedDot technology to meet their content
                              management needs.
                            University of Arkansas (http://www.uark.edu)
                                   University of Arkansas is a top tier higher educational
                                      institution with more than 18,000 students enrolled in its
                                      nearly 200 graduate and undergraduate programs. The
                                      university‘s RedDot Web site has been live since
                                      November 2003 and has continued to expand its Web
                                      project to present day. University of Arkansas‘ many
                                      schools, campuses and programs have steadily migrated
                                      onto the RedDot platform, which is currently comprised of
                                      70 Web sites, 200,000 pages and handles up to 2 million
                                      visitors per month.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                 Page 289 of 310
                                         Installation: Initial installation was completed in November
                                          2003. Installations continue to present day as schools,
                                          campuses, and programs migrate onto the RedDot platform
                                          (currently >70 web sites, >200,000 pages, >2 million
                                          visitors/month).
                                        Live: November 2003
                                        Implementation: University
                                        Architecture: 1 CMS Server, unknown number and type of
                                          Web servers.
                                        URLs: www.uark.edu, and many other campus, college,
                                          and program internet, extranet, and intranet sites.
                                Georgia State University (http://www.gsu.edu/)
                                        Georgia State University, a major research higher
                                          educational institution, is the second largest university in
                                          the state of Georgia with an undergraduate and graduate
                                          student population of 27,000. The university has been a
                                          RedDot customer since July 2004 and successfully
                                          launched their university-wide implementation in March
                                          2005. Georgia State currently manages 5 Web sites with
                                          over 100,000 pages and experiences a volume of 1.5
                                          million visitors each month.
                                        Installation: Initial installation was completed in March
                                          2005. Installations continue to present day as schools,
                                          campuses, and programs migrate onto the RedDot platform
                                          (currently 5 web sites, >100,000 pages, >1.5 million
                                          visitors/month).
                                        Live: March 2005
                                        Implementation: University
                                        Architecture: 1 CMS Server, unknown number and type of
                                          Web servers.
                                        URLs: www.gsu.edu, and other program sites.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                After a careful review of UTA‘s requirements they appear to be
                                   general enough in nature that almost all of our customers would
                                   have the same concerns.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                There are several hundred higher ed sites running on our
                                   SiteExecutive product. Many of our higher ed customers have
                                   acquired Enterprise licenses from Systems Alliance and are
                                   continuously creating new sites and micro-sites for a variety of
                                   long and short term uses (capital campaigns, alumni services,
                                   accepted student sites, etc).
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                     Page 290 of 310
                           Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                           We have hundreds of customers that have successfully deployed a
                              Vignette Web Content Management system.

          8. How many of your customers utilize more than 75% of their purchased licenses?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                      Ektron‘s software license scales to unlimited model after fifty
                          named users. Ektron does not meter users within the unlimited
                          licensing model
               o EMC Software (Documentum)
               o Fatwire Software
                      With our licensing model, our customers use nearly 100% of
                          purchased licenses
               o FileNet Corp.
               o Globalscape
                      That statistic is unknown.
               o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                      Most of our clients have deployed (put into use) 75% of their
                          licenses within 12 months of their product ―live‖ date.
               o Interwoven
               o Mediasurface, Inc.
                      Chose not to respond
               o Open Text Coporation
               o Oracle/PeopleSoft
               o PaperThin, Inc.
                      Most all.
               o Percussion Software, Inc.
               o RedDot Solutions
                      Currently, RedDot Solutions has more than 1700 customers
                          worldwide, with over 300 located in North America alone. One of
                          the key differentiators of RedDot Solutions is the satisfaction rate
                          of our customers and our quick implementation time. RedDot‘s
                          out-of-the box technology gives our customers a seamless
                          implementation and as a result, RedDot has a renewal rate of
                          approximately 98%. Since RedDot came to North America in
                          1999, 86% of all RedDot customers that purchased our
                          software continue to actively manage web sites with RedDot.
               o Serena Software, Inc.
                      Serena does not track this information.
               o Stellent
               o Systems Alliance, Inc.



The University of Texas - Arlington                                              Page 291 of 310
                                     To our knowledge, our clients are using all of the software that
                                      they have licensed. We frequently provide additional server
                                      licenses as their traffic, users and sites grow.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Unknown, this is not a metric we track.

          9. When your application is displacing other systems at a customer site, whose do
             you typically displace? What do you see and the best migration plan from those
             systems to yours?
                 o Alfresco
                 o Cignex (Plone)
                 o Day Software, Inc.
                 o Ektron, Inc.
                         The vast majority of Ektron‘s CMS sales are to organizations that
                            do not currently have a managed solution in place. Ektron has
                            displaced a variety of other vendor or home grown solutions. The
                            migration plan is largely based on how the current content is stored
                            either within a database or flat file format.
                 o EMC Software (Documentum)
                 o Fatwire Software
                         Our system typically displaces homegrown systems or systems that
                            do not address either the dynamic requirements of the client‘s
                            ‗business users‘ or the amount of change and the rapic rate of
                            change they are demanding of IT. Migration from these systems is
                            taken into account with the design and implementation options
                            found out of the box within Content Server. Many clients pursue a
                            ‗phased-in‘ launch of our product, taking the time up-front to build
                            the infrastructure, releasing it for publishing in one area (e.g. News
                            articles or About Us) and then progressing section by section to
                            migrate. Others leverage the bulk import tools and our knowledge
                            of automated HTML robots to ‗bulk import‘ existing sites in order
                            to flip the big switch for a transformation.
                 o FileNet Corp.
                 o Globalscape
                         We are not a liberty to disclose that information without explicit
                            permission of the customer.
                 o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                         We have replaced COTS based systems from Open Text,
                            Hummingbird, FileNet/IBM, Vignette, Interwoven, other
                            commercial software products, and homegrown applications
                            (developed in-house by customers IT departments).
                         Migration projects for legacy systems can range from
                            straightforward to complex, depending on the accessibility of the


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                         Page 292 of 310
                                   legacy system (is there an API or export function), whether or not
                                   the database schema is published, the state of the taxonomy and
                                   metadata, and other factors. Migration projects frequently provide
                                   the customer the opportunity to review and cleanse data, resulting
                                   in removal of stale content, but content review adds another
                                   dimension to migration. Hyperwave‘s Professional Services
                                   Organization has utilities to facilitate data migration.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                Mostly we are replacing processes that involve static html editing.
                                   On occasion we are replacing a homegrown content management
                                   solution that was either developed internally or by the web design
                                   firm that last designed their website. These tools are mostly
                                   WYSIWYG and they are looking this time around for a fuller
                                   featured and robust solution, one that provides for redundancy and
                                   load-balancing as well. There have been several scenarios of late
                                   where we have replaced Adobe Contribute.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                There are 200+ CMS vendors in the marketplace and we have
                                   displaced many of them. We also displace home grown systems to
                                   a high degree. More discovery is needed for migration strategy
                                   tailored to you.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Collage has been used to replace several other systems but
                                   probably most often are Vignette and TeamSite. Migration plans
                                   are highly dependant on the structure you wish to maintain going
                                   forward. Serena Professional Services can certainly provide
                                   migration assistance as part of a fee-based offering.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                We most often replace home grown CMS systems in the higher ed
                                   space. What began as a low cost method for managing content
                                   typically hasn‘t been able to scale to address the needs of more
                                   complex web properties. We also have encountered customers that
                                   have attempted to deploy very complex open source CMS products
                                   that have been more like toolkits rather than packaged products.
                                Our Content Import Utility has been the most effective tool for
                                   moving sites over to SiteExecutive. We would be glad to test the
                                   CIU against one of your existing sites if you decide to move
                                   forward with a pilot.
                     o     Tridion


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                    Page 293 of 310
                     o Vasont Systems
                           Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                           We most typically replace systems from IBM, BEA, Interwoven,
                              Stellent and Microsoft. Vignette has a productized content
                              migration capability to access information in existing data stores
                              and establish a ―virtual repository‖, allowing content to live where
                              it should as opposed to in a standalone repository.

          10. Do you provide tools for user training and adoption of systems?
                 o Alfresco
                 o Cignex (Plone)
                 o Day Software, Inc.
                 o Ektron, Inc.
                         Ektron offers a wide variety of training packages for developers,
                           system administrators and end users. Training can be onsite or web
                           based depending on the client requirements.
                 o EMC Software (Documentum)
                 o Fatwire Software
                         Yes, well documented manuals, in line help (modifiable) and
                           custom training material development.
                 o FileNet Corp.
                 o Globalscape
                         Full documentation and self-service training is available at no
                           charge for users, developers, and administrators. GlobalSCAPE
                           offers free web based training Flash tutorials and getting started
                           guides. Customized on site training is also available for
                           administrators, integrators, and end users of the systems.
                           Documentation also includes white papers, best practices
                           documents, FAQs, knowledge bases, and other pieces of
                           information to help maximize the success of the project.
                 o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                         Yes. Hyperwave provides a full range of training to foster user
                           adoption, with delivery methods that include traditional classroom
                           settings (in Hyperwave training centers or at customer locations),
                           train-the-trainer, online courses, and many clients choose to
                           including ―training snippets‖ in their CMS that a user can play at
                           his or her own pace.
                 o Interwoven
                 o Mediasurface, Inc.
                         Chose not to respond
                 o Open Text Coporation
                 o Oracle/PeopleSoft
                 o PaperThin, Inc.
                         PaperThin provides documentation for end-users, administrators,
                           designer and developers as well as a wealth of recorded sessions


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                  Page 294 of 310
                                   that address important concepts as well as specific features and
                                   functionality that can be downloaded, at no additional cost, from
                                   our Support site.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                RedDot takes a train the trainer approach to training. After CMS
                                   administrator(s) are trained, they will have the skillet to train end
                                   users (non-technical authors & approvers). Since RedDot is so
                                   intuitive, end user training usually takes 30 minutes or less. In
                                   addition, RedDot provides end user manuals which conveniently
                                   fit on either a coffee mug or a mousepad.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Collage user training is included as part of the Collage Foundation
                                   Pack as detailed in Appendix B. [see vendor response]
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                Yes, we have a well developed approach to user training. We
                                   provide training either on site at your location(s) or in our offices.
                                   We have also deployed a ―train the trainer‖ program that enables
                                   knowledge management and training capabilities to develop inside
                                   your organization.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Vignette has a comprehensive training program for end-users,
                                   including Web-based and onsite training capabilities. Moreover,
                                   Vignette was specifically architected for non-technical user
                                   adoption.

          11. Would you be willing to build a pilot program to help validate your system
              capabilities?
                 o Alfresco
                 o Cignex (Plone)
                 o Day Software, Inc.
                 o Ektron, Inc.
                           Yes.
                 o EMC Software (Documentum)
                 o Fatwire Software
                           Yes, Fatwire is willing to develop a pilot program under agreeable
                            terms to validate our system capabilities.
                 o FileNet Corp.
                 o Globalscape
                           We would be happy to provide UT Arlington with an account on
                            our demo server and/or provide a trial download of the software
                            for testing purposes. We can conduct live web demos and/or


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                        Page 295 of 310
                                   integrate a small portion of your site. At the convenience of the
                                   UT Arlington team, a walk-thru of the integration can be lead by a
                                   member of our technical staff for evaluation purposes.
                     o     Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                                We are open-minded to a pilot. Depending on the scope,
                                   complexity, and duration of UTA‘s pilot we may require funding
                                   for this evolution (to involve our Professional Services consultants,
                                   who typically engage on only billable activities). However, we are
                                   also open to a discussion of crediting monies paid for a pilot
                                   towards the purchase of software licenses if you ultimately decide
                                   Hyperwave is the best fit to your needs.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                Yes. PaperThin offers evaluation software which can be
                                   downloaded and installed on our own servers in your environment.
                                   With an understanding of your expectations for the evaluation or
                                   pilot program, we are willing to commit resources to ensure your
                                   success.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                If UTA is willing to partner with RedDot to further clarify its
                                   project goals and requirements, its expectations for the pilot and
                                   map out what needs to happen for RedDot to win its business,
                                   RedDot would willing to build a pilot for UTA.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Yes, while our Collage Foundation Pack is sufficient for most
                                   customers, Serena Professional Services is available for fee-based
                                   engagements if necessary.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                Yes. We often find that we can learn more about our customer‘s
                                   requirements in the context of a pilot. We have also found that
                                   many customers can more effectively separate marketing hype
                                   from real product functionality during a pilot, which works to our
                                   advantage.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Yes, we could facilitate a pilot program/proof of concept under the
                                   appropriate circumstances.



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 296 of 310
          12. How much would you charge if your professional services organization were to
              convert http://www.uta.edu/publications/utamagazine/winter_2006/ to the CMS?
              Itemize cost.
                  o Alfresco
                  o Cignex (Plone)
                  o Day Software, Inc.
                  o Ektron, Inc.
                          In order to fully itemize implementation costs a discovery meeting
                              would be required to fully understand the scope of the project.
                              However, implementations can range from $20,000.00 -
                              $100,000.00.
                  o EMC Software (Documentum)
                  o Fatwire Software
                          Please see ―FatWire Professional Services Overview‖ Generally
                              we have seen a 1 to 1 ratio of services to product purchased.
                  o FileNet Corp.
                  o Globalscape
                          Professional services are priced at $175 per hour. In order to give
                              an exact quote we would need more information.
                  o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                          Based on review of the URL, the conversion appears
                              straightforward. A discussion of specific requirements would be
                              needed to develop a refined estimate:
                                   Set up server - 1 day
                                   Create Layout in Hyperwave templates, lists of stories in
                                      sections, and viewing stories (Title, Abstract, Text). - 5
                                      days
                                   Dynamic mechanism for Other Stories and Contact Us - 2
                                      days
                                   Create structures for Forethought, Campus Buzz , Feature
                                      Stories, Re:Search, The Score, Alum News Yesteryear – 1
                                      day
                                   Upload existing articles 2 days
                                   Search interface 2 days
                                   Testing, bug fixing and project management 5 days
                                   Task labor: 18-mandays
                          Our labor rates are negotiable. Hyperwave PS rates typically range
                              from $1600- 2000/day. We also have partners, such as Cleverex
                              (mentioned earlier in this document) that have broader rate
                              schedules that might be attractive to UTA.
                  o Interwoven
                  o Mediasurface, Inc.
                          Chose not to respond
                  o Open Text Coporation
                  o Oracle/PeopleSoft



The University of Texas - Arlington                                               Page 297 of 310
                     o PaperThin, Inc.
                           At this time we do not know enough about the site to be able to
                              provide you with an estimate to convert the site to CommonSpot.
                              There are many factors that need to be taken into consideration.
                     o Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o RedDot Solutions
                           More discovery is needed to provide an estimate.
                     o Serena Software, Inc.
                           Serena Collage makes it simple to efficiently manage changes to
                              critical web content. Collage is based on the premise that
                              organizations already have functional web sites in place and have
                              invested significant infrastructure resources to support them. The
                              primary business challenge is efficiently managing change to these
                              web sites without making fundamental changes to infrastructure
                              and process. Collage can rapidly import existing web site content
                              and code and provide scaleable control of web sites within hours of
                              implementation.
                           Smart Import
                                    Collage Smart Import captures existing web digital content
                                       from anywhere on your LAN or WAN. Smart Import
                                       stores all content within a central database repository—
                                       providing you with versioning, auditing, rollback, and other
                                       benefits immediately out of the gate. Additionally, Collage
                                       tracks details of the content relationships in its central
                                       repository. Whenever a relationship changes (such as when
                                       a folder is moved, a page is deleted, or an image is
                                       renamed) Collage automatically updates those
                                       relationships. This means that you no longer have to
                                       manually track relationships to ensure that you don‘t break
                                       content links. Most importantly, Collage Smart Import
                                       maintains your existing website hierarchy and structure—
                                       you will not have to rebuild these interdependencies and
                                       relationships in order to gain the benefits of content
                                       management.
                                    Collage Smart Import also understands any dynamic
                                       elements of an imported page, such as content that is
                                       included at runtime by the production server. Collage will
                                       import, work with and manage any coding language you
                                       use (i.e. ASP, PHP, JSP, CFM, etc.).
                                    Why it matters:
                                           o No need to start over. With Collage Smart Import
                                               you do not have to recreate your site just to gain
                                               control of it. Collage Smart Import allows you to
                                               leverage the content you already have, and quickly
                                               get it into production use in a fully managed system.
                                               You can then restructure, redesign, or add value to


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                   Page 298 of 310
                                        your site and content as you want. Unlike other
                                        CMS products, Collage does not force you to
                                        completely rebuild your site before you can gain
                                        any CMS functionality; Collage let‘s you make
                                        changes to your site in stages, according to your
                                        timeline. This approach to web content
                                        management just makes sense in today‘s market.
                                      o Control the Whole Site. Other content management
                                        products require that you recreate, redesign, and
                                        rebuild every page before you can have any control.
                                        Such an approach makes it impractical, if not
                                        impossible, to get control of the massive amounts of
                                        content on your sites. To get around this issue,
                                        most customers of competitive products recreate
                                        only the top 2-4 layers of the main site and leave all
                                        other pages and other sites just as they currently
                                        are— unmanaged. With Collage Smart Import, you
                                        can get control of every piece of content on every
                                        site in a matter of hours.
                                      o Manage Change to Every Site Asset. Collage Smart
                                        Import stores the content and relationships in its
                                        central repository and allows you to immediately
                                        begin publishing everything right back out to your
                                        existing production servers. The content will look
                                        and function exactly as it did before, but it will be
                                        fully managed by Collage. Some of the immediate
                                        ―control‖ capabilities you get from Smart Import
                                        include:
                                             Content versioning. Collage stores a new
                                                 version of any content that is changed so
                                                 that you can keep track of those changes—at
                                                 the discrete asset level—and revert back to
                                                 previous versions if needed.
                                             Maintains existing information architecture.
                                                 As a result of Smart Import you will not
                                                 have to rebuild these interdependencies and
                                                 relationships.
                                             Relationship management. If you change the
                                                 name of content, or move or remove
                                                 content, Collage will automatically update
                                                 the affected relationships so that your site
                                                 works properly—with no broken links.
                                             Audit trails. You can track who changed
                                                 what and when, right down to a single
                                                 content asset.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                             Page 299 of 310
                                                             Link validation. You can make sure that all
                                                              your links are healthy—both internal and
                                                              external to the site.
                                                           Asset management. You can manage
                                                              different types of content assets, such as
                                                              images or Word documents, in ways that
                                                              best suit the particular content type.
                                                           Role-based security. You can control (limit
                                                              or permit) a user‘s access to features of the
                                                              Collage application and to any content in the
                                                              repository.
                                                           Content sharing. Any content can be shared
                                                              across multiple sites, as desired.
                                                           Searching and reporting. You can quickly
                                                              find any content based on extensive search
                                                              parameters.
                                                           Content editing. You can use any editing
                                                              tool to view/edit your various content types;
                                                              your technical staff can continue to use
                                                              Macromedia Contribute, Dreamweaver,
                                                              Notepad, FrontPage, etc.
                                                           Desktop integration. You can directly add
                                                              content to the site from common desktop
                                                              tools.
                                                           Workflow. You can manage the process of
                                                              changing content on your site.
                                                           Managed publishing. Managed publishing
                                                              provides many useful capabilities such as
                                                              scheduled publishing, incremental
                                                              publishing and publishing reports.
                                     Not All Imports are Equal. There are different ways of importing
                                      content, but not all methods deliver value if performed outside of a
                                      Smart Import.
                                          Grunt-work. If a CMS doesn‘t support any type of import
                                             (unfortunately quite a few don‘t) this is your only option.
                                             The grunt-work method is just what it sounds like. It‘s
                                             basically a long exercise in copy and paste.
                                          Dumb Import. Dumb import is a step up from pure grunt
                                             work, but it is still going to involve grunt work. A dumb
                                             import collects your existing content into the content
                                             repository and makes it available for management. What
                                             dumb import doesn‘t do is much more important than what
                                             it does do. A dumb import doesn‘t have the intelligence to
                                             understand content relationships—that‘s why it‘s called
                                             ―dumb‖. We aren‘t just trying to be rude here. Once the
                                             content is dumb imported, you have to rebuild the content


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                          Page 300 of 310
                                              hierarchy and re-establish all of the content relationships
                                              and interdependencies among all the content.
                                           Structured Import. Structured import is often mistaken as
                                              Smart Import, however, structured import is a dumb import
                                              of structured content. This means that the imported
                                              structured content has no place in a content hierarchy and
                                              no relationship to other content in the CMS. Structured
                                              import can be valuable, though, if done in conjunction with
                                              a Smart Import. See the following point for more
                                              information.
                                     Structured Import
                                           Structured Import allows you to map existing content from
                                              an external source (database, XML file repository, Excel
                                              spreadsheet, etc.) to a Collage ready XML format. You can
                                              then utilize Collage Smart Import to transfer the data into
                                              Collage, transforming it into structured Collage
                                              contribution assets.
                                           Why it matters:
                                                  o No need to start over. With Collage Structured
                                                      Import you do not have to manually reenter existing
                                                      structured data just to gain control of it and to
                                                      utilize it across your Collage managed website.
                                                  o Manage Change to Structured Content. Collage
                                                      Structured Import stores the content and
                                                      relationships in its central repository and allows you
                                                      to immediately begin editing content through
                                                      Collage‘s WYSIWYG editor, reusing content
                                                      throughout the site using programmatic content
                                                      creation, and publishing the content out to your
                                                      existing production servers as web pages using
                                                      Collage managed templates.
                                                  o Content can be imported into the existing
                                                      architecture. Structured Import, in conjunction with
                                                      Smart Import, will allow you to import your data
                                                      where it makes sense in your existing site
                                                      architecture. This allows you to organize the data
                                                      so that it is easy to find and manage within the
                                                      Collage repository.
                                     No need to start over. With Smart Import you do not have to
                                      recreate your site just to gain control of it. Smart Import allows
                                      you to leverage the content you already have, and quickly get it
                                      into production use in a fully managed system. You can then
                                      restructure, redesign, or add value to your site and content as you
                                      want. Unlike other CMS products, Collage does not force you to
                                      completely rebuild your site before you can gain any CMS
                                      functionality; Collage let‘s you do this in stages, as you desire.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                           Page 301 of 310
                                      This approach to Web content management just makes sense in
                                      today‘s market.
                                     The screen shot below is an example of HTML pages that were
                                      checked-in to Collage through Smart Import.




                                                            QuickTime™ and a
                                                        TIFF (LZW) decomp resso r
                                                     are neede d to see this picture.




                                     As content is imported, Collage automatically creates and manages
                                      the interdependencies that every asset has to all other assets in the
                                      system. The screen shots below show two examples of how
                                      Collage tracks the dependencies to and from a page, in this case an
                                      index.html page.
                                     The first image shows what assets the index.html page is referred
                                      from.




                                                                 QuickTime™ an d a
                                                             TIFF (LZW) decomp ressor
                                                          are need ed to see this p icture .




                                     The second image shows what assets the index.html page refers to,
                                      including external links, images, internal references and other




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                          Page 302 of 310
                                      assets like JavaScript, style sheets, etc.




                                                                   QuickTime™ and a
                                                               TIFF (LZW) decompressor
                                                            are neede d to see this picture.




                                  Included as part of the Collage Foundation Pack is the import of
                                   all, or a portion, of an existing customer web site that will be
                                   managed by Collage. Details of the Foundation Pack are located in
                                   Appendix B. The price of this 10-day implementation pack is
                                   $18,000. If additional services are required, Serena Professional
                                   Services are available for $2,200/day plus reasonable travel and
                                   expenses.
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                We would be glad to provide you with a detailed proposal for
                                   conversion of the site listed below. At your convenience, we would
                                   like to either meet with you in person to confirm your requirements
                                   for the conversion.
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                There are unknown cost variables that don‘t allow getting to an
                                   exact, itemized cost with this question. However, this would be an
                                   extremely easy exercise with Vignette Content Management, and
                                   we would be happy to make demonstrate this Web magazine in our
                                   system at your request and detail costs to get there.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 303 of 310
Cost
          1. What is the licensing model for your application (number of users, processors,
             etc.)?
                 o Alfresco
                 o Cignex (Plone)
                 o Day Software, Inc.
                 o Ektron, Inc.
                         Ektron licenses CMS400.net either per the registered domain
                            (www.uta.edu) number of named users or a server license which is
                            unlimited domains and users on a single server. A named user to
                            Ektron is an individual that needs to login to the CMS application
                            to update, edit, author, and approve content or documents.
                 o EMC Software (Documentum)
                 o Fatwire Software
                         FatWire provides both a CPU-based and Enterprise deployment
                            model of licensing for Content Server. We are willing to discuss
                            re-starting the existing licenses owned by the University and
                            applying them in credit toward the appropriate solution for this
                            larger project.
                 o FileNet Corp.
                 o Globalscape
                         Cascade Server has a straightforward pricing model based on the
                            number of CMS server CPUs. The first server CPU is $40,000 and
                            a two or more CPU machine is $60,000. There are no per- user,
                            per-site, or per-content delivery costs. All upgrades and support are
                            covered by the required maintenance fee of 20% of the purchase
                            price annually. The first year is not included in the server CPU
                            cost.
                 o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                         Hyperwave license model is a server and named user. The core
                            Hyperwave Information Server (HW/IS) is licensed on a server
                            basis. In addition, there are named user fees for HW/IS and
                            additional (optional) modules.
                         Hyperwave licenses two classes of named users: (1) Full User; a
                            user who has write- right and/or administrative permissions to the
                            system. (2) Information User; a user who as read-only permission
                            to the system. The cost of the read-only license is a small fraction
                            of a full user license.
                         In general, content management systems typically support user
                            communities that have a demographic profile where most users (a
                            large majority) are information consumers (read-only license) and
                            a smaller percentage of information contributors or controllers (full
                            license). Within this demographic the Hyperwave license model
                            has shown to be very competitive on price and total cost of
                            ownership.



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                Page 304 of 310
                                 Software costs could not be estimated based on the data in this
                                  RFP. Hyperwave license fees are a blended model of server-fee
                                  and named-user fees, with built in discounts for volume and
                                  substantial discounts for Read-Only named users. Software prices
                                  are negotiable. Software maintenance is offered for 20% of net
                                  software (selling/purchase price). Software fees and maintenance
                                  fees are negotiable.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                PaperThin provides several options for purchasing CommonSpot.
                                A Singe Site license is sold on a per server basis and provides
                                  support one (1) domain or ‗root‘ Web site. It ships with support for
                                  five (5) content contributors, but additional content contributors
                                  can be purchased for a maximum of thirty.
                                The Standard Edition license is sold on a per server basis and
                                  support an unlimited number of domains or ‗root‘ Web sites
                                  (intranet, internet, and extranet). It ships with ten (10) content
                                  contributors. Additional content contributors can be purchased
                                  including an unlimited contributor option.
                                These licenses ship with CommonSpot‘s rich presentation,
                                  authoring and publishing, template and page management, content
                                  scheduling and versioning, search and indexing, multi-language
                                  support, knowledge sharing and discovery and security features..
                                  Several features are offered as add-on options and are priced and
                                  sold separately.
                                       Custom Metadata Support
                                       Taxonomy
                                       Simple Form and Data Sheet Elements
                                       Content Personalization
                                       Static Site Generation
                                For organizations that want to take advantage of all of
                                  CommonSpot‘s features and functionality, have more than fifty
                                  content contributors, and need to scale across multiple servers
                                  because of high traffic or security requirements, PaperThin offers
                                  an Enterprise Edition. The Enterprise Edition includes:
                                       CommonSpot Content Server License
                                       Read-Only Production Server License
                                       Development Licenses
                                       All Add-on Features Options (see list above)
                                       Unlimited Content Contributors




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                     Page 305 of 310
                                
                       In addition to the software licenses, PaperThin offers an option to
                       purchase a one-year subscription service that provides access to all
                       enhancements and updates distributed through point releases and
                       major upgrades at no additional cost. The one-year subscription is
                       an annual fee and it must be purchased at the same time the server
                       license is purchased. The cost for subscription is 20% of the cost
                       of the server license. Content Contributors licensing costs are not
                       factored into the cost for subscription.
                    CommonSpot Single Site License starts at $7,150 and Standard
                       Edition License at $16,500, not including additional contributors
                       and add-on modules. The CommonSpot Enterprise Edition is
                       $68,000. Prices include a fifteen percent (15%) Education
                       Discount.
              o Percussion Software, Inc.
              o RedDot Solutions
                    RedDot is licensed based on server(s), modules, and concurrent
                       users.
              o Serena Software, Inc.
                    Collage Non-Profit, Local Government and Educational Pricing
                            Serena offers non-profit, local government and educational
                               pricing that is discounted aggressively from commercial list
                               prices. The pricing is based on packaged configurations of
                               the Collage Server and set numbers of Concurrent Users.
                               The table below shows each available configuration. The
                               prices quoted are for the initial order and include pricing
                               for the total Collage software license and the first twelve
                               months of Serena Support Services coverage (total price is
                               in the right-most column).
           Total            Total Software Cost:      1st Year Maint. Total 1st Year Cost –
        Concurrent            Collage Server &         based on 18%        Soft. & Maint.
           Users              Concurrent Users
5                                  $ 35,000               $ 6,300             $ 41,300
10                                 $ 40,000               $ 7,200             $ 47,200
15                                 $ 45,000               $ 8,100             $ 53,100
30                                 $ 57,000               $10,260             $ 67,260
50                                 $ 69,500               $12,510             $ 82,010
75                                 $ 78,000               $14,040             $ 92,040
100                                $ 84,950               $15,291             $100,241
Unlimited (1)                     $100,000                $18,000             $118,000

Optional Items:
Collage Hot Spare Server            $4,500                 $ 810            $ 5,310
(2)
Sybase iAnywhere database license for a single processor server (3)         $ 2,000




The University of Texas - Arlington                                          Page 306 of 310
                                         (1) Limited to contracted organization only--not applicable
                                          to multi-institution systems.
                                         (2) Collage Hot Spare server: $4,500 (A redundant server
                                          instance of Collage for backup and disaster recovery
                                          purposes; not available for Sybase iAnywhere
                                          configurations)
                                         (3) For the Non-Profit, Local Government and Educational
                                          pricing, Serena will sell a license to the Sybase iAnywhere
                                          database. The $2,000 price is based on a single processor
                                          server configuration. Each additional processor requires an
                                          additional $2,000 license fee. There is no annual
                                          maintenance required for this database option.
                                         Note: Customer is responsible for providing the necessary
                                          license for any of the database versions supported by
                                          Collage. As noted in the pricing table above, Serena will
                                          sell a license to the Sybase iAnywhere database.
                     o Stellent
                     o Systems Alliance, Inc.
                            There are several different licensing options available. We license
                               individual servers and modules or you can acquire an unlimited
                               enterprise license. We will work with you to determine which
                               option is mot appropriate for your requirements. We do not count
                               users, site visitors or any of the other more obscure licensing
                               parameters.
                     o Tridion
                     o Vasont Systems
                            Chose not to respond
                     o Vignette
                            Vignette‘s primary licensing model includes a program fee plus a
                               user-based scaling factor. Vignette offers both named-user and
                               concurrent-user models.

          2. What are typical implementation and training costs?
               o Alfresco
               o Cignex (Plone)
               o Day Software, Inc.
               o Ektron, Inc.
                         Ektron‘s licensing costs starts at $9,650.00 (including the first
                           year‘s maintenance) for a 1 domain 10 user license. A one server
                           license is $60,000.00 (including the first year‘s maintenance) for
                           unlimited domains and users on a single server. Ektron‘s two day
                           onsite training program is $2,400.00 (travel expenses not
                           included). Ektron also offers both a three day developer and
                           system administrator training class at Ektron‘s training facility in
                           New Hampshire. The cost for both classes is $1,200.00 for all three
                           days.


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                    Page 307 of 310
                     o EMC Software (Documentum)
                     o Fatwire Software
                            Below are our classes offered and their current list prices,
                                   Core Developer I (4 day)
                                           o In Mineola $3,500 per student.
                                           o Onsite $17,500 for up to 7 students plus Instructor
                                               T&E
                                   Core Developer II (2 day)
                                           o In Mineola $1,800 per student
                                           o Onsite $9,000 for up to 7 students plus Instructor
                                               T&E
                                   Core Developer I & II (delivered in a convenient 5 day
                                       format)
                                           o In Mineola $4,500 per student
                                           o Onsite $26,500 for up to 7 students plus Instructor
                                               T&E
                                   Content Server Administrator (2 day)
                                           o In Mineola $1,800 per student
                                           o Onsite $9,000 for up to 7 students plus Instructor
                                               T&E
                     o FileNet Corp.
                     o Globalscape
                            Implementation Professional Services are priced at $175/hr. The
                              Cascade Server team also has a staff that is available to come on
                              site for training, with classes available for administrators,
                              publishers, and contributors of the system. Customized classes are
                              available as well, as requirements for training are usually made
                              during implementation. Full documentation and self- service
                              training is available online at no charge for users, developers, and
                              administrators. Training is available for $2,000/day plus expenses.
                              We typically recommend two days of training.
                     o Hyperwave Information Management, Inc.
                            Training costs typically run $10K-25K, depending on the scope of
                              implementation (this includes training of a cadre of power users,
                              system administrators, and entry level developer training).
                            Implementation costs are much more difficult to quantify for UTA,
                              because of the wide variation of complexity and scope of
                              implementation. Installation and text of software and server
                              configuration is generally consistent across customers, but there is
                              no ―typical‖ implementation cost, per se. Implementation costs for
                              a CMS with ―read to use‖ content and defined requirements that
                              match out of the box functionality have run $50K-60K; complex
                              implementation, and large scale migration projects can run 5 or 10
                              times higher. Based on the RFI, we expect UTA costs to be on the
                              lower side, but we need to get a better understanding of the details



The University of Texas - Arlington                                                 Page 308 of 310
                                  of your requirements, and review the scope with you, to make a
                                  firm statement about implementation costs.
                     o     Interwoven
                     o     Mediasurface, Inc.
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Open Text Coporation
                     o     Oracle/PeopleSoft
                     o     PaperThin, Inc.
                                Training and implementation costs vary from customer to customer
                                  and can depend on any number of factors:
                                        Number of people to be trained.
                                        Attend regularly scheduled public training or training is
                                          delivered on-site
                                        Technical resources available to build out ‗master‘
                                          template, customize or integrate application if necessary
                                        Complexity of the site and degree which require best
                                          practice consulting.
                                PaperThin‘s ‗Road to Success‘ package is an effective solution for
                                  building and launching your sites using CommonSpot. This
                                  implementation and training package pairs solid lecture-based
                                  training with on-site implementation support, best practices and
                                  pre-launch consulting services for mission-critical sites.
                                A developer will attend PaperThin‘s three-day public
                                  CommonSpot Fundamentals class to learn the fundamentals and
                                  best practices for developing sites in CommonSpot. Then, an
                                  experienced PaperThin engineer will come on-site, and work side
                                  by side with your development team, to help get you started with
                                  building your site in CommonSpot. We will review and make
                                  recommendations regarding template design, security, workflow,
                                  personalization, and more. Most importantly, we‘ll provide your
                                  developers and administrators the training necessary to continue
                                  with the site development after the on-site training is complete. As
                                  you develop your site, you‘ll have access to our engineers via
                                  telephone consulting to address ad hoc questions, and ensure you
                                  are staying on track. Finally, prior to your site launch, we‘ll
                                  perform a comprehensive performance review to ensure your site
                                  is ready for prime time. We encourage customers with complex or
                                  mission-critical sites to consider this solution suite in order to get
                                  the most from CommonSpot. This package includes:
                                        One student to attend CommonSpot Developer
                                          Fundamentals
                                        Three (3) days of CommonSpot Jump Start
                                          Implementation Support
                                        One student to attend CommonSpot Developer Advanced
                                        Six hours of On-the-Spot Consulting phone-based
                                          consultation


The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 309 of 310
                                        Twenty (20) hours of CommonSpot Performance Review
                                The cost of the ‗Road to Success‘ package is $14,350.
                     o     Percussion Software, Inc.
                     o     RedDot Solutions
                                Since so much is provided out of the box, RedDot‘s software to
                                   services (training and implementation) ratio is typically a 3:1 ratio
                                   or better.
                     o     Serena Software, Inc.
                                Please see Appendix B – Collage Foundation Pack for detailed
                                   information. The cost of the Collage Foundation Pack is $18,000
                                   including three days of education. [see vendor response]
                     o     Stellent
                     o     Systems Alliance, Inc.
                                Implementation costs vary depending upon the number of sites,
                                   level of complexity and integration with other applications. Most
                                   of our higher ed clients use a mix of their staff and ours for the
                                   design, migration and implementation work. In an attempt to
                                   respond to your question, we have included pricing ranges below,
                                   though our projections are based on work with other higher ed
                                   clients and may not represent the cost to implement your project.
                                        Licensing: $25,000 - $100,000
                                        Implementation: $15,000 - $35,000
                                        Training: $5,000 - $7,500
                     o     Tridion
                     o     Vasont Systems
                                Chose not to respond
                     o     Vignette
                                Implementation costs vary based on scope, timeframe and
                                   resources allocated by the customer. Training costs are also highly
                                   variable, based upon the number of people to be trained both from
                                   a technical and an end-user perspective. As such, it is difficult to
                                   determine typical implementation and training costs, but as a
                                   general rule of thumb a CMS implementation costs between
                                   $100,000 and $200,000 and training costs are typically between
                                   $10,000 and $30,000.




The University of Texas - Arlington                                                       Page 310 of 310

				
DOCUMENT INFO